Cable Ties & Wiring Accessories
Contents
(See Page 144 for alphabetical index of part numbers referencing specific page numbers.)
Cable Ties and Installation Tooling
Available Styles
PAN-TY® Cable Ties, Clamp Ties, Marker Ties, Push Mount Ties, Lashing Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
DOME-TOP™ BARB-TY™ Cable Ties, Clamp Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-26
SUPERFLEX™ Cable Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
IN-LINE Cable Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27-28
Specialty Ties (Hook & Loop, Stud & Chassis/Panel Mount, Double Loop,
Umbrella Push Mount, PAN-POUCH, Marker Strap, Aerial Support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Cable Ties Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Cable Ties Installation Systems (manual/automatic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43-55
Available Materials
Nylon 6.6 Cable Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Cable Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
Weather Resistant Nylon Cable Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
Polypropylene Cable Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Cable Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Weather Resistant Nylon 12 Cable Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
HALAR▲ and TEFZEL■ Cable Ties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
TAK-TY™ Hook & Loop Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Additional Information
Convenient Small Packages of Cable Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Lashing Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 &
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-15
Custom Hot Stamping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Color and Material Availability of Cable Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-39
Bulk Package Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-41
Selecting the Proper Cable Tie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-68
Cable Tie Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-71
Stainless Steel Products
PAN-STEEL™ Stainless Steel Tie . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stainless Steel Installation Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metal Marker Plates/Tags/Marking Devices . . . .
Stainless Steel Strapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.....
.....
.....
.....
....
....
....
....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
....
....
....
....
.....
.....
.....
.....
....
....
....
....
.....
.....
.....
.....
. . . . . 73
. . . . . 74
. . . 74-75
. . . . . 76
Wiring Accessories
Cable Tie Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Wiring Accessories (used without cable ties) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101-114
Selection and Use of Adhesive Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115-120
Harness Board Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121-126
Abrasion Protection Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129-143
▲HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont, Inc. fluoropolymer.
*VELCRO ® is a registered trademark of the Velcro Companies.
„TEFZEL is the Registered Trademark of E.I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer.
All reference dimensions in this catalog are shown in inches (and millimeters).
1
World Leader in Cable Ties and
Wiring Accessories
Panduit is the world’s largest producer of cable ties and
wiring accessories, offering the most complete selection
of sizes, styles and materials. We continually provide new
cable tie and wiring accessory designs to meet the
changing application challenges encountered by our
customers while providing lowest installed costs.
Panduit also offers the largest selection of ergonomic
cable tie installation tools—from high speed automatic
systems to hand operated tools. So, whatever the need,
Panduit has the tool to help lower your total installed cost.
Assured Quality
To help assure optimum quality, Panduit products are designed and manufactured to meet applicable
international, UL, military and customer standards:
The International Standards Organization (ISO) establishes worldwide standards for products and services in
recognition of increasing globalization of markets. The ISO program sets up the requirements for quality assurance
systems of these worldwide standards. Panduit is registered to ISO 9001, the most comprehensive model in the
standard, meant for companies who design, manufacture, install and service the products they sell. Registration has
been awarded by Underwriters’ Laboratories (Certificate No. A2269) after extensive audit of QA systems employed at
Panduit.
ISO 9000
Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. (File E56854)
Most Panduit miniature, intermediate, standard, light heavy and heavy cross-section ties are Recognized or Listed by
Underwriters’ Laboratories in their Directory under the category “Wire Positioning Devices” (ZODZ(2)). Natural,
pigmented and weather resistant cable ties are recognized for indoor use at temperatures up to 85 °C (185°F). Heat
stabilized ties are U.L. recognized for indoor use at temperatures up to 105°C (221°F).
Military Specification: MIL-S-23190E
Military Specification MIL-S-23190E covers the actual test requirements on cable ties. Panduit cable ties, when
tested, either meet or exceed the requirements of this specification.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission
The NRC developed rules and regulations concerning Quality Assurance Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants or Title 10,
Chapter 10, Part 50, Appendix B (10CFR50). Panduit Corp’s Quality Assurance program is designed to satisfy the 18
criteria set forth in NRC 10CFR50, Appendix B, Military Specification MIL-Q-9858A.
Ford Motor Company
Panduit has received Q1 certification status from Ford Motor Company. Q1 certification enables all Panduit cable tie
manufacturing facilities to approve all initial samples and production shipments of the parts destined for Ford
operations throughout the world.
InternationalApprovals Independent Testing Facilities
German (VG) Military
2
Lloyd’s Register of
Shipping
RINA
Germanischer Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji
Kyokai
Det Norske Veritas
Bureau Veritas
Styles of Cable Ties
Selection of Styles
PAN-TY ® Cable Ties
This line offers the largest selection of styles, materials, and sizes. The ties are
available in 6.6 nylon, nylon 12, polypropylene, HALAR▲ and TEFZEL ■
material. Available in sizes from .60" (15mm) maximum bundle diameter up to
13" (330mm) maximum bundle diameter. All are self-locking and many sizes
are available in both releasable and non-releasable types. PAN-TY Cable Ties
are quickly installed by hand or with PANDUIT installation tools.
DOME-TOP ® BARB-TY ® Cable Ties
These cable ties provide consistent performance and reliability for those users
who prefer a cable tie with a stainless steel locking barb. They are infinitely
adjustable through their entire bundle range. On selected popular sizes, the
additional length of BARB-TY Cable Ties provides an average of 30% more
bundle area than other metal barb cable ties. Available in sizes from .90"
(23mm) maximum bundle diameter up to 9.0" (229mm) maximum bundle
diameter and may be installed by hand or with PANDUIT installation tools.
Specialty Ties
Panduit continually develops new products to help solve the unique application
problems of our customers. One of these products is the aerial support tie
which typifies the design/manufacturing capability of Panduit to respond to
these special needs.
Stainless Steel Ties and Strapping
Underground, underwater, indoors, outdoors—however hostile
the environment—PANDUIT Stainless Steel Ties and Strapping let you
fasten and identify components and cables quickly and easily. Stainless
steel ties stand up to most chemicals, to nuclear and ultraviolet radiation,
to seawater and direct burial in any soil, and to temperature extremes
from -112°F to 1700°F (-80°C to 925°C).
For Technical Information in the U.S.A.
Call 888-506-5400 or 708-532-1800 -- Extension 1483
Other countries, see the Home Page for local Sales Office information
▲HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont, Inc. fluoropolymer.
„ TEFZEL is the Registered Trademark of E.I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer.
3
PAN-TY ® Cable Ties
PAN-TY Cable Tie Features/Benefits:
®
1. ONE PIECE CONSTRUCTION
2. SMOOTH, ROUND EDGES
3. TENSILE STRENGTH
• Consistent performance and
reliability.
• Available in lengths from 2.8"
(71mm) up to 43.3" (1100mm) to
meet a variety of application
requirements.
• No irritation to installer’s hands,
increases productivity.
• Prevents damage to wire
insulation.
• Exceeds Industry and Military
(MIL-S-23190E) standards
• Available in seven loop tensile
strengths from 8 lbs. (36N) up to 250
lbs. (1112N) to provide an
economical selection from which to
choose.
4. CURVED TIP
5. FINGER TIP GRIP
6. MORE TEETH PER INCH
• Orients tip toward head to
speed installation—lowers
installed cost.
• Faster initial threading.
• Easier to pick up from flat
surfaces.
• Finger tip grip on selected sizes
assures positive grip during
threading of the tie.
• Grip prevents tip from slipping out
of cable tie head during
threading.
• Greater number of small uniform
teeth provides tighter bundles.
• Because they’re flush with surface
they provide proper wire bundle
grip without wire insulation
damage.
7. LOW THREADING FORCE
8. ONE PIECE LOCKING DESIGN
9. MATERIAL AVAILABILITY
• Lowest threading force of any
one-piece cable tie in the
industry.
• Reduces operator fatigue.
• Thin tapered tip facilitates
threading, easier initial inser tion.
• Multiple locking tooth design
provides greater strength and
reliability.
• Available in self locking or
releasable styles for use in
applications where changes are
anticipated.
• Available in a variety of materials
to meet the needs of special
environments.
• Properly selected ties can be
used indoors or outdoors with
assurance of long lasting
performance.
4
Nylon 6.6 Locking Cable Ties (PLT Series)
PAN-TY ®
Nylon 6.6
Locking Cable Ties
These versatile fasteners can be used in countless applications
wherever you need to bundle wire, cable, or hose. They tie bundle
diameters up to 13 inches (can also be joined together for even larger
diameters) and have minimum loop tensile strengths from 12 to 175
pounds. Colors are available for specific color-coding applications (See
Page 37 to 39 for color and material availability chart).
All PLT cable ties (except -DTP, -XMR, -VMR, -5K, heavy and extra
heavy cross section) have curved tip design for faster threading.
SUB-MINIATURE
AND MINIATURE
CROSS SECTION
Part Number†
Cable Ties for
Automatic Tools—
See Page 46
Length
Width
A
B
In. (mm) In. (mm)
Packaging*
Thickness
C
In. (mm)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
GS2B
100
1000
1000
50000
PLT.6SM-C
2.8
(71)
.070
(1.8)
.030
(.76)
.095
(2.4)
.125
(3.2)
.6
(15.2)
8
(36)
PLT.7M-C
3.1
(79)
.090
(2.3)
.032
(.9)
.115
(2.9)
.180
(4.6)
.68
(17.3)
18
(80)
100
1000
1000
50000
PLT1M-C
3.9
(99)
.098
(2.5)
.043
(1.1)
.154
(3.9)
.180
(4.6)
.87
(22)
18
(80)
100
1000
1000
50000
PLT1.5M-C
5.6
(142)
.098
(2.5)
.043
(1.1)
.154
(3.9)
.180
(4.6)
1.25
(32)
18
(80)
100
1000
1000
50000
8.0
(203)
.098
(2.5)
.043
(1.1)
.154
(3.9)
.180
(4.6)
2.00
(51)
18
(80)
100
1000
1000
25000
PLT2M-C
GS2B,PPTS
or STS2
INTERMEDIATE
CROSS SECTION
PLT1.5I-C
5.6
(142)
.142
(3.6)
.045
(1.2)
.240
(6.1)
1.38
(35)
100
1000
1000
25000
PLT2I-C
8.0
(203)
.142
(3.6)
.045
(1.2)
.240
(6.1)
2.00
(51)
100
1000
1000
25000
PLT2.5I-C
9.7
(246)
.142
(3.6)
.052
(1.3)
.240
(6.1)
2.50
(64)
100
1000
1000
10000
PLT3I-C
11.4
(290)
.145
(3.7).
.052
(1.3)
.260
(6.6)
3.00
(76)
100
1000
1000
10000
PLT4I-C
14.6
(371)
.145
(3.7)
.052
(1.3)
.260
(6.6)
4.00
(102)
100
1000
1000
10000
.180
(4.6)
40
(178)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
STANDARD
CROSS SECTION
PLT1S-C
4.8
(122)
.316
(8.0)
1.00
(25)
100
1000
1000
25000
PLT1.5S-C
6.2
(157)
.316
(8.0)
1.50
(38)
100
1000
1000
25000
PLT2S-C
7.4
(188)
.316
(8.0)
1.88
(48)
100
1000
1000
10000
PLT2.5S-C
9.8
(249)
.337
(8.6)
2.50
(64)
100
1000
1000
10000
PLT3S-C
11.5
(292)
.337
(8.6)
3.00
(76)
100
1000
1000
10000
PLT3.5S-C
13.0
(330)
.337
(8.6)
3.50
(89)
100
1000
1000
10000
PLT4S-C
14.5
(368)
.337
(8.6)
4.00
(102)
100
1000
1000
5000
PLT4.5S-C
15.5
(394)
.337
(8.6)
4.50
(114)
100
1000
1000
5000
PLT5S-C
17.5
(445)
.337
(8.6)
5.00
(127)
100
500
1000
5000
.190
(4.8)
.052
(1.3)
.220
(5.6)
50
(222)
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to Page 41.
For colors and other materials,
See Page 36 to 39.
5
Nylon 6.6 Locking Cable Ties (PLT Series)
LIGHT HEAVY
AND HEAVY
CROSS SECTION
Part Number†
Length
Width
A
B
In. (mm) In. (mm)
Thickness
C
In. (mm)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
120 Lb. Minimum Loop Tensile
PLT2H-L
8.1
(206)
.290
(7.4)
2.00
(51)
50
500
250
2500
PLT2.5H-L
10.0
(254)
.290
(7.4)
2.50
(64)
50
500
250
2500
PLT3H-L
11.4
(290)
.290
(7.4)
3.00
(76)
50
500
250
2500
PLT4H-L
14.5
(368)
.290
(7.4)
4.00
(102)
50
500
250
2500
50
500
100
2000
PLT6LH-L
21.9
(556)
PLT7LH-L
24.7
(627)
.325
(8.3)
7.00
(178)
50
500
100
2000
PLT8LH-L
27.6
(701)
.325
(8.3)
8.00
(203)
50
500
100
2000
PLT9LH-L
30.5
(775)
.325
(8.3)
9.00
(229)
50
500
100
1000
PLT10LH-L
34.3
(871)
.325
(8.3)
10.31
(262)
50
1000
100
1000
5.00
(127)
50
500
100
2500
50
500
100
2000
50
500
100
1000
25
500
100
500
.300
(7.6)
.075
(1.9)
.325
(8.3)
.480
(12.2)
6.00
(152)
GS4H, GS4EH
PPTEH or
STH2
120
(534)
175 Lb. Minimum Loop Tensile
PLT5H-L
17.7
(450)
PLT6H-L
20.9
(530)
PLT8H-L
30.6
(779)
PLT13H-Q
43.3
(1100)
.350
(8.9)
.078
(2.0)
.340
(8.6)
.560
(14.2)
6.00
(152)
9.00
(229)
175
(778)
GS4H, GS4EH
PPTEH or
STH2
13.00
(330)
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
Lashing Ties typically are used on heavy duty jobs such as securing
conduit or large cable bundles to permanent structures, indoors or out.
Can be used with MCEH mounting clip ( See Page 15).
PAN-TY ® Locking
Lashing Ties
Part Number†
Length
Width
A
B
In. (mm) In. (mm)
Thickness
C
In. (mm)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
Nylon 6.6 for Indoor Use
PLT2EH-C
9.0
(229)
.075
(1.9)
2.0
(51)
—
—
100
1000
PLT5EH-Q
20.1
(510)
.075
(1.9)
5.0
(127)
25
250
100
1000
PLT6EH-Q
22.2
(563)
25
250
100
1000
—
—
100
1000
.500
(12.7)
.075
(1.9)
.085
(2.2)
.40
(10.2)
.80
(20.3)
6.0
(152.4)
8.0
(203.2)
250
(1112)
GS4H, GS4EH
PPTEH or
STH2
PLT8EH-C
28.3
(718)
PLT10EH-C
34.2
(868)
.085
(2.2)
10.0
(254)
—
—
100
500
PLT12EH-C
40.1
(1018)
.085
(2.2)
12.0
(304.8)
—
—
100
500
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
6
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to Page 41.
For colors and other materials,
See Page 36 to 39.
Nylon 6.6 Locking Cable Ties(PRT Series)
PAN-TY ®
Releasable
Lashing Ties
Part Number†
Length
Width
A
B
In. (mm) In. (mm)
Thickness
C
In. (mm)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
Nylon 6.6 for Indoor Use
PRT2EH-C
9.0
(229)
.075
(1.9)
2.0
(51)
—
—
100
1000
PRT5EH-Q
20.1
(510)
.075
(1.9)
5.0
(127)
25
250
100
1000
PRT6EH-Q
22.2
(563)
25
250
100
1000
—
—
100
1000
PRT8EH-C
28.3
(718)
PRT10EH-C
34.2
(868)
.075
(1.9)
.500
(12.7)
.085
(2.2)
.40
(10.2)
.80
(20.3)
6.0
(152)
8.0
(203)
250
(1112)
Hand Installed
Only
.085
(2.2)
10.0
(254)
—
—
100
500
40.1
.085
(1018)
(2.2)
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
12.0
(305)
—
—
100
500
PRT12EH-C
The extended tab end of releasable cable ties permits easy release and
reuse even after tie has been pulled up snug by hand. Releasable ties are
particularly useful in harnessing where changes are anticipated during
development, production or servicing in the field.
PAN-TY ®
Releasable Nylon
6.6 Cable Ties
To release, grasp the
head of the cable tie,
deflect release tab and
pull the cable tie away
from the bundle.
Part Number†
Length
Width
A
B
In. (mm) In. (mm)
Thickness
C
In. (mm)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
Standard Cross Section
PRT1S-C
4.8
(122)
.316
(8.0)
1.00
(25)
100
1000
100
10000
PRT1.5S-C
6.3
(160)
.316
(8.0)
1.50
(38)
100
1000
100
10000
PRT2S-C
7.4
(188)
.316
(8.0)
1.88
(48)
100
1000
100
10000
PRT3S-C
11.5
(292)
.337
(8.6)
3.00
(76)
100
1000
100
10000
PRT4S-C
14.5
(368)
.337
(8.6)
4.00
(102)
100
1000
100
5000
50
500
250
2500
50
500
250
2500
50
500
250
2500
.190
(4.8)
.052
(1.3)
.219
(5.6)
50
(222)
Hand Installed
Only
Heavy Cross Section
PRT2H-L
8.4
(213)
PRT3H-L
11.4
(290)
2.00
(51)
.300
(7.6)
.075
(1.9)
14.5
(368)
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
PRT4H-L
.300
(7.6)
.480
(12.2)
3.00
(76)
4.00
(102)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to 41.
80
(356)
For colors and other materials,
See Page 36 to 39.
7
Nylon 6.6 LockingClamp Ties (PLC Series)
Clamps are used to attach a bundle to another surface such as a control
panel, wall or ceiling using another fastener. The design allows for bundling
before or after screwing clamp in place.
PAN-TY ®
Nylon 6.6
Clamp Ties
Part Number†
Boss
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Hole
Dia.
F
In. (mm)
Screw
Size
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
.045
(1.2)
.153
(3.9)
.239
(6.1)
.118
(3.0)
#4
(M2.5)
.75
(20)
18
(80)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
.045
(1.2)
.166
(4.2)
.335
(8.5)
.172
(4.4)
#8
(M4)
1.25
(32)
40
(178)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
.047
(1.2)
.160
(4.1)
.145
(3.7)
#6
(M3)
1.84
(47)
.047
(1.2)
.160
(4.1)
.206
(5.2)
#10
(M5)
1.84
(47)
.052
(1.3)
.220
(5.6)
.206
(5.2)
#10
(M5)
3.00
(76)
.052
(1.3)
.220
(5.6)
.206
(5.2)
#10
(M5)
Length Width Thickness
A
B
C
In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
Min. Loop Recommended
Std.
PANDUIT ®
Tensile
Pkg.
Installation
Strength
Qty.
Tool Part No.
Lbs. (N)
Packaging*
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
100
1000
1000 50000
100
1000
1000 25000
100
1000
1000 10000
100
1000
1000 10000
100
1000
1000
5000
4.00
(102)
100
1000
1000
5000
2.00
(51)
50
500
250
2500
50
500
250
2500
50
500
250
2500
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
Miniature Cross Section
PLC1M-S4-C
4.3
(110)
.100
(2.5)
Intermediate Cross Section
PLC1.5I-C
6.1
(156)
.135
(3.4)
Standard Cross Section
PLC2S-S6-C
7.9
(201)
PLC2S-S10-C
7.9
(201)
PLC3S-S10-C
12.0
(305)
PLC4S-S10-C
15.0
(381)
.190
(4.8)
.373
(9.5)
50
(222)
GS2B, GS4H
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
Heavy Cross Section
PLC2H-S25-L
9.0
(228)
PLC3H-S25-L
12.0
(305)
PLC4H-S25-L
15.1
(384)
.300
(7.6)
.075
(1.9)
.265
(6.7)
.500
(12.7)
.260
(6.6)
1/4
(M6)
3.00
(76)
120
(534)
GS4H, GS4EH
PPTEH
or STH2
4.00
(102)
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
For Heavy Duty Vibration and Loading Applications
Tie features reinforcing ribs between tie head and mounting boss that strengthen and stabilize this area of the tie, making it ideal for heavy duty
applications.
PLCR4H-S25-L
8
15.1
(384)
.300
(7.6)
.075
(1.9)
.265
(6.7)
.500
(12.7)
.260
(6.6)
1/4
(M6)
4.00
(102)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to Page 41.
120
(534)
GS4H, GS4EH,
PPTEH, STH2
50
500
250
2500
For colors and other materials,
See Page 36 to 39.
Nylon 6.6 Marker Ties (PLMSeries)
Marker Ties fasten and identify bundles at the same time. They can be
marked with PANDUIT Marker Pens or you can use Panduit’s custom hot
stamping service.
PAN-TY ®
Nylon 6.6
Marker Ties
MINIATURE
CROSS SECTION
PLM1M
PLM2M
Length Width
A
B
Part Number† In. (mm) In. (mm)
PLM1M-C
3.9
(99)
PLM2M-C
8.0
(203)
PLF1M-C
4.3
(109)
PLF1MA-C
5.1
(130)
PLF1MB-C
4.0
(102)
Thickness
C
In. (mm)
PLF1M
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
.035
(.9)
.098
(2.5)
Write-on
Area
In. (mm)
.26 x .95
(6.6 x 24.1)
.154
(3.9)
.180
(4.6)
.045
(1.1)
PLF1MA
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
PLF1MB
Min. Loop Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Std.
Tensile
Installation
Pkg.
Strength
Tool Part No.
Qty.
Lbs. (N)
Packaging*
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
.75
(20)
100
1000
1000 25000
2.0
(51)
100
1000
1000 25000
100
1000
1000 25000
.31 x .75
(7.9 x 19.1)
.87
(22)
.76 x 1.04
(19.1 x 26.4)
.87
(22)
100
1000
1000 10000
.31 x .92
(7.9 x 23.4)
.75
(20)
100
1000
1000 10000
100
1000
500
10000
100
1000
500
5000
50
500
500
2500
50
500
500
2500
18
(80)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
STANDARD
CROSS SECTION
PLM2S
PLM4S
PLM2S-C
7.4
(188)
PLM4S-C
14.6
(371)
PL2M2S-L
7.4
(188)
PL3M2S-L
7.4
(188)
.185
(4.7)
.052
(1.3)
.220
(5.6)
PL2M2S
.320
(8.1)
PL3M2S
.44 x .87
(11.1 x 22.1)
1.75
(45)
.44 x 2.00
(11.1 x 50.8)
4.00
(102)
.87 x 1.07
(22.1 x 27.2)
1.75
(45)
.87 x 1.79
(22.1 x 45.5)
1.75
(45)
50
(222)
GS2B, GS4H
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
Marker Ties are also available in weather resistant black nylon for outdoor use. May be marked with
PANDUIT PX-10 White Marking Pen. Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
MARKERS ON REELS
(2000 reel - 2 reels/pkg.)
PLM1M-4KR
PLF1MB-4KR
3.9
(99)
4.0
(102)
.098
(2.5)
.035
(.9)
.045
(1.1)
.154
(3.9)
.180
(4.6)
.26 x .95
(6.6 x 24.1)
.87
(22)
.31 x .92
(7.9 x 23.4)
.75
(19)
18
(80)
—
—
4000
—
—
—
4000
—
Custom Hot Stamping Available; See Page 35.
Marking Pens Available; See Page 100.
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to Page 41.
For colors and other materials,
See Page 36 to 39.
9
Nylon 6.6 Winged Push Mount Ties (PLWP Series)
PAN-TY ® Nylon 6.6
Push Mount Ties
Push mount ties are used to attach a bundle to another surface such as a
control panel. The mount portion is easily pressed into a pre-drilled hole
and locks in place. Push mount tie wings provide constant tension when
installed in less than maximum panel thickness creating a stable, secure
fixture and rattle-free installation.
Winged Push Mount Ties
Part Number†
Head
Length Width Thickness Height
Cross
A
B
C
D
Section In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
Max.
Max.
Hole
Panel
Bundle
Dia.
Thickness
Dia.
In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
Min. Loop Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Std.
Tensile
Strength Installation Tool Pkg.
Part No.
Qty.
Lbs. (N)
Packaging*
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
100
1000
500
5000
100
1000
500
5000
100
1000
500
5000
100
1000
500
5000
—
—
500
5000
100
1000
500
5000
100
1000
500
5000
100
1000
500
5000
100
1000
500
5000
100
1000
500
5000
—
—
500
5000
—
—
250
2500
—
—
250
2500
100
1000
500
5000
100
1000
500
5000
100
1000
500
5000
—
—
500
5000
100
1000
500
5000
—
—
500
5000
—
—
500
5000
100
1000
500
5000
—
—
500
5000
—
—
500
5000
—
—
250
2500
—
—
250
2500
Style PLWP (locking)
PLWP1M-C
Min.
PLWP1.5I-C
Int.
PLWP1S-C
PLWP1SA-C
PLWP1SB-D
PLWP1.5S-C
PLWP1.5SA-C
Std.
PLWP1.5SB-C
PLWP2S-C
PLWP2SA-C
PLWP2SB-D
PLWP2H-TL
4.3
(109)
6.0
(152)
5.2
(132)
5.1
(130)
5.2
(132)
6.8
(173)
6.7
(170)
6.7
(170)
7.8
(198)
7.7
(196)
7.8
(198)
8.9
(226)
12.0
(305)
.098
(2.5)
.135
(3.4)
.190
(4.8)
.044
(1.1)
.045
(1.2)
.052
(1.3)
.220
(5.6)
.280
(7.1)
.370
(9.4)
.187
(4.7)
.187
(4.7)
.252
(6.4)
.187
(4.7)
.187
(4.7)
.252
(6.4)
.187
(4.7)
.187
(4.7)
.252
(6.4)
.187
(4.7)
.187
(4.7)
.093
(2.4)
.093
(2.4)
.105
(2.7)
.093
(2.4)
.157
(4.0)
.105
(2.7)
.093
(2.4)
.157
(4.0)
.105
(2.7)
.093
(2.4)
.157
(4.0)
.300
(7.6)
.075
(1.9)
.370
(9.4)
.252
(6.4)
.105
(2.7)
6.0
.135
(152)
(3.4)
5.2
PRWP1S-C
(132)
5.1
PRWP1SA-C
(130)
5.2
PRWP1SB-D
(132)
6.8
PRWP1.5S-C
(173)
6.7
.190
PRWP1.5SA-D
Std.
(170)
(4.8)
6.8
PRWP1.5SB-D
(173)
7.8
PRWP2S-C
(198)
7.7
PRWP2SA-D
(196)
7.8
PRWP2SB-D
(198)
8.9
PRWP2H-TL
(226)
.300
Hvy.
(7.6)
12.0
PRWP3H-TL
(305)
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
.045
(1.2)
.220
(5.6)
.187
(4.7)
.252
(6.4)
.187
(4.7)
.187
(4.7)
.252
(6.4)
.187
(4.7)
.187
(4.7)
.252
(6.4)
.187
(4.7)
.187
(4.7)
.093
(2.4)
.105
(2.7)
.093
(2.4)
.157
(4.0)
.105
(2.7)
.093
(2.4)
.157
(4.0)
.105
(2.7)
.093
(2.4)
.157
(4.0)
.252
(6.4)
.105
(2.7)
PLWP3H-TL
Hvy.
.87
(22)
1.25
(32)
1.00
(25)
1.00
(25)
1.00
(25)
1.50
(38)
1.50
(38)
1.50
(38)
1.75
(45)
1.75
(45)
1.75
(45)
2.00
(51)
3.00
(76)
18
(80)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
40
(177)
50
(222)
120
(534)
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
GS4H, STH2
PPTEH
Style PRWP (releasable)
PRWP1.5I-C
10
Int.
.052
(1.3)
.075
(1.9)
.370
(9.4)
.370
(9.4)
1.25
(32)
1.00
(25)
1.00
(25)
1.00
(25)
1.50
(38)
1.50
(38)
1.50
(38)
1.75
(45)
1.75
(45)
1.75
(45)
2.00
(51)
3.00
(76)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to 41.
40
(177)
50
(222)
120
(534)
Hand Installed
only
For colors and other materials,
See Page 36 to 39.
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Push Mount Ties
Center-mounted wing push-mount cable ties center the bundle on all bundle
diameters.
PAN-TY ®
Center Mounted
Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6 Wing
Push Mount Ties
PLWP30, 40 50SC winged push-mount cable
ties are for normal wire bundles.
PLWP30, 40, 50SD winged push-mount cable
ties with convoluted tubing bump that prevents
lateral and axial movement on convoluted
tubing.
PLWP30, 40, 50SE winged push-mount cable
ties with convoluted tubing bump that prevents
lateral movement on convoluted tubing.
Part Number†
BUNDLE DIAMETERS from
.19" to 1.97"
(4.8 to 50 mm)
Head
Max.
Length Width Thickness Height
Hole
Panel
Bundle
Cross
A
B
C
D
Dia. Thickness
Dia.
Section In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
Min. Loop Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Std.
Tensile
Strength Installation Tool Pkg.
Part No.
Qty.
Lbs. (N)
Packaging*
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
PLWP30SC-D30
5.8
(147.6)
1.18
(30)
—
—
500
5000
PLWP40SC-D30
7.0
(178.6)
1.58
(40)
—
—
500
5000
PLWP50SC-D30
8.2
(208.3)
1.97
(50)
—
—
500
5000
PLWP30SD-D30
5.8
(147.6)
1.18
(30)
—
—
500
5000
—
—
500
5000
PLWP40SD-D30
Std.
7.0
(178.6)
.19
(4.8)
.050
(1.27)
.220
(5.6)
.283
(7.2)
.118
(3.0)
1.58
(40)
50
(222)
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2,
or STH2
PLWP50SD-D30
8.2
(208.3)
1.97
(50)
—
—
500
5000
PLWP30SE-D30
5.8
(147.6)
1.18
(30)
—
—
500
5000
PLWP40SE-D30
7.0
(178.6)
1.58
(40)
—
—
500
5000
PLWP50SE-D30
8.2
(208.3)
1.97
(50)
—
—
500
5000
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
PAN-TY ®
Nylon 6.6
Push Mount Ties
Style PLP
Economical push mount tie style.
PLP1.5I-C
Int.
PLP2S-C
.135
(3.4)
.045
(1.1)
.236
(6.0)
.187
(4.7)
.093
(2.4)
5.3
(134)
PLP1S-C
PLP1.5S-C
6.13
(155)
Std.
6.7
(170)
1.25
(31.8)
40
(178)
GS2B, PPTS
orSTS2
1.00
(25.4)
.180
(4.6)
7.87
(199)
.050
(1.3)
.354
(9.0)
.250
(6.4)
.125
(3.2)
1.50
(38)
50
(222)
1.75
(44.5)
GS2B, GS4H
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
100
1000
1000 25000
100
1000
1000 10000
100
1000
1000 10000
100
1000
1000 10000
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for PLP parts is Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, See Page 40 to 41 .
Part Number shown for PLWP parts is Bulk Package Quantity. Releasable styles available—contact factory.
For colors and other materials,
See Page 36 to 39.
11
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Winged Push Mount Ties
Ladder Style
Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6 Wing
Push Mount Ties
Unique releasable ladder design
eliminates the need for multiple
clamp sizes.
Part Number†
Head
Length Width Thickness Height
Cross
A
B
C
D
Section In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
4.7
(120)
PRLWP30S-C30
PRLWP30SH7D30
Std.
Max.
Panel
Bundle
Thickness
Dia.
In. (mm) In. (mm)
.47
(12)
4.87
(124)
.38
(9.7)
.050
(1.3)
7.1
(180)
PRLWP50S-C30
Hole
Dia.
In. (mm)
.48
(12.2)
Min. Loop Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Std.
Tensile
Strength Installation Tool Pkg.
Part No.
Qty.
Lbs. (N)
1.43
(36)
.248 to .264
(6.3 to 6.7)
.118
(3.0)
.47
(12)
1.43
(36)
35
(156)
Hand Installed
Only
2.18
(55)
Packaging*
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk Bulk
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
100
5000
500
5000
—
—
500
5000
100
5000
500
5000
DOME-TOP ® BARB-TY ® Cable Ties/PAN-TY ® Cable Ties/ Clamp
Ties/Marker Ties in Convenient Small Packages
For small jobs where you don’t need a standard size package of ties.
Length
A
In. (mm)
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
6.1
(155)
25
250
8.0
(203)
25
250
12.0
(305)
10
15.1
(384)
10
100
14.9
(378)
10
100
10.1
(258)
10
100
14.1
(359)
10
100
PLT.7M-Q
3.1
(79)
25
250
PLT1M-Q
PLT1M-Q0
3.9
(99)
25
250
4.0
(102)
25
250
PLT1.5M-Q
5.6
(142)
25
250
PLT2M-Q
8.0
(203)
25
250
5.6
(142)
25
250
8.0
(203)
25
250
11.4
(290)
10
100
14.6
(371)
10
100
7.4
(188)
25
250
Part Number
Type
BT1.5I-Q
BT1.5I-Q0
BT2S-Q
BT2S-Q0
Int.
DOME-TOP
BARB-TY
Cable
Ties
BT3S-X
BT3S-X0
BT4S-X
BT4S-X0
Cross
Section
BT4LH-X
BT4LH-X0
Std.
Lt. Hvy.
IT965-X0
IT9100-X0
In-Line
Cable Ties
PLT1M-Q76
PLT1.5I-Q
PLT1.5I-Q0
Hvy.
Min.
PAN-TY
Cable
Ties
PLT2I-Q
Int.
PLT3I-X
PLT4I-X
PLT2S-Q
PLT2S-Q0
12
Std.
Part Number
Length
A
In. (mm)
PLT2S-Q53
PLT2S-Q54
100
Type
Cross
Section
PLT2S-Q55
PAN-TY
Cable Ties
Std.
7.4
(188)
PLT2S-Q59
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
25
250
25
250
25
250
25
250
PLT2S-X76
7.4
(188)
10
100
PLT2S-X702
7.4
(188)
10
100
11.5
(292)
10
100
14.5
(368)
10
100
14.5
(368)
10
100
4.8
(122)
25
250
7.4
(188)
25
250
11.5
(292)
10
100
14.5
(368)
10
100
Hvy.
14.5
(368)
10
100
Min.
4.3
(110)
25
250
Std.
7.9
(201)
25
250
Min.
3.9
(99)
25
250
PLT3S-X
Std.
PAN-TY
Cable Ties
PLT4S-X
PLT4S-X0
PLT4H-X
Hvy.
PLT4H-X0
PRT1S-Q
PRT2S-Q
PRT3S-X
PRT4S-X
PAN-TY
Releasable
Cable
Ties
PRT4H-X
PLC1M-S4-Q
PLC2S-S10-Q
PLM1M-Q
PAN-TY
Clamp Ties
PAN-TY
Marker Tie
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to Page 41.
Std.
For colors and other materials,
See Page 36 to 39.
Weather Resistant Cable Ties
PAN-TY ®
Weather
Resistant Nylon
Cable Ties
Weather resistant nylon has greater resistance to ultraviolet light which
damages natural nylon. Where adverse outdoor conditions exist, see
technical/application data section (Page 58 to 62) to select proper cable
tie material for specific applications.
For Outdoor Use
SUB-MINIATURE AND
MINIATURE
CROSS SECTION
Part Number†
Length
Width
A
B
In. (mm) In. (mm)
Packaging*
Thickness
C
In. (mm)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
—
100
1000
1000
50000
100
1000
1000
50000
100
1000
1000
50000
100
1000
1000
25000
PLT.6SM-C0
2.8
(71)
.070
(1.8)
.030
(.76)
.095
(2.4)
.125
(3.2)
.60
(15)
8
(36)
PLT1M-C0
3.9
(99)
.098
(2.5)
.043
(1.1)
.154
(3.9)
.180
(4.6)
.87
(22)
18
(80)
PLT1.5M-C0
5.6
(142)
.098
(2.5)
.043
(1.1)
.154
(3.9)
.180
(4.6)
1.25
(32)
18
(80)
PLT2M-C0
8.0
(203)
.098
(2.5)
.043
(1.1)
.154
(3.9)
.180
(4.6)
2.00
(51)
18
(80)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
INTERMEDIATE CROSS
SECTION
PLT1.5I-C0
5.6
(142)
.142
(3.6)
.045
(1.2)
.240
(6.1)
1.38
(35)
100
1000
1000
25000
PLT2I-C0
8.0
(203)
.142
(3.6)
.045
(1.2)
.240
(6.1)
2.00
(51)
100
1000
1000
25000
PLT2.5I-C0
9.7
(248)
.142
(3.6)
.052
(1.3)
.240
(6.1)
2.50
(64)
100
1000
1000
10000
PLT3I-C0
11.4
(290)
.145
(3.7)
.052
(1.3)
.280
(6.6)
3.00
(76)
100
1000
1000
10000
PLT4I-C0
14.6
(371)
.145
(3.7)
.052
(1.3)
.280
(6.6)
4.00
(102)
100
1000
1000
10000
.180
(4.6)
40
(178)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
STANDARD CROSS
SECTION
PLT1S-C0
4.8
(122)
.316
(8.0)
1.00
(25)
100
1000
1000
10000
PLT1.5S-C0
6.2
(157)
.316
(8.0)
1.50
(38)
100
1000
1000
10000
PLT2S-C0
7.4
(188)
.316
(8.0)
1.88
(48)
100
1000
1000
10000
PLT2.5S-C0
9.8
(249)
.337
(8.6)
2.50
(64)
100
1000
1000
10000
100
1000
1000
10000
PLT3S-C0
11.5
(292)
PLT3.5S-C0
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
.337
(8.6)
3.00
(76)
13.0
(330)
.337
(8.6)
3.50
(89)
100
1000
1000
10000
PLT4S-C0
14.5
(368)
.337
(8.6)
4.00
(102)
100
1000
1000
5000
PLT4.5S-C0
15.5
(394)
.337
(8.6)
4.50
(114)
100
1000
1000
5000
PLT5S-C0
17.5
(445)
.337
(8.6)
5.00
(127)
100
500
1000
5000
.190
(4.8)
.052
(1.3)
.220
(5.6)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to 41.
50
(222)
or colors and other materials, See Page 36 to 39..
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
13
Weather Resistant Cable Ties
LIGHT HEAVY AND
HEAVY
CROSS SECTION
Part Number†
Length
Width
A
B
In. (mm) In. (mm)
Thickness
C
In. (mm)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
120 Lb. Minimum Loop Tensile
PLT2H-L0
8.1
(206)
.290
(7.4)
2.00
(51)
50
500
250
2500
PLT2.5H-L0
10.0
(254)
.290
(7.4)
2.50
(64)
50
500
250
2500
PLT3H-L0
11.4
(290)
.290
(7.4)
3.00
(76)
50
500
250
2500
PLT4H-L0
14.5
(368)
.290
(7.4)
4.00
(102)
50
500
250
2500
PLT6LH-L0
21.9
(556)
50
500
100
2000
PLT7LH-L0
24.7
(627)
.325
(8.3)
7.00
(178)
50
500
100
2000
PLT8LH-L0
27.6
(701)
.325
(8.3)
8.00
(203)
50
500
100
2000
PLT9LH-L0
30.5
(775)
.325
(8.3)
9.00
(229)
50
500
100
1000
PLT10LH-L0
34.3
(871)
.325
(8.3)
10.31
(262)
50
1000
100
1000
5.00
(127)
50
500
250
2500
50
500
250
2000
50
500
100
1000
25
500
100
500
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
.300
(7.6)
.075
(1.9)
.325
(8.3)
.480
(12.2)
6.00
(152)
120
(534)
GS4H, GS4EH
PPTEH or
STH2
175 Lb. Minimum Loop Tensile
PLT5H-L0
17.7
(450)
PLT6H-L0
20.9
(530)
PLT8H-L0
30.6
(779)
PLT13H-Q0
43.3
(1100)
.350
(8.9)
.078
(2.0)
.340
(8.8)
.560
(14.2)
6.00
(152)
9.00
(229)
175
(778)
GS4H, GS4EH
PPTEH or
STH2
13.00
(330)
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
PAN-TY ®
Locking Weather
Resistant Nylon
Lashing Ties
Part Number†
Length
Width
A
B
In. (mm) In. (mm)
Thickness
C
In. (mm)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
Packaging*
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 For Outdoor Use - resists ultraviolet light
PLT2EH-Q0
9.0
(229)
.075
(1.9)
2.0
(51)
25
250
100
1000
PLT5EH-Q0
20.1
(510)
.075
(1.9)
5.0
(127)
25
250
100
1000
PLT6EH-Q0
22.2
(563)
25
250
100
1000
25
250
100
1000
.500
(12.7)
.075
(1.9)
.085
(2.2)
.40
(10.2)
.80
(20.3)
6.0
(152)
8.0
(203)
250
(1112)
GS4H, GS4EH
PPTEH or
STH2
PLT8EH-Q0
28.3
(718)
PLT10EH-Q0
34.2
(868)
.085
(2.2)
10.0
(254)
25
250
100
500
PLT12EH-Q0
40.1
(1018)
.085
(2.2)
12.0
(305)
25
250
100
500
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
14
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to 41.
For colors and other materials,
See Page 36 to 39.
Lashing Ties
PAN-TY ®
Releasable
Weather
Resistant Nylon
Lashing Ties
Part Number†
Length
A
In. (mm)
Width
B
In. (mm)
Thickness
C
In. (mm)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 For Outdoor Use - resists ultraviolet light
PRT2EH-Q0
9.0
(229)
.075
(1.9)
2.0
(51)
25
250
100
1000
PRT5EH-Q0
20.1
(510)
.075
(1.9)
5.0
(127)
25
250
100
1000
PRT6EH-Q0
22.2
(563)
25
250
100
1000
25
250
100
1000
.500
(12.7)
.075
(1.9)
.085
(2.2)
.40
(10.2)
.80
(20.3)
6.0
(152)
8.0
(203)
250
(1112)
Hand Installed
Only
PRT8EH-Q0
28.3
(718)
PRT10EH-Q0
34.2
(868)
.085
(2.2)
10.0
(254)
25
250
100
500
PRT12EH-Q0
40.1
(1018)
.085
(2.2)
12.0
(305)
25
250
100
500
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
Lashing Tie
Mounting Clip
Part Number†
MCEH-S25-C0
Used
With
Cable
Ties
Lashing
Ties “EH” Cross
Section (see pgs.
6, 7, 14 & above)
Converts PANDUIT PAN-TY Lashing Ties into clamps. Easily snaps in
place for a secure clamp.
Dimensions
Inches (mm)
A
B
See drawing
Packaging*
C
Material
Color
WeatherResistant
Nylon
Black
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to 41.
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
Outdoors or
indoors
1/4" (M6)
screw
(except
flathead)
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
—
—
100
—
For colors and other materials,
See Page 36 to 39.
15
Weather Resistant Cable Ties
Releasable Cable
Ties (PRT Series)
The extended tab end of releasable cable ties permits easy release and
reuse even after tie has been pulled up snug by hand. Releasable ties
are particularly useful in harnessing where changes are anticipated
during development, production or servicing in the field.
To release, grasp the head of the
cable tie, deflect release tab and
pull the cable tie away from the
bundle.
Part Number†
Cross
Section
Length
Width Thickness
A
B
C
In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
Standard Cross Section
PRT1S-C0
4.8
(122)
.316
(8.0)
1.00
(25)
100
1000
100
10000
PRT1.5S-C0
6.3
(160)
.316
(8.0)
1.50
(38)
100
1000
100
10000
.316
(8.0)
1.88
(48)
100
1000
100
10000
100
1000
100
10000
100
1000
100
5000
50
500
250
2500
50
500
250
2500
50
500
250
2500
PRT2S-C0
Std.
7.4
(188)
.190
(4.8)
.052
(1.3)
.219
(5.6)
PRT3S-C0
11.5
(292)
.337
(8.6)
3.00
(76)
PRT4S-C0
14.5
(368)
.337
(8.6)
4.00
(102)
50
(222)
Hand Installed
Only
Heavy Cross Section
8.4
(213)
PRT2H-L0
PRT3H-L0
PRT4H-L0
16
Hvy.
11.4
(290)
14.5
(368)
2.00
(51)
.300
(7.6)
.075
(1.9)
.300
(7.6)
.480
(12.2)
3.00
(76)
4.00
(102)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to 41.
80
(356)
For colors and other materials,
See Page 36 to 39.
Weather Resistant Clamp Ties
Clamps are used to attach a bundle to another surface such as a control
panel, wall or ceiling using another fastener. The design allows for bundling
before or after screwing clamp in place.
PAN-TY ®
Weather
Resistant Nylon
Clamp Ties
Part Number†
Boss
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Hole
Dia.
F
In. (mm)
Screw
Size
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
.045
(1.2)
.153
(3.9)
.239
(6.1)
.118
(3.0)
#4
(M2.5)
.75
(20)
18
(80)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
.045
(1.2)
.166
(4.2)
.335
(8.5)
.172
(4.4)
#8
(M4)
1.25
(32)
40
(178)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
.047
(1.2)
.160
(4.1)
.145
(3.7)
#6
(M3)
1.84
(46.7)
.047
(1.2)
.160
(4.1)
.206
(5.2)
#10
(M5)
1.84
(46.7)
.052
(1.3)
.220
(5.6)
.206
(5.2)
#10
(M5)
3.00
(76)
.052
(1.3)
.220
(5.6)
.206
(5.2)
#10
(M5)
Length Width Thickness
A
B
C
In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
Min. Loop Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Std.
Tensile
Installation
Pkg.
Strength
Tool Part No.
Qty.
Lbs. (N)
Packaging*
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
100
1000
1000 50000
100
1000
1000 25000
100
1000
1000 10000
100
1000
1000 10000
100
1000
1000
5000
4.00
(102)
100
1000
1000
5000
2.00
(51)
50
500
250
2500
50
500
250
2500
50
500
250
2500
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
Miniature Cross Section
PLC1M-S4-C0
4.3
(110)
.100
(2.5)
Intermediate Cross Section
PLC1.5I-S8-C0
6.1
(156)
.135
(3.4)
Standard Cross Section
PLC2S-S6-C0
7.9
(201)
PLC2S-S10-C0
7.9
(201)
PLC3S-S10-C0
12.0
(305)
PLC4S-S10-C0
15.0
(381)
.190
(4.8)
.390
(10.0)
50
(222)
GS2B, GS4H
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
Heavy Cross Section
PLC2H-S25-L0
9.0
(228)
PLC3H-S25-L0
12.0
(305)
PLC4H-S25-L0
15.1
(384)
.300
(7.6)
.075
(1.9)
.265
(6.7)
.500
(12.7)
.260
(6.6)
1/4
(M6)
3.00
(76)
120
(534)
GS4H, GS4EH
PPTEH
or STH2
4.00
(102)
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
For Heavy Duty Vibration and Loading Applications
Tie features reinforcing ribs between tie head and mounting boss that strengthen and stabilize this area of
the tie, making it ideal for heavy duty applications.
PLCR4H-S25-L0
15.1
(384)
.300
(7.6)
.075
(1.9)
.265
(6.7)
.500
(12.7)
.260
(6.6)
1/4
(M6)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to 41.
Part Number shown for Center Mounted Clamp Ties is Bulk Package Quantity.
4.00
(102)
120
(534)
GS4H, GS4EH,
PPTEH, STH2
50
500
250
For colors and other materials,
See Page 36 to 39.
2500
17
Polypropylene Cable Ties
For chemical resistance in outdoor applications that are unsuitable for
nylon and that do not require high loop tensile strengths. Color is black.
PAN-TY ®
Weather Resistant
Polypropylene
Cable Ties for
Outdoor Use
Part Number†
Cross
Section
PLT1M-M100
Min.
PLT1.5I-M100
Int.
Std.
Hvy.
PLT3S-M109
.337
(8.6)
3.00
(76)
.337
(8.6)
4.00
(102)
1000
5000
2.00
(51)
250
2500
250
2500
4.00
(102)
250
2500
2.00
(51)
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
11.5
(292)
11.4
(290)
20.1
(510)
22.2
(563)
.190
(4.8)
.300
(7.6)
.075
(1.9)
.220
(5.6)
.290
(7.4)
.480
(12.2)
.075
(1.9)
.500
(12.7)
.075
(1.9)
.075
(1.9)
.40
(10.2)
.80
(20.3)
.085
(2.2)
3.00
(76)
5.00
(127)
6.00
(152)
30
(133)
50
(222)
90
(400)
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
GS4H, PPTEH
or STH2
Hand
Installed
5
5
—
8.00
(203)
3.9
(99)
.098
(2.5)
.043
(1.1)
.154
(3.9)
.180
(4.6)
.87
(22)
11
(49)
5.6
(142)
.142
(3.6)
.045
(1.2)
.180
(4.6)
.240
(6.1)
1.38
(35)
18
(80)
.316
(8.0)
1.88
(48)
11.5
(292)
11.4
(290)
PRT2EH-C109
9.0
(229)
18
.052
(1.3)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
For chemical resistance in indoor applications. Can be used in areas
where hydrochloric acid, salts and bases are present. Natural
polypropylene cable ties have a distinctive green color.
14.5
(368)
PRT8EH-C109
10000
1.88
(48)
PLT4H-TL109
PRT6EH-C109
1000
.316
(8.0)
8.4
(213)
Extra
Heavy
(Releasable)
10000
18
(80)
PLT2H-TL109
PRT5EH-C109
1000
1.38
(35)
14.5
(368)
Hvy.
25000
.240
(6.1)
PLT4S-M109
PLT3H-TL109
1000
.180
(4.6)
7.4
(188)
Std.
3
.045
(1.2)
Natural
Polypropylene
Cable Ties for
Indoor Use
PLT2S-M109
50000
.142
(3.6)
28.3
(718)
Int.
1000
5.6
(142)
9.0
(229)
PLT1.5I-M109
2
11
(49)
PRT2EH-C100
Min.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
.87
(22)
14.5
(368)
PRT8EH-C100
Packaging*
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
.180
(4.6)
PLT4H-TL100
Extra
Heavy
(Releasable)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool Tool
Part No.
Setting
.154
(3.9)
8.4
(213)
PLT1M-M109
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
.043
(1.1)
PLT2H-TL100
PRT6EH-C100
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
.098
(2.5)
14.5
(368)
PRT5EH-C100
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
3.9
(99)
PLT4S-M100
PLT3H-TL100
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
7.4
(188)
PLT2S-M100
PLT3S-M100
Length
Width Thickness
A
B
C
In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
20.1
(510)
22.2
(563)
28.3
(718)
.190
(4.8)
.300
(7.6)
.052
(1.3)
.075
(1.9)
.220
(5.6)
.290
(7.4)
.075
(1.9)
.075
(1.9)
.085
(2.2)
.40
(10.2)
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
2
1000
50000
3
1000
25000
1000
10000
1000
10000
.337
(8.6)
3.00
(76)
.337
(8.6)
4.00
(102)
1000
5000
2.00
(51)
250
2500
250
2500
4.00
(102)
250
2500
2.00
(51)
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000
.480
(12.2)
.075
(1.9)
.500
(12.7)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
.80
(20.3)
3.00
(76)
5.00
(127)
6.00
(152)
8.00
(203)
30
(133)
50
(222)
90
(400)
GS4H, PPTEH
or STH2
Hand
Installed
5
5
—
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities. Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
†Part Number shown for Bulk Package Quantity.
For best results, use tool tensions at the low end of the adjustment range, i.e. Std. Cable Ties installed at tool setting 5, to arrive at optimum installation tension.
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Cable Ties
PAN-TY ®
Flame Retardant
Nylon 6.6
Cable Ties and
Marker Ties
PLM
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 meets the requirements of U.L. 94V-0. Can be
used with flame retardant cable tie mounts. See Page 84 .
PLT
PLF
Part Number†
Cross
Section
Length
Width Thickness
A
B
C
In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Marker
Write-on
Area
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
Packaging*
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
1000
25000
1000
25000
1000
25000
1000
25000
1000
25000
1000
25000
1000
10000
1000
5000
250
2500
1000
25000
1000
25000
1000
10000
1000
5000
Off White Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
PLF1M-M69
PLM1M-M69
PLT1M-M69
Min.
PLT2M-M69
PLT1.5I-M69
PLT2I-M69
Int.
PLT2S-M69
PLT4S-M69
Std.
PLT4H-TL69
Hvy.
4.3
(109)
.098
(2.5)
.045
(1.1)
.154
(3.9)
.180
(4.6)
.31 x .75
(7.9 x 19.1)
.87
(22)
3.9
(99)
.098
(2.5)
.035
(.9)
.154
(3.9)
.180
(4.6)
.26 x .95
(6.6 x 24.1)
.75
(20)
4.0
(102)
.098
(2.5)
.043
(1.1)
.154
(3.9)
.188
(4.8)
8.0
(203)
.098
(2.5)
.043
(1.1)
.154
(3.9)
.188
(4.8)
5.6
(142)
.139
(3.5)
.044
(1.1)
.177
(4.5)
.239
(6.1)
8.0
(203)
.142
(3.6)
.044
(1.1)
.177
(4.5)
.239
(6.1)
7.4
(188)
.190
(4.8)
.055
(1.4)
.220
(5.6)
.320
(8.1)
14.5
(368)
.190
(4.8)
.052
(1.3)
.220
(5.6)
.337
(8.6)
14.6
(371)
0.3
(7.6)
.075
(1.9)
.360
(9.1)
.480
(12.2)
4.0
(102)
.098
(2.5)
.043
(1.1)
.154
(3.9)
.188
(4.8)
8.0
(203)
.098
(2.5)
.043
(1.1)
.154
(3.9)
.188
(4.8)
7.4
(188)
.190
(4.8)
.055
(1.4)
.220
(5.6)
.320
(8.1)
14.5
(368)
.190
(4.8)
.052
(1.3)
.220
(5.6)
.337
(8.6)
.87
(22)
—
18
(80)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
2.00
(51)
1.38
(35)
—
2.00
(51)
1.88
(48)
—
4.00
(102)
4.00
(102)
—
40
(178)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
50
(222)
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
120
(533)
GS4H, GS4EH,
PPTEH or
STH2
18
(80)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
50
(222)
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
Black Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
PLT1M-M60
PLT2M-M60
Min.
PLT2S-M60
PLT4S-M60
Std.
PAN-TY ®
Weather Resistant
Nylon 12
Cable Ties
Part Number†
Cross
Section
PLT1.5I-M120
Min.
PLT2S-M120
PLT4S-M120
Std.
.87
(22)
—
2.00
(51)
1.88
(48)
—
4.00
(102)
For high moisture, corrosive (zinc chloride and dilute acids) and low
temperature indoor or outdoor applications.
Length
A
In. (mm)
Width
B
In. (mm)
Thickness
C
In. (mm)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
5.6
(142)
.142
(3.6)
.045
(1.2)
.180
(4.6)
.240
(6.1)
1.38
(35)
25
(111)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
7.4
(188)
.190
(4.8)
.052
(1.3)
.220
(5.6)
.316
(8.0)
1.88
(48)
40
(178)
14.5
(368)
.190
(4.8)
.052
(1.3)
.220
(5.6)
.337
(8.6)
4.00
(102)
40
(178)
PLT4H-TL120
Hvy.
14.5
(368)
.300
(7.6)
.075
(1.9)
.290
(7.4)
.480
(12.2)
4.00
(102)
90
(399)
PLT8LH-C120
Lt.
Hvy.
27.6
(701)
.300
(7.6)
.075
(1.9)
.290
(7.4)
.480
(12.2)
8.00
(203)
90
(399)
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
GS4H, GS4EH,
PPTEH or
STH2
Packaging*
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
1000
25000
1000
10000
1000
5000
250
2500
100
2000
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Bulk Package Quantity. Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
19
HALAR▲ and TEFZEL„ Cable Ties
HALAR cable ties meet NEC recommendations for bundling qualified cable
without conduit in plenum spaces. HALAR cable ties have a low smoke
density rating and excellent flammability rating (U.L. 94V-0). Other
applications include nuclear plants, chemical environments,
telecommunications equipment, aerospace, high and low temperature
environments. HALAR cable ties have distinctive maroon color.
PAN-TY ® HALAR
Fluoropolymer
Cable Ties for
Plenum Wiring
Part Number†
PLT1M-C702
PLT2S-C702
PLT3S-C702
Length
Width Thickness
Cross
A
B
C
Section In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
Min.
4.0
.098
.043
(102)
(2.5)
(1.1)
7.40
.190
.055
(188)
(4.8)
(1.4)
Std.
11.60
.190
.059
(295)
(4.8)
(1.5)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
.186
(4.7)
.240
(6.1)
.240
(6.1)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
.188
(4.8)
.320
(8.1)
.320
(8.1)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
.87
(22)
1.88
(48)
3.00
(76)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
18
(80)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
50
(222)
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
1000
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
1000
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
25000
100
1000
1000
10000
100
1000
1000
5000
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD
PAN-TY ® TEFZEL
Fluoroploymer
Cable Ties
PLT1M-C76
PLT2I-C76
Min.
Int.
PLT2S-C76
PLT3S-C76
Std.
PLT4S-C76
PLT3H-L76
PLT4H-L76
Hvy.
4.0
(102)
8.0
(203)
7.40
(188)
11.60
(295)
14.60
(371)
11.50
(292)
14.60
(371)
TEFZEL cable ties are ideal for applications requiring resistance to
environmental stresses such as chemical attack, gamma radiation,
ultraviolet radiation and extreme temperatures. In addition, TEFZEL has a
U.L. Flammability rating of UL94V-0. TEFZEL ties have distinctive aqua
blue color. TEFZEL cable tie mounts appear on Page 84 .
.098
(2.5)
.135
(3.4)
.190
(4.8)
.190
(4.8)
.190
(4.8)
.300
(7.6)
.300
(7.6)
.043
(1.1)
.051
(1.3)
.055
(1.4)
.059
(1.5)
.059
(1.5)
.075
(1.9)
.075
(1.9)
.186
(4.7)
.180
(4.6)
.240
(6.1)
.240
(6.1)
.240
(6.1)
.360
(9.1)
.360
(9.1)
.188
(4.8)
.240
(6.1)
.320
(8.1)
.320
(8.1)
.320
(8.1)
.480
(12.2)
.480
(12.2)
.87
(22)
2.00
(51)
1.88
(48)
3.00
76)
4.00
(102)
3.07
(78)
4.00
(102)
18
(80)
25
(111)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
50
(222)
GS2B, GS4H
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
120
(533)
GS4H, GS4EH
PPTEH or
STH2
100
1000
1000
25000
100
1000
1000
10000
100
1000
1000
10000
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
5000
50
500
250
2500
50
500
250
2500
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD
PAN-TY ®
Marker Ties for
Intrinsically
Safe Wiring
Part Number†
PLF1MA-IB-C6
PLM2S-IB-C6
20
Cross
Section
Min.
Std.
Intrinsically safe wiring is defined as “wiring which is incapable of
releasingsufficient electrical or thermal energy to cause ignition of the
specificsurrounding atmosphere.” The special blue color, which meets
IECstandards, indicates that the marked circuits are intrinsically safe.
Length
Width Thickness
A
B
C
In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
5.1
.098
.045
(130)
(2.5)
(1.1)
7.4
.185
.052
(188)
(4.7)
(1.3)
Marker
Area
In. (mm)
.812 x 1.12
(20.6 x 28)
.520 x 1.09
(13.2 x 27.7)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
.87
(22)
1.75
(45)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
18
(80)
50
(222)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
1000
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
—
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
—
100
1000
—
—
▲HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont, Inc., fluoropolymer. „TEFZEL is the Registered Trademark of E. I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer.
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to 41
Fluorescent Cable Ties
Designed for packaging and color-coding applications. Ties are offered in
four “hot” colors: Orange, Yellow, Green and Pink.
PAN-TY ®
Nylon 6.6
Fluorescent Ties
Part Number†
Color
Head
Length Width Thickness Height
Cross
A
B
C
D
Section In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
PLT1M-C53
Orange
100
1000
1000 50000
PLT1M-C54
Yellow
100
1000
1000 50000
PLT1M-C55
Green
100
1000
1000 50000
PLT1M-C59
Pink
100
1000
1000 50000
PLT2I-C53
Orange
100
1000
1000 25000
PLT2I-C54
Yellow
100
1000
1000 25000
PLT2I-C54
Green
100
1000
1000 25000
PLT2I-C59
Pink
100
1000
1000 25000
PLT2S-C53
Orange
100
1000
1000 10000
PLT2S-C54
Yellow
100
1000
1000 10000
PLT2S-C55
Green
100
1000
1000 10000
PLT2S-C59
Pink
100
1000
1000 10000
PLT3S-C53
Orange
100
1000
1000 10000
PLT3S-C54
Yellow
100
1000
1000 10000
PLT3S-C55
Green
100
1000
1000 10000
PLT3S-C59
Pink
100
1000
1000 10000
Min.
Int.
3.9
(99)
8.0
(203)
7.4
(188)
.10
(2.5)
.14
(3.6)
.190
(4.8)
.098
(2.5)
.045
(1.2)
.052
(1.3)
.154
(3.9)
.180
(4.6)
.220
(5.6)
.180
(4.6)
.240
(6.1)
.316
(8.0)
.87
(22)
2.00
(51)
1.88
(48)
18
(80)
40
(178)
.190
(4.8)
.052
(1.3)
.220
(5.6)
.337
(8.6)
3.00
(76)
STS
GS2B, PPTS
50
(222)
Std.
11.5
(292)
STS,
GS2B, PPTS
50
(222)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for High Density Polyethylene is Bulk Package Quantity.
Part Number shown for Fluorescent parts is Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to 41 .
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
21
DOME-TOP ® BARB-TY ® Cable Ties
DOME-TOP ® BARB-TY ® Cable Tie Features/Benefits
1. STAINLESS STEEL BARB
2. LOW THREADING FORCE
3. HIGH TENSILE STRENGTH
• Made of 316 corrosion
resistant stainless steel
• Provides consistent
performance and reliability for
users who prefer a cable tie
with a metal barb
• Infinitely adjustable for tight
bundles through its entire
bundle range
• Reduces installer fatigue
• Increases productivity
• Exceeds industry and military
(MIL-S-23190E) standards
4. ANTI-SLIP STRAP BODY
5. FINGER TIP GRIP
6. ANTI-SPRING BACK TIP
• Ribbed and stippled strap
bodyprevents axial and
lateralmovement
• Exclusively designed finger
grip is available on all sizes of
DOME-TOP BARB-TY Cable
Ties to assure positive grip
during threading of the tie
• Tip engages when inserted into
head
7. CURVED TIP
8. MATERIAL/SIZE AVAILABILITY
9. TEMPERATURE RATINGS
• Orients tip toward head to
speed installation; lowers
installed cost
• Faster initial threading
• Easier to pick up from flat
surfaces
• Available in lengths from 4.0"
to 30.7" to meet a variety of
applications
• Several materials available
for special environments:
Natural 6.6 nylon, weather
resistant black 6.6 nylon,
heat stabilized 6.6 nylon and
11 different colors
22
• Available in four loop
tensile strengths from 18
lbs. (80N) to 120 lbs.
(534N) to provide a wide
selection
Natural 6.6 Nylon
Heat Stabilized
and Weather
6.6Nylon
Resistant 6.6
Nylon
Max.
Min.
185°F (85°C)
-40°F (-40°C)
221°F (105°C)
-40°F (-40°C)
DOME-TOP ® BARB-TY ® Cable Ties
DOME-TOP ® BARB-TY ®
Nylon 6.6 Locking
Cable Ties
Side View
• Available in Miniature, Intermediate, Standard and Light
Heavy Cross Section
• Bundle diameters up to 9.00" (229mm)
• Available in natural, weather resistant and heat stabilized
nylon and 11 different colors
• Tool or hand installed
Front View
MINIATURE CROSS SECTION
Part Number†
Length
Width
A
B
In. (mm) In. (mm)
BT1M-C
4.0
(102)
BT1.5M-C
6.3
(160)
BT2M-C
7.9
(201)
BT3M-C
11.1
(282)
BT4M-C
14.2
(361)
Thickness
C
In. (mm)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
.036
(0.9)
.095
(2.4)
.046
(1.2)
.156
(4.0)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
.172
(4.4)
.182
(4.6)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
.90
(23)
100
1000
1000
50000
1.50
(38)
100
1000
1000
25000
100
1000
1000
25000
3.00
(76)
100
1000
1000
10000
4.00
(102)
100
1000
1000
10000
1.50
(38)
100
1000
1000
25000
100
1000
1000
25000
100
1000
1000
10000
4.00
(102)
100
1000
1000
10000
2.00
(51)
100
1000
1000
10000
100
1000
1000
10000
4.00
(102)
100
1000
1000
5000
2.00
(51)
18
(80)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
INTERMEDIATE CROSS SECTION
BT1.5I-C
6.1
(155)
BT2I-C
8.0
(203)
BT3I-C
BT4I-C
11.1
(282)
.041
(1.0)
.141
(3.6)
.185
(4.7)
.248
(6.3)
.049
(1.2)
14.3
(363)
2.00
(51)
3.00
(76)
40
(178)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
STANDARD CROSS SECTION
BT2S-C
8.0
(203)
BT3S-C
12.0
(305)
BT4S-C
.045
(1.2)
.185
(4.7)
15.1
(384)
.052
(1.3)
.220
(5.6)
.320
(8.1)
3.00
(76)
50
(222)
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
LIGHT HEAVY CROlSS SECTION
(Straight Tip)
BT2LH-L
8.7
(221)
2.00
(51)
50
500
250
2500
BT3LH-L
11.8
(300)
3.00
(76)
50
500
250
2500
BT4LH-L
14.9
(378)
4.00
(102)
50
500
250
2500
BT5LH-L
18.1
(460)
50
500
100
2000
50
500
100
2000
.275
(7.0)
.065
(1.7)
.320
(8.1)
.520
(13.2)
5.00
(127)
6.00
(152)
120
(534)
GS4H, GS4EH,
PPTEH, STH2,
or ST2EH
BT6LH-L
21.2
(538)
BT7LH-L
24.4
(620)
7.00
(178)
50
500
100
2000
BT8LH-L
27.5
(699)
8.00
(203)
50
500
100
1000
BT9LH-L
30.7
(780)
9.00
(229)
50
500
100
1000
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to 41 .
Most commonly used pa rts appear in BOLD.
For colors and other materials, See Page 36 to 39.
23
Weather Resistant BARB-TY ® Cable Ties
DOME-TOP ® BARB-TY ®
Weather Resistant Nylon
Locking Cable Ties
Side View
• Available in Miniature, Intermediate, Standard and Light Heavy
Cross Section
• Bundle diameters up to 9.00" (229mm)
• Weather resistant nylon has greater resistance to ultra violet light
which damages natural nylon
• Tool or hand installed
Front View
MINIATURE CROSS SECTION
Part Number†
BT1M-C0
BT1.5M-C0
BT2M-C0
BT3M-C0
BT4M-C0
Length
Width
A
B
In. (mm) In. (mm)
4.0
(102)
6.3
(160)
7.9
.095
(201)
(2.4)
11.1
(282)
14.2
(361)
Thickness
C
In. (mm)
.036
(0.9)
.046
(1.2)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
.156
(4.0)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
.172
(4.4)
.182
(4.6)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
.90
(23)
1.50
(38)
2.00
(51)
3.00
(76)
4.00
(102)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
18
(80)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
1000
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
1000
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
50000
100
1000
1000
25000
100
1000
1000
25000
100
1000
1000
10000
100
1000
1000
10000
100
1000
1000
25000
100
1000
1000
25000
100
1000
1000
10000
100
1000
1000
10000
100
1000
1000
10000
100
1000
1000
10000
100
1000
1000
5000
50
500
250
2500
50
500
250
2500
50
500
250
2500
50
500
100
2000
50
500
100
2000
50
500
100
2000
50
500
100
1000
50
500
100
1000
INTERMEDIATE CROSS SECTION
BT1.5I-C0
BT2I-C0
BT3I-C0
BT4I-C0
6.1
(155)
8.0
(203)
11.1
(282)
14.3
(363)
.041
(1.0)
.141
(3.6)
.185
(4.7)
.248
(6.3)
.049
(1.2)
1.50
(38)
2.00
(51)
3.00
(76)
4.00
(102)
40
(178)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
STANDARD CROSS SECTION
BT2S-C0
BT3S-C0
BT4S-C0
8.0
(203)
12.0
(305)
15.1
(384)
.045
(1.2)
.185
(4.7)
.052
(1.3)
.220
(5.6)
.320
(8.1)
2.00
(51)
3.00
(76)
4.00
(102)
50
(222)
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
LIGHT HEAVY CROSS SECTION
(Straight Tip)
BT2LH-L0
BT3LH-L0
BT4LH-L0
BT5LH-L0
BT6LH-L0
BT7LH-L0
BT8LH-L0
BT9LH-L0
24
8.7
(221)
11.8
(300)
14.9
(378)
18.1
(460)
21.2
(538)
24.4
(620)
27.5
(699)
30.7
(780)
.275
(7.0)
.065
(1.7)
.320
(8.1)
.520
(13.2)
2.00
(51)
3.00
(76)
4.00
(102)
5.00
(127)
6.00
(152)
7.00
(178)
8.00
(203)
9.00
(229)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to 41 .
120
(534)
GS4H, GS4EH,
PPTEH, STH2,
or ST2EH
Most commonly used pa rts appear in BOLD.
For colors and other materials, See Page 36 to 39.
BARB-TY ® Heat Stabilized Cable Ties
DOME-TOP ® BARB-TY ®
Nylon 6.6 Heat Stabilized —
Natural (39)
• Available in Miniature, Intermediate, Standard and Light
Heavy Cross Section
• Bundle diameters up to 4.00" (102mm)
• Temperature rating: –40°F (–40°C) to 221°F (105°C)
• Tool or hand installed
Front View
Side View
MINIATURE CROSS SECTION
Part Number†
BT1M-C39
Length
Width
A
B
In. (mm) In. (mm)
4.0
(102)
Thickness
C
In. (mm)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
.036
(0.9)
.156
(4.0)
.172
(4.4)
.90
(23)
18
(80)
.041
(1.0)
.185
(4.7)
.248
(6.3)
1.50
(38)
.045
(1.2)
.220
(5.6)
.320
(8.1)
2.00
(51)
.095
(2.4)
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
100
1000
1000
50000
40
(178)
GS2B, PPTS
or STS2
100
1000
1000
25000
50
(222)
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
100
1000
1000
10000
100
1000
1000
10000
100
1000
1000
5000
50
500
250
2500
INTERMEDIATE CROSS SECTION
BT1.5I-C39
6.1
(155)
.141
(3.6)
STANDARD CROSS SECTION
BT2S-C39
8.0
(203)
BT3S-C39
12.0
(305)
BT4S-C39
.185
(4.7)
3.00
(76)
.052
(1.3)
15.1
(384)
4.00
(102)
LIGHT HEAVY CROSS SECTION
(Straight Tip)
BT4LH-L39
14.9
(378)
.275
(7.0)
.065
(1.7)
.320
(8.1)
.520
(13.2)
4.00
(102)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to Page 41.
120
(534)
GS4H, GS4EH,
PPTEH, STH2,
or ST2EH
For colors and other materials,
See Page 36 to 39.
25
DOME-TOP ® BARB-TY ® Clamp Ties
• Used to secure a bundle of wires to another surface such as
a control panel, wall or ceiling
• The design allows for bundling before or after screwing
clamp in place
• Available in Standard and Light Heavy Cross Section
• Bundle diameters up to 4.00" (102mm)
• Available in natural, weather resistant and heat
stabilized black nylon
DOME-TOP ® BARB-TY ®
Nylon 6.6 Clamp Ties
Side View
Front View
Side View
Front View
STANDARD CROSS SECTION
Part Number†
BC2S-S10-C
BC3S-S10-C
BC4S-S10-C
Length Width Thickness
A
B
C
In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
8.5
.185
.052
(216)
(4.7)
(1.3)
12.5
(318)
15.6
(396)
Boss
Height
D
In. (mm)
.160
(4.1)
Boss
Width
E
In. (mm)
.400
(10.2)
Hole
Dia.
F
In.(mm)
.206
(5.2)
Screw
Size
#10
(M5)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
2.00
(51)
3.00
(76)
4.00
(102)
Min. Loop Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Tensile
Strength Installation Tool
Part No.
Lbs. (N)
50
GS2B, GS4H,
(222)
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
1000
Bulk Bulk
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
1000 10000
100
1000
1000 10000
100
1000
1000
5000
50
500
250
2500
50
500
250
2500
50
500
250
2500
100
1000 1000 10000
100
1000 1000 10000
100
1000 1000 5000
50
500
250
2500
50
500
250
2500
50
500
250
2500
LIGHT HEAVY CROSS SECTION (Straight Tip)
BC2LH-S25-L
BC3LH-S25-L
BC4LH-S25-L
9.3
(236)
12.4
(315)
15.5
(394)
.275
(7.0)
.065
(1.7)
.265
(6.7)
.520
(13.2)
.260
(6.6)
1/4
(M8)
2.00
(51)
3.00
(76)
4.00
(102)
120
(534)
GS4H, GS4EH,
PPTEH, STH2
or ST2EH
BARB-TY ® Weather
Resistant
STANDARD CROSS SECTION
BC2S-S10-C0
BC3S-S10-C0
BC4S-S10-C0
8.5
(216)
12.5
(318)
15.6
(396)
.185
(4.7)
.052
(1.3)
.160
(4.1)
.400
(10.2)
.206
(5.2)
#10
(M5)
2.00
(51)
3.00
(76)
4.00
(102)
50
(222)
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
LIGHT HEAVY CROSS SECTION (Straight Tip)
BC2LH-S25-L0
BC3LH-S25-L0
BC4LH-S25-L0
26
9.3
(236)
12.4
(315)
15.5
(394)
.275
(7.0)
.065
(1.7)
.265
(6.7)
.520
(13.2)
.260
(6.6)
1/4
(M8)
2.00
(51)
3.00
(76)
4.00
(102)
120
(534)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Pack Part Numbers, See Page 40 to Page 41.
GS4H, GS4EH,
PPTEH, STH2
or ST2EH
For colors and other materials,
See Page 36 to 39.
SUPERFLEX ™ Nylon 6.6 Cable Ties
SUPERFLEX ™
Nylon 6.6
Cable Ties
Lightweight ties are super flexible to conform to bundle. Unique design provides
high strength, increased impact resistance and dimensional stability for
improved clamping.
Featuring the world’s
longest one-piece
nylon cable tie—58.50"
Part Number†
** SLT8LH-L
** SLT10LH-L
Length
Width Thickness
Cross
A
B
C
Section In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
Lt.
Hvy.
28.00
(711)
SLT14H-L
Hvy.
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
34.75
(882)
10.25
(280)
.055
(1.4)
46.00
(1168)
.300
(7.6)
.500
(12.7)
.33
(8.3)
52.25
(1327)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
120
(534)
12.25
(311)
14.25
(362)
16.35
(413)
58.50
(1486)
SLT18H-L
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
8.00
(203)
.30
(7.6)
40.25
(1022)
SLT12H-L
SLT16H-L
**
GS4H or
STHV
175
(778)
18.25
(464)
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
50
1000
—
—
50
1000
—
—
50
1000
—
—
50
1000
—
—
50
1000
—
—
50
1000
—
—
**Also available in weather resistant 6.6 nylon. Add suffix -0, i.e. SLT8LH-L0 and SLT10LH-L0. Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
IN-LINE
Nylon 6.6
Cable Ties
Part Number†
IN-LINE ties have serrations on the outside which allow the strap body to be
inserted parallel to the strap head. Tie conforms to large bundles better than
conventional ties. Available in weather resistant 6.6 nylon (-0). May be installed
with PANDUIT GS4H cable tie installation tools.
Length
Width Thickness
Cross
A
B
C
Section In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
IT940-C0
6.8
(172)
IT965-C0
10.1
(258)
IT9100-C0
IT9115-C0
Hvy.
14.1
(359)
15.4
(391)
IT9150-C0
20.4
(518)
IT9250-C0
33.0
(838)
.065
(1.65)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
.250
(6.33)
.350
(9)
.556
(14.1)
.075
(1.9)
.270
(6.86)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
1.57
(40)
—
—
100
1000
2.58
(65)
—
—
100
1000
—
—
100
1000
—
—
100
1000
5.91
(150)
—
—
100
1000
9.84
(250)
—
—
100
1000
3.94
(100)
4.46
(113)
124
(550)
GS4H
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for SLT ties is Standard Package Quantity and Part Number shown for In-Line ties is Bulk Package quantity.
27
IN-LINE Nylon 6.6 Cable Ties
IN-LINE Nylon 6.6 Cable Ties
For Installing Foam Padding On
Playground Applications
NOTE: IN-LINE Clamp
Ties are installed with the
teeth on the inside and
against the foam.
Part Number†
Description
• Features
• No protruding head to cause injury since head is inverted
• No protruding tie tip to cause injury since the tip is trapped between the
tie and foam
• Tie will not slip on the foam since the head will indent the foam to remain
captive
• Wide tie body, .350" (9mm) for improved aesthetics
• Cannot overtension tie causing bulges in the foam
• Easy Installation: No installation tools required
Flexible and easy to handle
No need to heat weld the ends closed
No cutoff scrap pieces to handle or pick up
• Strong: 124 lb. loop tensile strength
• Locking wedge is protected from unlocking and from ultraviolet light
exposure
• Available in 13 ultraviolet colors that will last 2 to 3 times longer than
normal pigmented colors
• Color coordinated to match foam
Head
Length
Width Thickness Height
Cross
A
B
C
D
Section In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.*
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.*
1000
IT9100-CUV2
U.V. Red
—
—
100
IT9100-CUV4
U.V. Yellow
—
—
100
1000
U.V. Butterscotch
—
—
100
1000
IT9100-CUV4A
IT9100-CUV5A
U.V. Green
—
—
100
1000
IT9100-CUV5B
U.V. Hunter Green
—
—
100
1000
—
—
100
1000
—
—
100
1000
IT9100-CUV6
U.V. Dark Blue
IT9100-CUV6A
U.V. Light Blue
IT9100-CUV6B
U.V. Cobalt Blue
—
—
100
1000
IT9100-CUV7A
U.V. Purple
—
—
100
1000
IT9100-CUV8
U.V. Silver
—
—
100
1000
IT9100-CUV11
U.V. Teal
—
—
100
1000
IT9100-CUV16B
U.V. Pink
—
—
100
1000
IT9100-C0
U.V. Black
—
—
100
1000
Part Number†
Description
Hvy.
14.1
(359)
.350
(9)
.065
(1.65)
.250
(6.33)
Head
Length
Width Thickness Height
Cross
A
B
C
D
Section In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
.556
(14.1)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
3.94
(100)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
124
(550)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.*
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.*
1000
IT9115-CUV2
U.V. Red
—
—
100
IT9115-CUV4
U.V. Yellow
—
—
100
1000
U.V. Butterscotch
—
—
100
1000
IT9115-CUV4A
IT9115-CUV5A
U.V. Green
—
—
100
1000
IT9115-CUV5B
U.V. Hunter Green
—
—
100
1000
—
—
100
1000
—
—
100
1000
IT9115-CUV6
U.V. Dark Blue
IT9115-CUV6A
U.V. Light Blue
IT9115-CUV6B
U.V. Cobalt Blue
—
—
100
1000
IT9115-CUV7A
U.V. Purple
—
—
100
1000
IT9115-CUV8
U.V. Silver
—
—
100
1000
IT9115-CUV11
U.V. Teal
—
—
100
1000
IT9115-CUV16B
U.V. Pink
—
—
100
1000
IT9115-C0
U.V. Black
—
—
100
1000
28
Hvy.
15.4
(391)
.350
(9)
.075
(1.9)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for In-Line ties is Bulk Package Quantity.
.250
(6.33)
.556
(14.1)
4.46
(113)
124
(550)
For colors and other materials,
See Page 36 to 39.
Specialty Ties
TAK-TY ™ Cable Ties
HLC, HLT, HLM & HLS Series
These handy hook & loop, woven material ties are very easy to release and
reuse, making them ideal for applications where changes are anticipated or
continuous access is required. These products are also great for applications
where over-tightening is a concern and they will not pinch or abrade wires.
HLC Series
Length Width
A
B
Part Number† In. (mm) In. (mm)
Thickness
In. (mm)
Head
Width
C
In. (mm)
Min.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength**
Lbs. (N)
Packaging***
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
10
100
—
—
10
100
—
—
Cinching Ties - Cinch ring provides extra strength and bundle tightness
HLC3S-X0
HLC5S-X0
12.0
(305)
.75
(19)
.10
(2.5)
18.0
(457)
.75
(19)
.10
(2.5)
1.10
(27.9)
2.0
(51)
3.0
(76)
3.0
(76)
5.0
(127)
50
(222)
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
HLT Series
Length Width
A
B
Part Number† In. (mm) In. (mm)
Thickness
In. (mm)
Head
Width
C
In. (mm)
Min.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength**
Lbs. (N)
Packaging***
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
10
100
—
—
10
100
—
—
HLM-15RO
HLS-15RO
HLS-75RO
Loop Ties - Slot allows for pre-wrapping of bundles
HLT2I-X0
HLT3I-X0
8.0
(203)
.50
(12.7)
.10
(2.5)
12.0
(305)
.50
(12.7)
.10
(2.5)
1.00
(25.4)
.25
(6)
1.9
(48)
.25
(6)
3.2
(81)
40
(178)
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
HLM & HLS Series
Color Chart For
HLT Ties, HLS Ties,
HLM/HLS-15R Rolls &
HLS-75R Rolls
Strip Ties - Rolls Perforated in Convenient 6", 12" and 18" strips
HLS1.5S-X0
6.0
(152)
.75
(19)
.10
(2.5)
—
.25
(6)
1.5
(38)
HLS3S-X0
12.0
(305)
.75
(19)
.10
(2.5)
—
.25
(6)
3.2
(81)
18.0
(457)
.75
(19)
.10
(2.5)
—
.25
(6)
5.0
(127)
HLS5S-X0
50
(222)
10
100
—
—
10
100
—
—
10
100
—
—
Color
Part No.
Suffix
Black
-0
Red
-2
Orange
-3
Yellow
-4
Green
-5
Blue
-6
Violet
-7
15' & 75' Rolls - Can be cut to desired length, eliminating waste
HLM-15RO
180.0
(4572)
.33
(8.4)
.10
(2.5)
—
.25
(6)
Various
18
(80)
1
10
—
—
HLS-15RO
180.0
(4572)
.75
(19)
.10
(2.5)
—
.25
(6)
Various
50
(222)
1
10
—
—
900.0
(22,860)
.75
(19)
.10
(2.5)
—
.25
(6)
Various
50
(222)
1
HLS-75RO
10
—
—
Gray
-8
White
-10
Tan
-18
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
** Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating.
***Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity.
29
Specialty Ties
Base portion pushes onto a threaded stud and the tie portion wraps around
the bundle. The wire bundle is centered over the stud. Releasable and
convoluted tubing styles ( See Page 11 ) are also available. Contact factory.
PANDUIT ®
Specialty Ties
Stud Mounted
Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6
Cable Ties
Type PLST-SC
Part Number†
Cross
Section
Length
Width
A
B
In. (mm) In. (mm)
Thickness
C
In. (mm)
Type PLST-SD
Base
Height
D
In. (mm)
Recommended
Stud Size
In. (mm)
Type PLST-SE
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation
Tool Part No.
Packaging*
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
500
5000
500
5000
500
5000
1000
10000
1000
5000
1000
10000
1000
5000
Locking Style
5.74
(146)
PLST30SC-D30
PLST40SC-D30
Std.
6.94
(176)
1.18
(30)
.19
(4.8)
.050
(1.3)
.41
(10.5)
10-24
(5)
8.14
(207)
PLST50SC-D30
Ladder Style
Stud Mounted
Cable Tie
1.57
(40)
50
(222)
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
1.97
(50)
The ties can be removed from the stud by turning counterclockwise.
Adjustable and releasable.
Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6
5.2
(132)
PRST30S-S9-M30
PRST50S-S9-M30
PRST30S-S14-M30
PRST50S-S14-M30
30
Std.
7.5
(191)
5.2
(132)
10-24 x .375
(5 x 9)
.38
(9.7)
.050
(1.3)
.59
(15)
7.5
(191)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Bulk Package Quantity.
10-24 x .50
(5 x 12 or 5 x 14)
1.18
(30)
1.97
(50)
1.18
(30)
1.97
(50)
35
(156)
Hand Installed
Only
Specialty Ties
Secure any two bundles up to total diameter of 3.8" (97mm); a fast and
economical method for securing a harness and mounting it to another harness,
cabinet or other convenient mounting point.
PANDUIT ®
Specialty Ties
Double Loop
Nylon 6.6
Cable Ties
• PAN-TY ®, one-piece design
• Second loop can be installed with
PANDUIT cable tie installation tools
• Bent tip provides faster orientation
Part Number†
Cross
Section
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Thickness
C
In. (mm)
Max. Combined
Bundle Dia.
In. (mm)
7.6
(193)
PLB2S-C
PLB3S-C
Length
Width
A
B
In. (mm) In. (mm)
Std.
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation
Tool Part No.
1.8
(46)
11.8
(300)
.19
(4.8)
.052
(1.3)
2.8
(71)
.200
(5.1)
14.8
(376)
PLB4S-C
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2
or STH2
50
(222)
3.8
(97)
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
100
1000
1000
10000
100
1000
1000
10000
100
1000
1000
5000
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
Double Hose Clamp
Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Part Number†
DHC1.12x1.75L0
Length Width
A
B
In. (mm) In. (mm)
11.0
(279)
1. Wrap clamp around hose.
.28
(7.1)
The Double Hose Clamp can be used on gasoline, hydraulic or pneumatic
hoses. It holds each hose individually to prevent abrasion and holds them
together to prevent twisting.
Loop Diameters
Thickness
C
In. (mm)
Head
Height
D
In. (mm)
Head
Width
E
In. (mm)
Fixed
Loop
In. (mm)
Adjustable
Loop
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
.050
(1.3)
.31
(7.9)
.44
(11.2)
1.12
(28)
1.0 to 1.75
(25 to 44)
100
(445)
2. Position second hose in clamp.
3. Loop tail around second hose
and thread tail through both
spacer heads.
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for PLB and SSB ties is Natural Nylon in Standard Package Quantity.
Part Number for DHC is weather resistant black nylon in Standard Package Quantity.
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Std.
Installation
Pkg.
Tool Part No.
Qty.
GS4H,
STH2 or ST2EH
50
Packaging*
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
500
500
2500
4. Tension and cut off with Panduit
tool.
For colors and other materials,
See Page 36 to 39.
31
Specialty Ties
PANDUIT ®
Specialty Ties
Umbrella Winged
Push Mount
Cable Ties
The tie’s anchor barb clicks into a clearance hole in a light gauge metal or
plastic panel, no screws or other fasteners required. The umbrella shaped
disc stabilizes the anchor barb and insures a tight, rattle-free fit. In
addition, the umbrella disc provides a dust-tight and semi-liquid tight seal
against the panel surface. The material is heat stabilized black resin.
Mounting Hole
Diameter
Part Number†
PLUP30S-D30
PLUP40S-D30
PLUP50S-D30
A
B
Cross
Length
Width
Section In. (mm) In. (mm)
5.79
(147)
6.97
0.19
Std.
(177)
(4.83)
8.15
(207)
Panel Thickness
Range
Min.
In. (mm)
Max.
In. (mm)
Min.
In. (mm)
Max.
In. (mm)
0.24
(6.2)
0.28
(7.2)
0.03
(0.7)
0.05
(1.2)
Maximum
Bundle
Diameter
In. (mm)
1.18
(30)
1.57
(40)
1.97
(50)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
50
(222)
PPTS, GS2B,
GS2BL, STS2,
GS4H
Packaging*
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
500
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
5000
500
5000
500
5000
Unique design of tie allows it to secure a bundle directly to a chassis or
panel without the need for separate fasteners or mounting devices, thus
reducing costs.
STA-STRAP ®
Chassis/Panel
Mount Tie
Weather resistant heat
stabilized nylon 6.6
Insert tip end of STA-STRAP cable
tie through the correct size pre-drilled
hole in the panel.
Part Number†
Pull tip end until STA-STRAP cable
tie is snug on bundle. Tension and cut
off excess portion with Panduit cable
tie installation tool
Wrap cable tie around the bundle and
insert the tip end back through the
hole and head of the cable tie.
D
Recommended
A
B
C
Head
Panel Hole
Length
Width Thickness Height
Dia.
In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
In. (mm)
Maximum
Bundle
Diameter
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation Tool
Part No.
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
50
2500
250
2500
50
2500
250
2500
50
2500
250
2500
50
2500
250
2500
—
—
250
2500
—
—
250
2500
Without Pilot — Heavy Cross Section
SSPM2.5H-L300
SSPM4H-L300
10.19
(259)
14.8
(376)
.30
(7.6)
.062
(1.6)
.248
(6.3)
.316 to .820
(8.0 to 21)
2.76
(70)
4.00
(102)
120
(534)
GS4H, GS4EH,
PPTEH, STH2,
or ST2EH
.062
(1.6)
.248
(6.3)
.440 to .820
(11.2 to 21)
2.76
(70)
4.00
(102)
120
(534)
GS4H, GS4EH,
PPTEH, STH2,
or ST2EH
.316 to .820
(8.0 to 21)
.440 to .820
(11.2 to 21)
2.76
(70)
4.00
(102)
120
(534)
GS4H, GS4EH,
PPTEH, STH2,
or ST2EH
With Pilot — Heavy Cross Section
SSPM2.5HP-L300
SSPM4HP-L300
10.19
(259)
14.8
(376)
.30
(7.6)
With Long Centering Pilot — Heavy Cross Section
SSPM25HLP-TL300
SSPM4HLP-TL300
32
10.1
(257)
14.8
(376)
.30
(7.6)
.30
(7.6)
.062
(1.6)
.062
(1.6)
.248
(6.3)
.248
(6.3)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Bulk Package Quantity. Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
Specialty Ties
PANDUIT ®
Specialty Ties
PAN-POUCH ™
Telephone Cable
Identification Kit
The PAN-POUCH system provides a fast, convenient method of identifying
binder groups on both sides of a splice in PIC cable. It consists of striped
PAN-TY ® Cable Ties in 25 color combinations which match the universally
accepted Even-Count Color Code. In addition, solid color ties are available
for identification of “Super Groups” in cable containing more than 600 pairs.
Cable ties have maximum bundle diameter of .82" (20.8mm). Each 50 pc.
package fits into PAN-POUCH or Pocket Pouch.
Nylon 6.6 Cable Ties
Packaging*
Part
Number
Cable Tie
Color
PLT1M-L6-10
PLT1M-L3-10
PLT1M-L5-10
PLT1M-L1-10
PLT1M-L8-10
Blue
Orange
Green
Brown
Slate
PLT1M-L6-2
PLT1M-L3-2
PLT1M-L5-2
PLT1M-L1-2
PLT1M-L8-2
Blue
Orange
Green
Brown
Slate
PLT1M-L6-0
PLT1M-L3-0
PLT1M-L5-0
PLT1M-L1-0
PLT1M-L8-0
Blue
Orange
Green
Brown
Slate
Packaging*
Color
Stripe
Std. Pkg.
Qty.
Std. Ctn.
Qty.
White
50
50
50
50
50
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
PLT1M-L6-4
PLT1M-L3-4
PLT1M-L5-4
PLT1M-L1-4
PLT1M-L8-4
Blue
Orange
Green
Brown
Slate
Red
50
50
50
50
50
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
PLT1M-L6-7
PLT1M-L3-7
PLT1M-L5-7
PLT1M-L1-7
PLT1M-L8-7
Blue
Orange
Green
Brown
Slate•
Black
50
50
50
50
50
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
PLT1M-L2
PLT1M-L0
PLT1M-L4
PLT1M-L6
PLT1M-L3
PLT1M-L5
PLT1M-L1
PLT1M-L8
Cable ties in other solid colors (sold in 100 pc. packages) See Page 36.
•Not included in filled PAN-POUCH.
Part
Number
Cable Tie
Color
Color
Stripe
Std. Pkg.
Qty.
Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Yellow
50
50
50
50
50
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
50
50
50
50
50
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Red
Black•
Yellow•
50
50
50
1000
1000
1000
Blue•
Orange•
Green•
Brown•
Slate•
50
50
50
50
50
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Violet
Pouches
PAN-POUCH is 10 1/2" x 36"
(266mm x 914mm) made of
canvas and folds to 10 1/2" x
6" (266mm x 152mm) for
easy storage. The pouch can
be easily hung from cable by
using snap fasteners.
Pocket Pouch holds
five (50 pc.) packages.
Part Number
Pouch
Material
Packaging*
Std. Pkg.
Qty.
Canvas
1
PPC25x50F
Description
PAN-POUCH filled with 1250 cable
ties. 50 each of all 24 striped ties
plus solid red
PPC25x50
Empty PAN-POUCH
Canvas
1
PP5x50F
Pocket Pouch filled with 250 cable
ties (50 each: Blue, orange, green,
brown and slate all with white stripe).
Vinyl
1
PP5x50-X
Empty Pocket Pouch
Vinyl
10
*Order cable ties by the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
33
Specialty Ties
For identifying and coding telephone and fiber optic cable. Replaces costly
and cumbersome lead marking tags. Lightweight and easy-to-install. Can be
used as wrap-around or “flag” marker. Can also be used in underground
identification applications. Custom hot stamping is available. See Page 35.
PANDUIT ®
Specialty Ties
Polyethylene
Cable Marker Strap
Unique design allows strap to be used as:
Part Number†
Color
CM4S-L2
Red
CM4S-L8
Gray
Cross
Section
Std.
Marking
Area
In. (mm,)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation
Tool Part No.
1.50 x 2.62
(38.1 x 66.5)
4.38
(111)
Hand Installed Only
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
50
500
50
500
WRAP-AROUND
MARKER
(Min. Dia.:1.27")
Weather Resistant
Polypropylene Aerial
Support Tie
Designed to attach coax or telephone cable to the support strand
(1/4" or 5/16") to form the expansion loop and keep equipment and
cables clear of pole hardware. One-piece construction with
integral spacer reduces inventory costs of separate spacer and
bands and installs faster to lower the installed cost. Releasable
and reusable.
With integral 1/2" spacer
Part Number†
Head
Length Width Thickness Width
A
B
C
D
In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm)
AST10-5-C100
5.6
(142)
AST15-5-C100
6.9
(175)
AST20-5-C100
8.4
(214)
AST25-5-C100
10.0
(254)
34
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Packaging*
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Std.
Std.
Installation
Pkg. Ctn.
Tool Part No.
Qty.
Qty.
1.0
(25)
.448
(11.4)
.055
(1.4)
“FLAG” MARKER
(Min. Dia.: .25")
1.59
(40.4)
1.5
(38)
2.0
(51)
100
(445)
Hand Installed
Only
2.5
(64)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Number shown for Standard Package Quantity. Contact distributor for bulk packaging.
100
—
100
—
100
—
100
—
Custom Hot Stamping
PANDUIT ® Custom Hot Stamping Program
• Economical
• Convenient
• 1/8" (3mm), 3/16" (4.8mm), 5/64" (2mm) & 7/64" (2.8mm)
characters are available
• Standard Type Style: News Gothic
• Character sizes can be mixed from line-to-line
• Alphanumeric and sequential numbering for serialization are
available
• Six digit sequential numbering is available in 3/32" (2.4mm) or
9/64" (3.6mm) characters
• Seven digit sequential numbering is available in 1/8" (3mm)
characters
• Seven colors of hot stamping to make your message stand out
— Black, Blue, Green, Red, Yellow, Orange and White
• Special logos, type styles and sizes can be provided (when
camera ready artwork is supplied)
• Minimum order: 1,000 pieces per part number and message
A custom program to mark nylon cable ties, marker ties and
marker plates to suit your application requirements. . .
CABLE TIE CROSS SECTIONS
MINIATURE
(Locking)
INTERMEDIATE
(Locking)
STANDARD
(Locking and Releasable)
HEAVY AND LIGHT HEAVY
(Locking and Releasable)
EXTRA-HEAVY
(Locking and Releasable)
MARKER TIE CROSS SECTIONS
MINIATURE
(Locking)
STANDARD
(Locking)
NOTE:
Most cable ties and marker ties are also available in colors.
Contact Your Local Panduit Distributor for Details
35
Cable Tie Part Number System, Available Colors & Materials
Part Number System
PLT
2
S
Size
(Approximate
Bundle
Diameter)
Part Description
PANDUIT
Locking
Tie (etc.)
C
—
Screw Hole Size
(Clamp Ties Only)
-S4 = #4 (M2.5)
-S6 = #6 (M3)
-S8 = #8 (M4)
-S10 = #10 (M5)
-S25 = 1/4" (M6)
Cross-Section
SM = Subminiature
M = Miniature
I = Intermediate
S = Standard
H = Heavy
LH = Light-Heavy
EH = Extra-Heavy
Package Size
X = 10
Q = 25
L = 50
C = 100
TL = 250
D = 500
M = 1000
MP = 1000 pc. ctn.
XMR = 2 reels/5000 ea.
DTP = 2 ctns./500 ea.
VMR = 2 reels/2500 ea.
4KR = 2 reels/2000 ea.
5K = strips/5000/pkg.
6K = strips/6000/pkg.
Color
(See Below)
Not all ties are
areavailable in all colors;
refer to pages 37-39.
Military Cross Reference (MIL-S-23190E) to PANDUIT ® Cable Ties
The items listed below are PANDUIT cable ties and tools which meet all requirements of the applicable
Military Standards and are presently listed on the Qualified Products List of products qualified under Military
Specification MIL-S-23190 (MIL-T-81306 for cable tie installation tools).
PAN-TY ®
Part
Number*
Current
Mil. Std.
Part No.*
MS3367-1-*
MS3367-2-*
MS3367-3-*
MS3367-4*
MS3367-4-*
MS3367-5-*
MS3367-6-*
MS3367-7-*
CABLE
TIES
DOME-TOP ®
BARB-TY ®
Part Number*
PLT2S
PLT4S
PLT4H
PLT.7M
PLT1M
PLT1.5I
PLT8LH
PLT3S
PAN-TY ®
Part
Number*
Current
Mil. Std.
Part No.*
BT2S
BT4S
BT4LH
—
BT1M
BT1.5I
BT8LH
BT3S
MARKER
TIES
TOOLS
*Color Code
MS3368-1-*B
MS3368-2-*B
MS3368-1-*A
MS3368-2-*A
MS3368-3-*C
MS3368-4-*C
MS3368-5-*C
—
—
PLM2S
PLM4S
PL2M2S
PL3M2S
PLM1M
MS90387-1
MS90387-1
MS90387-2
GS2B
GS2BL
GS4H
Color and Material of PANDUIT Cable Ties
The following provides the color number for PANDUIT cable tie part numbers and U.S. military standard part
numbers. Applies to cable ties in certain package sizes only. See Color and Availability chart on next page.
*
MATERIAL
NYLON POLYPRO12
PYLENE TEFZELn HALAR▲
6.6 NYLON
†
Nat.
†
Black Black
Heat
TeleHeat Heat
Flame Flame Stab
Black Black Green
Black
†
†
†
†
†
†
†
†
phone Black Stab. Stab. FL.
FL.
FL.
FL. Retard Retard
•–•
•–•
Brown Red Orange Yellow Green Blue Purple Gray White Gray ** Black Nat. Orange Yellow Green Pink Black Ivory •–•
Aqua
Blue
Maroon
109
76
702
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
•–•
•–•
Panduit
Part No. NONE
Suffix
0
00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
14
20
30
39
53
54
55
59
60
69
300
120
100
MS3367
MS3368
MS17821
MS17822
Color
Suffix
*
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
BK
BR
R
OR
Y
GN
BL
P
GY
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Color
9
MS18034
MS18035
NN
Color
Suffix
*Not applicable to military specified parts
**Pigmented black
•–• Weather resistant—for greater resistance to ultraviolet light.
†Meets MS3367 or MS3368 where applicable (specify MS number when ordering). All other parts meet
dimensional and tensile strength requirements of MS3367 or MS3368 where applicable.
FL Fluorescent Colors
36
„TEFZEL is the registered trademark of E.I. DuPont Co. Fluoropolymer
▲ HALAR is the registered trademark of Ausimont fluoropolymer
Cable Tie Part Number System, Available Colors & Materials
Shown is availability of cable tie colors & materials by package size. For custom color requirements,
contact factory.
S/B
S
/B
*
=
=
=
=
available in Standard and/or Bulk packaging
available in Standard packaging
available in Bulk packaging
Contact factory for availability of colors. (See Page 36 for description and suffix)
=
Part Number
Part Number Suffix
Material Designation
Natural 6.6
Nylon
Colors*
Telephone
Gray
-14
Weather
Weather
Heat Stab
Resistant Resistant 6.6
Black
6.6
Nylon Meets Nat. 6.6
Nylon
MIL Spec.
Nylon
—
See
Page 36
BC2S-S10
BC3S-S10
BC4S-S10
BC2LH-S25
BC3LH-S25
BC4LH-S25
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
BT2S
BT3S
BT4S
BT2LH
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
BT3LH
BT4LH
BT5LH
BT6LH
BT7LH
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
BT8LH
BT9LH
BT1M
BT1.5M
BT2M
BT3M
BT4M
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
BT1.5I
BT2I
BT3I
BT4I
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
-0
-00
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
DHC
S/B
IT940
IT965
IT9100
IT9115
IT9150
IT9250
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
-30
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
S/B
/B
S/B
S/B
/B
PLC1M-S4
PLC1.5I-S8
PLC2H-S25
PLC2S-S6
PLC2S-S10
PLC3H-S25
PLC3H-S25
PLC4H-S25
PLCR4H-S25
PLC4S-S10
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
S/B
/B
/B
S/B
S/B
/B
PLF1M
PLF1M-MP
PLF1MA
PLF1MB
PLM1M
PLM1M-MP
PLM2M
PLM2S
PLM4S
S/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
PLP1S
PLP1.5S
PLP1.5I
PLP2S
S/B
S/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
M6,M20
*S/B
MP3,10
*S/B
*S/B
*S/B
MP3,5,10
*S/B
*S/B
/B
S
/B
Heat Stab.
Weather
Resistant
6.6
Nylon
Flame
Retard.
Black
6.6
Nylon
Flame
Retard.
6.6
Nylon
Weather
Resistant
Nylon
12
Nat.
Polyprop
Weather
Resistant
Polyprop
TEFZEL„
HALAR▲
-39
-300
-60
-69
-120
-109
-100
-76
-702
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
PLB2S/PLB3S/PLB4S
/B
/B
Heat Stab
Natural
6.6
Nylon
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
S/B
PLST30SC/40SC/50SC
PLST30SD/40SD/50SD
PLST30SE,40SE,50SE
▲ HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont, Inc., fluoropolymer
/B
/B
/B
„ TEFZEL is the Registered trademark of E. I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer
37
Cable Tie Color and Material Availability (Continued)
Shown is availability of cable tie colors & materials by package size.
For custom color requirements, contact factory.
S/B
S
/B
*
=
=
=
=
available in Standard and/or Bulk packaging
available in Standard packaging
available in Bulk packaging
Contact factory for availability of colors. ( See Page 36 for description and suffix)
Weather
Weather
Heat Stab
Resistant Resistant 6.6
Black
6.6
Nylon Meets Nat. 6.6
Nylon
MIL Spec.
Nylon
Natural 6.6
Nylon
Colors*
Telephone
Gray
Part Number Suffix
Material Designation
—
See
Page 36
-14
-0
PLT.6SM
PLT.7M
PLT1M
PLT1M-MP
PLT1S
PLT1.5I
PLT1.5I-MP
PLT1.5M
PLT1.5S
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
S/B
S/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
S/B
/B
S/B
S/B
PLT2EH
PLT2H
PLT2I
PLT2M
PLT2S
PLT2S-MP
PLT2.5H
PLT2.5I
PLT2.5S
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
PLT3H
PLT3I
PLT3S
PLT3.5S
PLT4H
PLT4I
PLT4S
PLT4.5S
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
PLT5EH
PLT5H
PLT5S
PLT6EH
PLT6LH
PLT6H
PLT7LH
PLT8EH
PLT8H
PLT8LH
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
S/B
S/B
PLT9LH
PLT10EH
PLT10LH
PLT12EH
PLT13H
S/B
/B
S/B
/B
S/B
PLWP1M
PLWP1S
PLWP1SA
PLWP1SB
PLWP1.5I
PLWP1.5S
PLWP1.5SA
PLWP1.5SB
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
PLWP2H
PLWP2S
PLWP2SA
PLWP2SB
PLWP3H
PL2M2S
PL3M2S
/B
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
S/B
S/B
Part Number
PRLWP30S/50S
PLWP30SC/40SC/50SC
PLWP30SD/40SD/50SD
PLWP30SE/40SE/50SE
38
S/B
/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
*S/B
/B
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
*S/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
(-TL4)
(-C20)
/B
(-C20)
-Q3/-C3
/B
/B
/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
-00
/B
S/B
S/B
/B
S/B
-30
S/B
/B
S/B
/B
/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
S/B
/B
S/B
Heat Stab.
Weather
Resistant
6.6
Nylon
Flame
Retard.
Black
6.6
Nylon
Flame
Retard.
6.6
Nylon
Weather
Resistant
Nylon
12
Nat.
Polyprop
Weather
Resistant
Polyprop
TEFZEL„
HALAR ▲
-39
-300
-60
-69
-120
-109
-100
-76
-702
/B
/B
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
S/B
S/B
/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
S/B
/B
/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B.
/B
/B
S/B
/B
/B
S/B
S/B
.
S/B
S/B
/B
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
S/B
/B
S/B
/B
S/B
S/B
Heat Stab
Natural
6.6
Nylon
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
▲ HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont, Inc., fluoropolymer
„ TEFZEL is the Registered trademark of E. I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer
S/B
Cable Tie Color and Material Availability (Continued)
Shown is availability of cable tie colors & materials by package size.
For custom color requirements, contact factory.
S/B
S
/B
*
Part Number
Part Number Suffix
Material Designation
=
=
=
=
available in Standard and/or Bulk packaging
available in Standard packaging
available in Bulk packaging
Contact factory for availability of colors. ( See Page 36 for description and suffix)
Natural 6.6
Nylon
Colors*
—
See
Page 36
Telephone
Gray
-14
Weather
Weather
Heat Stab
Resistant Resistant 6.6
Black
6.6
Nylon Meets Nat. 6.6
Nylon
MIL Spec.
Nylon
-0
-00
PRST30SC/30SD/30SE
PRST30S-S9/-S14
PRST40SC/40SD/40SE
PRST50SC/50SD/50SE
PRST50S-S9/-S14
-30
Heat Stab
Natural
6.6
Nylon
Heat Stab.
Weather
Resistant
6.6
Nylon
Flame
Retard.
Black
6.6
Nylon
Flame
Retard.
6.6
Nylon
Weather
Resistant
Nylon
12
Nat.
Polyprop
Weather
Resistant
Polyprop
TEFZEL „
HALAR▲
-39
-300
-60
-69
-120
-109
-100
-76
-702
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
PRT1S
PRT1.5S
PRT2EH
PRT2H
PRT2S
PRT3H
PRT3S
PRT4H
PRT4S
S/B
S/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
PRT5EH
PRT6EH
PRT8EH
PRT10EH
PRT12EH
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
PRWP1S
PRWP1SA
PRWP1SB
PRWP1.5I
PRWP1.5S
PRWP1.5SA
PRWP1.5SB
PRWP2S
PRWP2SA
PRWP2SB
PRWP3H
PRWP30SC/40SC/50SC
PRWP40SC/40SE/40SD
PRWP50SC/50SE/50SD
S/B
S/B
/B
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
SLT8LH
SLT10LH
SLT12H
SLT14H
SLT16H
SLT18H
S/
S/
S/
S/
S/
S/
M2,3,6
/B
(-M20)
/B
/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
(-D20)
S/B
/B
(-D20)
/B
S/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
/B
S/
S/
▲ HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont, Inc., fluoropolymer
„TEFZEL is the Registered trademark of E. I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer
39
Cable Tie Bulk Packaging
Bulk Package Part Numbers
The following is an alpha-numeric cross reference of Standard Package Cable Tie parts with the corresponding Bulk Package part numbers. Contact distributor for pricing of bulk package parts.
Standard Part No.
Bulk Part No.
Standard Part No.
B
Standard Part No.
Bulk Part No.
PLT1M-C59
PLT1M-M59
BC2S-S10-C
BC2S-S10-D
K-200
STD. ONLY
PLT1M-C76
PLT1M-M76
BC2S-S10-C0
BC2S-S10-D0
K-205
STD. ONLY
PLT1M-C702
PLT1M-M702
BC3S-S10-C
BC3S-S10-D
K-501
STD. ONLY
PLT1S-C
PLT1S-M
BC3S-S10-C0
BC3S-S10-D0
K-503
STD. ONLY
PLT1S-C0
PLT1S-M0
BC4S-S10-C
BC4S-S10-D
K-504
STD. ONLY
PLT1.5I-C
PLT1.5I-M
BC4S-S10-C0
BC4S-S10-D0
KB-550
STD. ONLY
PLT1.5I-C0
PLT1.5I-M0
BC2LH-S25-L
BC2LH-S25-TL
KP-505
STD. ONLY
PLT1.5M-C
PLT1.5M-M
BC2LH-S25-L0
BC2LH-S25-TL0
KP-506A
STD. ONLY
PLT1.5M-C0
PLT1.5M-M0
BC3LH-S25-L
BC3LH-S25-TL
KP-506A-0
STD. ONLY
PLT1.5S-C
PLT1.5S-M
BC3LH-S25-L0
BC3LH-S25-TL0
KP-509
STD. ONLY
PLT1.5S-C0
PLT1.5S-M0
BC4LH-S25-L
BC4LH-S25-TL
KP-510
STD. ONLY
PLT2EH-Q
PLT2EH-C
BC4LH-S25-L0
BC4LH-S25-TL0
KP-515
STD. ONLY
PLT2EH-Q0
PLT2EH-C0
PLT2H-L
PLT2H-TL
PLT2H-L0
PLT2H-TL0
BT1M-C
BT1M-M
BT1M-C0
BT1M-M0
PLB2S-C
PLB2S-M
PLB3S-C
PLB3S-M
PLT2I-C
PLT2I-M
PLT2I-M0
P
BT1.5M-C
BT1.5M-M
BT1.5M-C0
BT1.5M-M0
PLB4S-C
PLB4S-M
PLT2I-C0
BT2M-C
BT2M-M
PLC1M-S4-C
PLC1M-S4-M
PLT2I-C53
PLT2I-M53
BT2M-C0
BT2M-M0
PLC1M-S4-C0
PLC1M-S4-M0
PLT2I-C54
PLT2I-M54
BT3M-C
BT3M-M
PLC1.5I-S8-C
PLC1.5I-S8-M
PLT2I-C55
PLT2I-M55
BT3M-C0
BT3M-M0
PLC1.5I-S8-C0
PLC1.5I-S8-M0
PLT2I-C59
PLT2I-M59
BT4M-C
BT4M-M
PLC2S-S6-C
PLC2S-S6-M
PLT2I-C76
PLT2I-M76
BT4M-C0
BT4M-M0
PLC2S-S6-C0
PLC2S-S6-M0
PLT2M-C
PLT2M-M
BT1.5I-C
BT1.5I-M
PLC2S-S10-C
PLC2S-S10-M
PLT2M-C0
PLT2M-M0
BT1.5I-C0
BT1.5I-M0
PLC2S-S10-C0
PLC2S-S10-M0
PLT2S-C
PLT2S-M
BT2I-C
BT2I-M
PLC2H-S25-L
PLC2H-S25-TL
PLT2S-C0
PLT2S-M0
BT2I-C0
BT2I-M0
PLC2H-S25-L0
PLC2H-S25-TLO
PLT2S-C53
PLT2S-M53
BT3I-C
BT3I-M
PLC3S-S10-C
PLC3S-S10-M
PLT2S-C54
PLT2S-M54
BT3I-CO
BT3I-M0
PLC3S-S10-C0
PLC3S-S10-M0
PLT2S-C55
PLT2S-M55
BT4I-C
BT4I-M
PLC3H-S25-L
PLC3H-S25-TL
PLT2S-C59
PLT2S-M59
BT4I-C0
BT4I-M0
PLC3H-S25-L0
PLC3H-S25-TL0
PLT2S-C76
PLT2S-M76
BT2S-C
BT2S-M
PLC4S-S10-C
PLC4S-S10-M
PLT2S-C702
PLT2S-M702
BT2S-C0
BT2S-M0
PLC4S-S10-C0
PLC4S-S10-M0
PLT2.5I-C
PLT2.5I-M
BT3S-C
BT3S-M
PLC4H-S25-L
PLC4H-S25-TL
PLT2.5I-C0
PLT2.5I-M0
BT3S-C0
BT3S-M0
PLC4H-S25-L0
PLC4H-S25-TL0
PLT2.5S-C
PLT2.5S-M
BT4S-C
BT4S-M
PLCR4H-S25-L
PLCR4H-S25-TL
PLT2.5S-C0
PLT2.5S-M0
BT4S-C0
BT4S-M0
PLCR4H-S25-L0
PLCR4H-S25-TL0
PLT2.5H-L
PLT2.5H-TL
BT2LH-L
BT2LH-Tl
PLF1M-C
PLF1M-M, -MP
PLT2.5H-L0
PLT2.5H-TL0
BT2LH-L0
BT2LH-TL0
PLF1MA-C
PLF1MA-M
PLT3H-L
PLT3H-TL
BT3LH-L
BT3LH-TL
PLF1MB-C
PLF1MB-M, -4KR
PLT3H-L0
PLT3H-TL0
BT3LH-L0
BT3LH-TL0
PLM1M-C
PLM1M-M, -MP, -4KR
PLT3H-L76
PLT3H-TL76
BT4LH-L
BT4LH-TL
PLM2M-C
PLM2M-M
PLT3I-C
PLT3I-M
BT4LH-L0
BT4LH-TL0
PLM2S-C
PLM2S-M
PLT3I-C0
PLT3I-M0
PLM4S-C
PLM4S-M
PLT3S-C
PLT3S-M
PLT3S-M0
BT5LH-L
BT5LH-C
BT5LH-L0
BT5LH-C0
PLP1S-C
PLP1S-M
PLT3S-C0
BT6LH-L
BT6LH-C
PLP1.5I-C
PLP1.5I-M
PLT3S-C53
PLT3S-M53
BT6LH-L0
BT6LH-C0
PLP1.5S-C
PLP1.5S-M
PLT3S-C54
PLT3S-M54
BT7LH-L
BT7LH-C
PLP2S-C
PLP2S-M
PLT3S-C55
PLT3S-M55
BT7LH-L0
BT7LH-C0
PLT.6SM-C
PLT.6SM-M
PLT3S-C59
PLT3S-M59
BT8LH-L
BT8LH-C
PLT.7M-C
PLT.7M-M
PLT3S-C76
PLT3S-M76
BT8LH-L0
BT8LH-C0
PLT1M-C
PLT1M-M
PLT3S-C702
PLT3S-M702
BT9LH-L
BT9LH-C
PLT1M-C0
PLT1M-M0
PLT4H-L
PLT4H-TL
BT9LH-L0
BT9LH-C0
PLT1M-C53
PLT1M-M53
PLT4H-L0
PLT4H-TL0
PLT1M-C54
PLT1M-M54
PLT4H-L76
PLT4H-TL76
PLT1M-C55
PLT1M-M55
PLT4I-C
PLT4I-M
D
DHC1.12X1.75-L0
40
Bulk Part No.
K
DHC1.12X1.75-D0
Cable Tie Bulk Packaging
Bulk Package Part Numbers (continued)
The following is an alpha-numeric cross reference of Standard Package Cable Tie parts with the corresponding Bulk Package part numbers. Contact distributor for pricing of bulk package parts.
Standard Part No.
Bulk Part No.
Standard Part No.
Bulk Part No.
PLT4I-C0
PLT4I-M0
PLWP2S-C
PLWP2S-D
PLT4S-C
PLT4S-M
PLWP2SA-C
PLWP2SA-D
PLT4S-C0
PLT4S-M0
PL2M2S-L
PL2M2S-D
PLT4S-C76
PLT4S-M76
PL3M2S-L
PL3M2S-D
PLT5EH-Q
PLT5EH-C
PRLWP30S-C30
PRLWP30S-D30
PLT5EH-Q0
PLT5EH-C0
PRLWP50S-C30
PRLWP50S-D30
PLT5H-L
PLT5H-TL
PRT4S-C
PRT4S-M
PLT5H-L0
PLT5H-TL0
PRT1S-C
PRT1S-M
PLT5S-C
PLT5S-M
PRT1S-C0
PRT1S-M0
PLT5S-C0
PLT5S-M0
PRT1.5S-C
PRT1.5S-M
PLT6EH-Q
PLT6EH-C
PRT1.5S-C0
PRT1.5S-M0
PLT6EH-Q0
PLT6EH-C0
PRT2EH-Q
PRT2EH-C
PLT6H-L
PLT6H-TL
PRT2EH-Q0
PRT2EH-C0
PLT6H-L0
PLT6H-TL0
PRT2H-L
PRT2H-TL
PLT6LH-L
PLT6LH-TL
PRT2H-L0
PRT2H-TL0
PLT6LH-L0
PLT6LH-TL0
PRT2S-C
PRT2S-M
PLT7LH-L
PLT7LH-C
PRT2S-C0
PRT2S-M0
PLT7LH-L0
PLT7LH-C0
PRT3H-L
PRT3H-TL
PLT8EH-Q0
PLT8EH-C0
PRT3H-L0
PRT3H-TL0
PLT8H-L
PLT8H-C
PRT3S-C
PRT3S-M
PLT8H-L0
PLT8H-C0
PRT3S-C0
PRT3S-M0
PLT8LH-L
PLT8LH-C
PRT4H-L
PRT4H-TL
PLT8LH-L0
PLT8LH-C0
PRT4H-L0
PRT4H-TL0
PLT9LH-L
PLT9LH-C
PRT4S-C
PRT4S-M
PLT9LH-L0
PLT9LH-C0
PRT4S-C0
PRT4S-M0
PLT10LH-L
PLT10LH-C
PRT5EH-Q
PRT5EH-C
PLT10EH-Q
PLT10EH-C
PRT5EH-Q0
PRT5EH-C0
PLT10EH-Q0
PLT10EH-C0
PRT6EH-Q
PRT6EH-C
PLT12EH-Q
PLT12EH-C
PRT6EH-Q0
PRT6EH-C0
PLT13EH-Q
PLT13EH-C
PRT8EH-Q
PRT8EH-C
PLT13EH-Q0
PLT13EH-C0
PRT8EH-Q0
PRT8EH-C0
PLWP1M-C
PLWP1M-D
PRT10EH-Q0
PRT10EH-C0
PLWP1S-C
PLWP1S-D
PRT12EH-Q0
PRT12EH-C0
PLWP1SA-C
PLWP1SA-D
PRWP1S-C
PRWP1S-D
PLWP1.5I-C
PLWP1.5I-D
PRWP1SA-C
PRWP1SA-D
PLWP1.5S-C
PLWP1.5S-D
PRWP1.5I-C
PRWP1.5I-D
PLWP1.5SA-C
PLWP1.5SA-D
PRWP1.5S-C
PRWP1.5S-D
PLWP1.5SB-C
PLWP1.5SB-D
PRWP2S-C
PRWP2S-D
41
Cable Tie Kits
Cable Tie Kits in
Plastic Boxes
KP-506A/KP-506-0
Cable Ties and
Accessories Kit
Part Number
KP-506A
Contains natural nylon ties for indoor use:
(100) PLT1M-C Cable Ties
(100) PLT1.5I-C Cable Ties
(100) PLT2S-C Cable Ties
(50) ABM2S-A Mounts
(1) KP-505 Plastic Kit Box
1
KP-506A-0
Contains weather resistant cable ties and mounts for outdoor use:
(100) PLT1M-C0 Black Weather Resistant Cable Ties
(100) PLT1.5I-C0 Black Weather Resistant Cable Ties
(100) PLT2S-C0 Black Weather Resistant Cable Ties
(50) ABM2S-AT-0 Black Weather Resistant Mounts
(1) KP-505 Plastic Kit Box
1
KP-509
A special collection of cable ties and wiring accessories for prototyping and new product
development.
Contains (over 600 pieces):
Including PAN-TY ® Cable Ties (in different styles, sizes, colors and
materials); 25 different cable tie mounts; 30 different wiring accessories;
(1) KP-510 plastic kit box
1
KB-550
Assortment Pack contains natural and weather resistant PAN-TY nylon cable ties:
(15) PLT1M-C Cable Ties
(10) PLT1M-C0 Black Weather Resistant Cable Ties
(15) PLT1.5I-C Cable Ties
(10) PLT1.5I-C0 Black Weather Resistant Cable Ties
(15) PLT2S-C Cable Ties
(10) PLT2S-C0 Black Weather Resistant Cable Ties
(15) PLT3S-C Cable Ties
(10) PLT3S-C0 Black Weather Resistant Cable Ties
1
KB-551
Assortment Pack contains natural and weather resistant DOME-TOP ® BARB-TY ®
nylon cable ties:
(15) BT1M-C Cable Ties
(10) BT1M-C0 Black Weather Resistant Cable Ties
(15) BT1.5I-C Cable Ties
(10) BT1.5I-C0 Black Weather Resistant Cable Ties
(15) BT2S-C Cable Ties
(10) BT2S-C0 Black Weather Resistant Cable Ties
(15) BT3S-C Cable Ties
(10) BT3S-C0 Black Weather Resistant Cable Ties
1
K-504
Contains cable ties, adhesive backed mounts and cable tie installation tool:
(100) PLT1M-C Cable Ties
(100) PLT1.5I-C Cable Ties
(100) PLT2S-C Cable Ties
(100) PLC2S-S10-C Clamp Ties
(100) TM2S8-C Mounts
(100) ABM2S-A-C Mounts
(1) STS2 Tool
(1) K-503 Steel Kit Box
1
SR2
2-Drawer Slide Rack to hold K-504 Kit or K-1100 Series Terminal Kits
See Panduit Terminal Catalog, SA101N21A.
1
SR4
4-Drawer Slide Rack to hold K-504 Kit or K-1100 Series Terminal Kits
See Panduit Terminal Catalog, SA101N21A.
1
SR6
6-Drawer Slide Rack to hold K-504 Kit or K-1100 Series Terminal Kits
See Panduit Terminal Catalog, SA101N21A.
1
SRB
Base accommodates SR2, SR4 and SR6 Slide Racks
1
K-205
Contains 300 cable ties, 600 terminals and 2 installation tools:
(100) PLT1M-C Cable Ties
(100) PLT1.5I-C Cable Ties
(100) PLT2S-C Cable Ties
(1) GS2B Cable Tie Installation Tool
(100) PV18-6LF-C Terminals
(100) PV14-8LF-C Terminals
(100) PV14-10LF-C Terminals
(50) PV10-10LF-C Terminals
(100) BSV18X-C Splices
(100) BSV14X-C Splices
(50) BSV10X-C Splices
(1) CT-100 Crimping Tool
(1) K-200 Steel Kit Box
1
KP-509 Designer’s Kit
Cable Tie Kits in
Steel Boxes
K-504 Cable Ties and
Accessories Kit
K-205 Cable Ties and
Terminal Kit
42
Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Order the Number of Kits Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
Cable Tie Installation Tools
43
Cable Tie Installation Tools
Cable Tie Installation Tools
The PANDUIT Selection. . .
Panduit offers the greatest selection of job-matched tools.
PAT1M/PAT1.5M Automatic Cable Tie
Installation Systems
PAT2S Automatic Cable Tie Installation
System
Pneumatic Tool Controlled Tension and
Cutoff Tools
Tool Controlled Tension and
Cutoff Tools
PET1M/PET1.5M Portable Automatic
Cable Tie Installation Systems
Operator Controlled Tension and
Cutoff Tools
Choosing the right tool increases productivity. . .
Whatever the need; Original Equipment Manufacturer (high, medium, low volume), maintenance/repair or
construction; Panduit has the tool to help lower your total installed cost. The following chart can be used as a
guide for tool selection:
Tool
Cable Tie
Cross
Section
Cable Tie Usage
Per Minute
Per Year
Min.
PAT1M/PAT1.5M
Systems (Automatic)
30-40
200,0001,000,000
Std.
28-33
200,0001,000,000
Min.
PET1M/PET1.5M
Systems (Automatic)
25-35
100,000500,000
PAT2S
System (Automatic)
PPTS
Min., Int. or
Std.
PPTEH
Lt. Hvy., Hvy.
or Ex. Hvy.
GS2B/GS2BL
Min., Int. or
Std.
GS4H
Std. Lt. Hvy.
or Hvy.
GS4H/B
Lt. Hvy. or Hvy.
GS4H121W
Lt. Hvy. or Hvy.
GS4EH
Lt. Hvy., Hvy.
or Ex. Hvy.
STS2
Min., Int. or
Std.
STH2
Std., Lt. Hvy.
or Hvy.
ST2EH
Lt. Hvy., Hvy.
or Ex. Hvy.
STHV
Lt. Hvy. or Hvy.
44
Operation
Pneumatic/
Electric
Electric
Typical Application(s)
High Volume OEM tie usage
Medium to High Volume OEM tie usage
5-8
25,000150,000
Pneumatic
4-6
Under
50,000
Hand
Low to Medium Volume OEM tie usage, maintenance/repair or
construction
1-4
Under
10,000
Hand
Maintenance/repair or construction
Medium to High Volume OEM tie usage where a variety of tie sizes are
needed.
Fully Automatic Cable Tie Installation Systems
Automatic Cable
Tie Installation
Systems
PANDUIT automatic tooling makes everything else obsolete. With the
squeeze of a trigger, it applies, tensions, and cuts off the excess cable
tie—all in less than 1 second. Automatic tooling will reduce your
labor costs, minimize your total installed cost.
There are three tool systems to meet your needs:
1. PAT1M/PAT1.5M — Automatic Cable Tie Installation Systems (Pages 46 & 48 )
(Stationary Dispenser)
Installs Miniature Cross Section Cable Ties (18 lb. (80N) minimum loop tensile)
2. PAT2S — Automatic Cable Tie Installation System (Pages 47 & 48)
(Stationary Dispenser)
Installs Standard Cross Section Cable Ties (50 lb. (222N) minimum loop tensile)
3. PET1M/PET1.5M — Automatic Electric Cable Tie Installation Systems
(Pages 50 & 51)
(Portable Hand Held Tool)
Installs Miniature Cross Section Cable Ties (18 lb. (80N) minimum loop tensile)
45
Fully Automatic Cable Tie Installation Systems
1. PAT1M/PAT1.5M Reel-Fed Systems for Miniature Cross Section
Cable Ties (18 lb. (80N) minimum loop tensile)
• The system consists of the tool, dispenser, feeder hose and reel-fed
continuously molded cable ties (5000 ties per reel). Each system will install
a cable tie in less than one second.
• Choice of two tool head sizes for bundle diameters up to .82" (21mm) or up
to 1.3" (33mm)
• The dispenser and hose are designed to operate with either tool head for
maximum versatility and economy.
• The system design permits complete mobility in the use of the tool and
location of the dispenser.
• The system operates on 65 psig. non-lubricated, filtered air and
100 VAC, 120 VAC and 230 VAC.
• Optional bench mount shown on Page 48.
Tool Heads
Part Number
Pkg.
Qty.
Description
PAT1M
Tool head for cable ties up to .82" (21mm) bundle diameter (PLT1M-XMR)
1
PAT1.5M
Tool head for cable ties up to 1.3" (33mm) bundle diameter (PLT1.5M-XMR)
1
• Lightweight, no counter-balance required
• Slim, ergonomically designed handle for operator comfort and
greater productivity. Reduces potential for repetitive motion injuries
• Right or left hand operation
• Durable, one-piece cable tie tip collector (for cut-off tips)
• Includes tension adjustment
Dispenser
PDM
Stationary dispenser for 100 VAC, 120 VAC and 230 VAC
1
• The dispenser monitors performance. If an error occurs an alarm is
sounded
• On-line HELP menu
• Multi-language capability via LCD display (English, Spanish, German,
Italian or French)
• Cable tie reels are easily loaded into the dispenser, reducing downtime
• Audible reload signal when reel is empty
• Minimum maintenance required
Specifications
• Power cord included
Pneumatic
• Operates at 65
psig minimum
• 7 scfm flow minimum
• Operates on
non-lubricated air.
(choose one)
Feeder Hose
Electrical
• 100, 120, or 230
VAC
• 50/60 Hz.
• Less than 1 amp
• Approx. 20 watts
(AVG)
PHM1
3.2 ft. (1 meter) Feeder hose
PHM2
6.5 ft. (2 meter) Feeder hose
1
PHM3
9.8 ft. (3 meter) Feeder hose
1
•
•
•
•
1
Transfers cable ties and signal from dispenser to tool
Available in three lengths for either tool head
Reversible
Large electrical connectors, quick & easy connections
Other Components
46
PDH10-37
Main air supply hose (regulator to dispenser). 9.8 ft. (3m). Includes a 3/8" NPT
male thread (to regulator) and 3/8" female quick-disconnect (to dispenser)
PL283N1
Filter/regulator 25 micron (max.) element, 5 psi (max.) pressure drop @ 85 psig
inlet pressure and 16 cfm flow @ 85 psig; 3/8" ports
See Page 49 for Cable Ties and Pages Pages 121 to 126 for Harness Board Accessories
1
1
Automatic Cable Tie Installation Systems
2. PAT2S Reel-Fed System for
Standard Cross Section Cable Ties (50 lb. (222N) minimum loop tensile)
Automatically installs cable ties on bundles of up to 2" (51mm)
in diameter.
• The system consists of the tool, dispenser, dispenser frame, feeder
hose and reel-fed continuously molded cable ties (2500 ties per reel).
• The PAT2S System installs PLT2S-VMR continuously molded cable
ties in approximately 1 second. Reload time is minimized by large
reels of 2500 ties per reel.
• Ability to increase the tension of the cable ties provides greater
resistance to lateral movement.
• High cable tie loop tensile strength of 50 lbs. (222N) minimum.
Tool Head
Part Number
PAT2S
Pkg.
Qty.
Description
Tool head for cable ties up to 2" (51mm) bundle diameter (PLT2S-VMR)
1
•
•
•
•
Open jaw design
1 trigger operation
Right or left hand operation
Tension adjustments are made without special tools• Minimum
maintenance required
• Operates in any orientation
• Tip collector included
• Lightweight counter balance optional
Dispenser
PDS
Dispenser with Electronic Display
1
• Cable tie reels are easily loaded into the dispenser, reducing
downtime
• Audible reload signal when reel is empty
• LCD messages in 5 languages (English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish)
• Power cord included
• Auto adjust for various domestic and international voltages
Specifications
Pneumatic
• Operates at 65 psig.
• 7 scfm flow
• Operates on
non-lubricated air.
Other Components
Electrical
• 100, 115, 220, or 240 VAC
• 50/60 Hz.
• Approx.100 watts (AVG)
PDSF
Dispenser Frame/Reel Holder
1
PHS3
9.8 ft. (3m) feeder hose. Transfers cable ties and signal from dispenser to tool
1
PDH10-37
Main air supply hose (regulator to dispenser). 9.8 ft. (3m). Includes a 3/8" NPT
male thread (to regulator) and 3/8" female quick-disconnect (to dispenser)
1
PL283N1
Filter/regulator 25 micron (max.) element, 5 psi (max.) pressure drop @ 85 psig
inlet pressure and 16 cfm flow @ 85 psig; 3/8" ports
1
PAT2SBM
Bench mount and foot pedal for PAT2S System (shown on Page 48)
1
See Page 49 for Cable Ties and Pages Pages 121 to 126 for Harness Board Accessories
47
Automatic Cable Tie Installation Systems
PATMBM Bench Mount used with
PAT1M PAT1.5M Automatic Systems for
Miniature Cross Section Cable Ties (18 lb. (80N) minimum loop tensile)
For Operations Where the Application is Brought to the Tool
• Used with either PAT1M or PAT1.5M tool head
• Supplied with a foot-actuated pedal to allow operator to work with both
hands
• A tool can be installed in the mount in seconds
• Supplied with a four-hole base plate
• The bench mount operates on 65 psi non-lubricated, filtered air which
pilots off of the dispenser.
In addition to tool head, dispenser, feeder hose and cable ties on
reels; order the following:
Part Number
PATMBM
Description
Bench mount and foot pedal for PAT1M/PAT1.5M system, four-hole base
plate.
Pkg.
Qty.
1
PAT2SBM Reel-Fed Bench Mount Application used with
PAT2S Automatic System for
Standard Cross Section Cable Ties (50 lb. minimum loop tensile)
For Operations Where the Application is Brought to the Tool
• Used with PAT2S tool head.
• Supplied with a foot-actuated pedal to allow operator to work with both
hands.
• A tool can be installed in the mount in seconds
• Supplied with a four-hole base plate.
• The bench mount operates on 65 psi non-lubricated, filtered air which
pilots off of the dispenser.
In addition to tool head, dispenser, dispenser frame, feeder hose and cable ties on reels;
order the following:
Part Number
PAT2SBM
48
Description
Pkg.
Qty.
Bench mount and foot pedal for PAT2S system, four-hole base plate.
1
See Page 49 for Cable Ties and Pages Pages 121 to 126 for Harness Board Accessories
Cable Ties for Automatic Installation Systems
Cable Ties for
PAT1M/PAT1.5M
Systems
(Pages 46 & 48)
Continuously molded cable ties in sizes, color and material options to meet
the application.
Part Number
Color
Max.
Bundle
Diameter
In. (mm)
Length
In. (mm)
Width
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Use with
PANDUIT ®
Part No.
Cable Ties for PAT1M/PAT1.5M Systems
6/6 Nylon (for indoor use) up to 185 °F (85°C)
Cable Ties on
• Miniature cross section
cable ties
• Self-locking
• U.L. Recognized
• 5000 ties/reel
PLT1M-XMR
Natural
PLT1M-XMR1
PLT1M-XMR2
PLT1M-XMR3
PLT1M-XMR4
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
PLT1M-XMR5
PLT1M-XMR6
PLT1M-XMR7
PLT1M-XMR8
PLT1M-XMR10
Green
Blue
Purple
Gray
White
PLT1.5M-XMR
Natural
PLT1.5M-XMR1
PLT1.5M-XMR2
PLT1.5M-XMR3
PLT1.5M-XMR4
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
PLT1.5M-XMR5
PLT1.5M-XMR6
PLT1.5M-XMR7
PLT1.5M-XMR8
PLT1.5M-XMR10
Green
Blue
Purple
Gray
White
.06-.82
(1.5-20.8)
4.0
(102)
.10
(2.5)
18
(80)
PAT1M
.06-1.30
(1.5-33)
5.6
(142)
.10
(2.5)
18
(80)
PAT1.5M
Weather-Resistant Nylon (for outdoor use) up to 185 ° F (85° C)
PLT1M-XMR00
Black
.06-.82
(1.5-20.8)
4.0
(102)
.10
(2.5)
18
(80)
PAT1M
PLT1.5M-XMR00
Black
.06-1.30
(1.5-33)
5.6
(142)
.10
(2.5)
18
(80)
PAT1.5M
Heat Stabilized Nylon (for indoor use) up to 221° F (105° C)
PLT1M-XMR30
Black
.06-.82
(1.5-20.8)
4.0
(102)
.10
(2.5)
18
(80)
PAT1M
PLT1.5M-XMR30
Black
.06-1.30
(1.5-33)
5.6
(142)
.10
(2.5)
18
(80)
PAT1.5M
Flammability Rating: U.L. 94V-2, ATB < sec. per ASTM-D635
Cable Ties for
PAT2S System
(Pages 47 & 48)
Continuously molded cable ties in sizes and material options to meet the
application.
The PAT2S system installs PANDUIT PLT2S-VMR locking cable ties.
Cable ties are easily loaded or unloaded from the dispenser for quick reel
changes, reducing downtime. Carrier strip connects 2500 ties in one
continuous reel for long periods between reloads.
Cable Ties on Reels
Part Number
Color
Max.
Bundle
Diameter
In. (mm)
Length
In. (mm)
Width
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
.190
(4.8)
50
(222)
PAT2S
50
(222)
PAT2S
Use with
PANDUIT ®
Part No.
Cable Ties for PAT2S System
• Standard cross section
cable ties
• Self-locking
• U.L. Recognized
• 2500 ties/reel
Reels of 2,500—
2 Reels/carton
6/6 Nylon (for indoor use) up to 185 ° F (85° C)
PLT2S-VMR
Natural
2.0
(50)
8.1
(206)
Heat-Stabilized Nylon (for indoor use) up to 221° F (105° C)
PLT2S-VMR30
Black
2.0
(50)
8.1
(206)
.190
(4.8)
Consult factory for color and weather resistant cable tie options.
Flammability Rating: U.L. 94V-2, ATB:5 sec., per ASTM-D635
49
Portable Fully Automatic Cable Tie Installation System
3. PET1M/PET .5M Systems for
Miniature Cross Section Cable Ties (18 lb. (80N) minimum loop tensile)
Completely portable, electric and automatic cable tie installation systems
which install cable ties in less than one second, minimizing your total
installed cost.
• Built for portability, the PET battery-operated tools are lightweight and have
excellent balance and ergonomics. They can install cable ties in those areas
that have been inaccessible by stationary tool systems.
• With the squeeze of the trigger, the PET tools install Panduit’s continuously
molded miniature cross section cable ties. The ties are available in strips of 50
or by the reel which allows the user to cut strips of custom lengths.
PET1M Tool Head
Part Number
PET1M
Description
Tool head for cable ties up to .82" (21mm) bundle diameter (PLT1M-5K) or
(PLT1M-XMR)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
PET1.5M Tool Head
PET1.5M
•
•
•
•
•
1
Open jaw design
1 trigger operation
Ergonomic and lightweight
3 electric power options: rechargeable battery cartridge, rechargeable
batterybelt and AC adapter
Adjustable tension
Anti-pinch jaws• On/Off switch with tool status
Auto shutoff
Tip collector included
Tool head for cable ties up to 1.3" (33mm) bundle diameter (PLT1.5M-5K) or
(PLT1.5M-XMR)
•
•
•
•
Pkg. Qty.
1
Open jaw design
1 trigger operation
Ergonomic and lightweight
3 electric power options: rechargeable battery cartridge, rechargeable
batterybelt and AC adapter
Adjustable tension
Anti-pinch jaws
On/Off switch with tool status
Auto shutoff
Tip collector included
Battery Cartridge
(Ni-Cad)
PET-BS
Removable, rechargeable battery cartridge
1
• Charging time is 45-60 minutes
• One charge will install approximately 200 cable ties
• One battery weighs 0.5 lbs.
PET-BS (front and back view shown)
Battery Belt
PET-BB
Removable, rechargeable battery belt
•
•
•
•
50
Charging time is 4-6 hours
One charge will install approximately 2000 cable ties
Battery belt weighs 2 lbs.
Includes a utility hook for hanging the tool and a pouch for carrying
miscellaneous items
See Page 49 for Cable Ties and Pages Pages 121 to 126 for Harness Board Accessories
1
Cable Ties/Accessories for PET Installation Tools
Battery Charger
Part Number
Description
Pkg. Qty.
PET-CHR
Battery charger 120 VAC
1
PET-CHR100
Battery charger 100 VAC
1
PET-CHR230
Battery charger 230 VAC
1
•Charges one or two batteries or battery belts at a time
AC Adaptor
PET-AC
AC adaptor 120 VAC
1
PET-AC100
AC adaptor 100 VAC
1
PET-AC230
AC adaptor 230 VAC
1
PET-ACC3
AC adaptor cord 9.8 ft. (3 meters)
1
PET-ACC6
AC adaptor cord 19.7 ft. (6 meters)
1
•Provides unlimited power to the tool
Cable Ties for
PET1M/PET1.5M
Systems
Part Number
Color
Max.
Bundle
Diameter
In. (mm)
Length
In. (mm)
Width
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
.10
(2.5)
18
(80)
.10
(2.5)
18
(80)
Use with
PANDUIT ®
Part No.
Cable Ties for PET1M/PET1.5M System
(See Page 50)
Cable Ties on Strips
6.6 Nylon (for indoor use) -40° F to 185° F
PLT1M-5K
PLT1.5M-5K
Natural
.82
(21)
4.0
(102)
1.3
(33)
5.6
(142)
PET1M
PET1.5M
Heat Stabilized Nylon (for outdoor use) up to 221 ° F
PLT1M-5K30
PLT1.5M-5K30
Black
.82
(21)
4.0
(102)
1.3
(33)
5.6
(142)
PET1M
PET1.5M
6.6 Nylon (for indoor use) up to 185° F (85° C)*
PLT1M-XMR
Natural
.06-.82
(1.5-20.8)
4.0
(102)
.10
(2.5)
18
(80)
PET1M
PLT1.5M-XMR
Natural
.06-1.30
(1.5-33)
5.6
(142)
.10
(2.5)
18
(80)
PET1.5M
100 strips of 50 ties/ctn.
Weather-Resistant Nylon (for outdoor use) up to 185° F (85° C)
Cable Ties on Reels
PLT1M-XMR00
Black
.06-.82
(1.5-20.8)
4.0
(102)
.10
(2.5)
18
(80)
PET1M
PLT1.5M-XMR00
Black
.06-1.30
(1.5-33)
5.6
(142)
.10
(2.5)
18
(80)
PET1.5M
Heat Stabilized Nylon (for indoor use) up to 221 ° F (105° C)
PLT1M-XMR30
Black
.06-.82
(1.5-20.8)
4.0
(102)
.10
(2.5)
18
(80)
PET1M
PLT1.5M-XMR30
Black
.06-1.30
(1.5-33)
5.6
(142)
.10
(2.5)
18
(80)
PET1.5M
Flammability Rating: U.L. 94V-2, ATB < sec. per ASTM-D635
Refer to page 49 for colors.
2 reels of 5,000 ties/ctn.
51
Pneumatic Hand Tools
Pneumatic Hand
Tools
Tool-Controlled Tension
and Cut-Off
Two tools cover the full line of PANDUIT Cable Ties for production
applications. The tools pneumatically tension and cut off excess tie
after it is hand-installed around the bundle, minimizing operator fatigue.
Both tools are rugged, yet lightweight.
For PANDUIT Cable Ties up to 1/2" (12.7mm) wide.
• Easy to change tension adjustment
• Requires no special training to use
• Durable, lightweight, easy to operate and designed to reduce operator
fatigue
• Tensions and cuts off excess tie in a fraction of a second
• Operates on non-lubricated air, without special maintenance
• New powder coat finish
Part Number
PPTS
Description
Installs Miniature, Intermediate or Standard cross section cable ties
Pkg.
Qty.
1
Color identification: (knob) Black
Weight: 18 oz. (510g)
Replacement part kits can be part of a scheduled maintenance program
PPTEH
Installs Light Heavy, Heavy and Extra Heavy cross section cable ties.
1
Color Identification: (knob) Blue
Weight: 52 oz. (147g)
Replacement part kits can be part of a scheduled maintenance program
PPH10
10 ft. (3m) Hose Assembly (regulator to tool). Includes a 1/8" NPT male
connector (to regulator) and 1/8" female quick disconnect fitting (to tool).
1
PL289N1
Filter/Regulator .5 micron (max.) element, regulated range 3-100 PSIG,
1/8" ports
1
PPTS and PPTEH
Other Components
Note: PPTS and PPTEH tools require the PPH10 hose and PL289N1 Filter/Regulator for proper operation.
52
Hand-Operated Tools
Hand-Operated
Tools
Tool-Controlled Tension
and Cut-Off
The most preferred hand-operated cable tie tools in the industry.
These tools are versatile and can be used for production, maintenance
or construction applications. These tools will tension and cut off
excess tie material to the head by squeezing trigger handle.
For PANDUIT Cable Ties up to 1/2" (12.7mm) wide
•
•
•
•
Lightweight and balanced
Requires no special maintenance
Easy to change tension adjustment and easy to operate
Proven features to help lower installed costs; a combination of
design, operating and construction features provide a long service life
• Durable powder coat finish
• Replacement blades available
Part Number
GS2B
Description
Installs Miniature, Intermediate or Standard cross section cable ties.
Qualified product listed per Mil. Std. MS90387-1 and Mil. Spec. MIL-T-81306A.
Color Identification:
Trigger Handle: Black
Weight: 10 oz. (284g)
GS2BL
Pkg.
Qty.
1
Selector Knob: Black
Same as GS2B except handle span is reduced 25% - for workers with smaller
hands. Qualified product listed per Mil. Std. MS90387-1 and Mil. Spec.
MIL-T-81306A.
1
Color Identification:
Housing is distinctive maroon color.
Trigger Handle: Black
Selector Knob: Black
Weight: 10 oz. (284g)
GS4H
Installs Standard, Light Heavy and Heavy cross section cable ties. Also installs
SUPERFLEX ™ (SLT) cable ties. Qualified product listed per Mil. Std.
MS90387-2 and Mil. Spec. MIL-T-81306A.
Color Identification:
Trigger Handle: Red
Weight: 16 oz. (454g)
GS4H/B
1
Selector Knob: Red
Installs Standard, Light Heavy and Heavy cross section cable ties. Also installs
SUPERFLEX (SLT) cable ties. High tension, factory set, non-adjustable
1
Color Identification: Trigger Handle: Blue
Weight: 16 oz. (454g)
GS4H121W
Installs Light Heavy and Heavy cross section cable ties. This tool provides
greater tension, especially on 175 lb. strength ties, which results in tighter
bundles.
Color Identification:
Trigger Handle: Green
Weight: 16 oz. (454g)
GS4EH
Selector Knob: Green
Installs Light Heavy, Heavy and Extra Heavy cross section cable ties.
Color Identification:
Trigger Handle: Blue
Weight: 16 oz. (454g)
1
1
Selector Knob: Blue
53
Hand-Operated Tools
PPTS, PPTEH, GS2B, GS2BL, GS4H, GS4H121W, GS4EH Tools
Adjustment Features
Tension Indicator
Each cross section of cable ties can be installed with a variety of tensions to
meet the application. The proper tensions (listed on PANDUIT cable tie
packages) are clearly marked with this indicator.
Fast and Easy Selection
To change cross section, simply flip the
knob to desired setting.
To change tension within the range of the crosssection, turn knob clockwise (shown) to increase,
counterclockwise to decrease.
Part Number
Tool Tension Lock Kit
TTLK3-X
Description
Tool Tension Lock Kit
Each kit contains (1) #--40 selection locking screw (with head), (1) selection
locking clip, and (1) #4-40 tension locking screw (headless).
Pkg.
Qty.
10
Certain applications require a locking
device on either the selector knob (one
cross-section size and tension only) or
tension level adjustment (but allowing
cross-section size changes). This kit is
available for that purpose.
To lock selector knob and tension level
Repair Parts
Blade Replacement Kits
and Gripper Replacement
Kit
To lock fine adjustment
K2-BLD2
Blade Replacement Kit for GS2B (all versions) and PPTS
1
K4H-BLD
Blade Replacement Kit for GS4H (3-screw blade guard only)
1
KPPTEHB
KPPTEHG
Blade Replacement Kit for PPTEH
Gripper Replacement Kit for PPTEH
1
1
KPTSG
Gripper Replacement Kit for PPTS
1
GHH
Specifically designed to hold GS2B, GS4H (series) or PPTS tools.
Used wherever the hand tools are used—construction sites to assembly lines for
a convenient and handy place for the tool.
1
Can be part of a scheduled
maintenance plan or use only when
cutoffs are not clean and crisp.
Hand Tool Accessory
Holster
54
Hand-Operated Tools
Hand Operated
Tools
Installer-Controlled
Tension and Cut-Off
Panduit offers an economical series of tools for maintenance or
construction applications—the user determines the required cable tie
tension and the tools provide a cut-off. Used with the full line of PANDUIT
Cable Ties.
Part Number
STS2
Description
Installs PANDUIT Miniature, Intermediate or Standard cross section cable ties.
See STH2 operation below.
Pkg.
Qty.
1
Color Identification: Black
Weight: 2 1/2 oz. (71g)
STH2
Installs PANDUIT Standard, Light Heavy or Heavy cross section cable ties.
1
Color Identification: Red
Weight: 2 1/2 oz. (71g)
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR
STS2 AND STH2 TOOLS
1. Install cable tie around bundle.
Tension tie by squeezing tool handle.
2. Reduce tension slightly and twist tool
1/4 turn either direction for cut-off of
cable tie.
• Inexpensive, maintenancefree, all purpose tools
• Ergonomic handle design
and short handle span
• Top loading feature for
right or left-handed users
ST2EH
Installs PANDUIT Light Heavy, Heavy or Extra Heavy cross section cable ties.
1
Color Identification: Black Handles
Weight: 16 oz. (454g)
After installing tie around bundle and
tensioning, tool is twisted a 1/4 turn “in either
direction” to cut off excess tie.
• Durable all steel construction
• Comfortable rubber handles
KST2EHG
Gripper Replacement Kit for ST2EH.
1
STHV
Installs PANDUIT Light Heavy and Heavy cross section cable ties.
Also installs SUPERFLEX ™ (SLT) cable ties.
1
Color Identification: All Yellow
Weight: 12 oz. (340g)
After installing tie around bundle, the handles
are squeezed to provide
tension. A separate lever cuts excess
tie.
• Durable all steel
construction
• “Travel stop” helps prevent
pinched fingers
55
Cable Tie Selection and Specification Guidelines
Selecting the Proper Cable Tie Material for Your Application
By using this information as a guide, the user will be better equipped to select the best suited cable tie and
material to perform its intended function over a long period of time.
For long life and dependable service, there are many factors to consider when selecting the proper cable tie
for each application. Since it is impossible for Panduit to provide data on all the various combinations of
conditions which may arise, it is suggested that this data be used as a guideline and that sample cable ties
be tested under actual end-use conditions to determine the correct cable tie for the application.
To select the optimum cable tie for a specific application, the following table can be used as a quick
reference. First, determine the most critical design criteria and then read across the table to find which
material is most suitable to meet this need (10 = Most Suitable and 1 = Least Suitable). Next, review the
other criteria by scanning in a vertical direction on the chart and then make your final selection.
Design Criteria
Part Number Suffix
Material Designation
-0
-30
-39
-300
-60
-69
-120
-109
-100
-76
-702
Loop Tensile Strength
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
6
5
5
7
5
10
Low Temperature Service
6
6
6
6
6
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
10
High Temperature Service
5
5
6
6
6
5
5
5
5
5
8
7
10
Flammability
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
3
2
2
9
9
10
Ultraviolet Resistance
1
6
4
1
6
1
1
7
1
6
9
9
10
Radiation Resistance
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
5
9
9
10
Overall Chemical Resistance
–Hydrocarbons
–Chlorinated Hydrocarbons
–Acids
–Bases
–Salts
6
9
7
2
7
3
6
9
7
2
7
3
6
9
7
2
7
3
6
9
7
2
7
3
6
9
7
2
7
3
6
9
7
2
7
3
6
9
7
2
7
3
8
9
8
6
7
8
8
6
5
9
9
10
8
6
5
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
10
10
10
8
9
Low
Low
Low
Low
Med.
Med.
Med.
Med.
Low
Low
High
High
High
Relative Price
Example No. 1:
Application
If your application requires high radiation (2 x 108 rads) resistance, excellent
resistance to hydrocarbons and the price is not critical.
Selection
Your best choice is TEFZEL or stainless steel. The price is higher than other
materials, but both have high ratings in resistance to radiation and hydrocarbons.
Example No. 2:
Application
Selection
If your application requires a low cost material, good ultraviolet resistance and good Your best choice is weather-resistant polpropylene which is less expensive, 6
resistance to acid rains.
rating in ultraviolet resistance and 9 rating on resistance to acids.
56
▲HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont Inc. fluoropolymer
See Table C for chemical resistance of 304 & 316 stainless steel.
„ TEFZEL is the Registered Trademark of E. I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer
See Table C for chemical resistance of 304 & 316 stainless steel.
Material Selection Guide
To select the proper cable tie for your application, start at the left
of the chart and answer the “Yes” and “No” questions until you
arrive at the correct material to use.
Suggested Material to use
No—Nylon 6.6
No
No
Does material
need to resist
high heat?
Yes
Does material need to
be resistant to
chemicals
(salt/acids)?
No
Yes
Does material
need to be flame
retardant?
Yes—Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 (-69)
Does material
need to be flame
retardant?
Yes—Contact Factory
Does material
need to be flame
retardant?
Does material
need to resist
high heat?
No
Yes
No—Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 (-30)
No—Natural Polypropylene (-109)
Yes—Contact Factory
No—Contact Factory
Does material
need to be flame
retardant?
Yes—Contact Factory
START
Does material
need to be
UV resistant?
Yes
No
No
Does material
need to resist
high heat?
Yes
Does material need
to be resistant
to chemicals
(salt/acids)?
No—Weather Resistant
Nylon (-0) (-00)
Yes—Contact Factory
Does material
need to be flame
retardant?
No—Weather Resistant Heat
Stabilized Nylon 6.6 (-300)
Yes—Contact Factory
No
Yes
Does material
need to be flame
retardant?
Does material
need to be flame
retardant?
Does material
need to resist
high heat?
Yes
▲ HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont Inc. fluoropolymer
No—Weather Resistant
Polypropylene (-100)
or Nylon 12 (-120)
Yes—Contact Factory
Does material
need to be flame
retardant?
No—Contact Factory
Yes—Stainless Steel
or TEFZEL■ (-76)
or HALAR▲ (-702)
„ TEFZEL is the Registered Trademark of E. I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer
57
Weathering
Weathering
Ultraviolet light (which is a component of sunlight) attacks, over a period of time,
most plastic materials and reduces their properties by breaking the molecular
chain. The material breakdown is accompanied by reductions in tensile strength
and elongation, increased brittleness, color changes and loss of surface gloss.
Carbon black, which is used in PANDUIT ® nylon and polypropylene cable ties,
is one of the most effective stabilizers known today. A uniform dispersion of carbon black provides good ultraviolet light resistance without adversely affecting
physical properties. The addition of carbon black, or any other ultraviolet light stabilizer, prolongs the useful life of plastic products used outdoors, but it does not totally eliminate the
destructive effects of the light. Some plastics, such as TEFZEL„ or HALAR▲, are intrinsically very resistant to ultraviolet light and do not require stabilizing additives.
Weathering Test Methods
In order to monitor the effects of ultraviolet light and the effectiveness of ultraviolet stabilizers, Panduit, in
conformance with industry standards, adopted two methods of weatherability testing: Outdoor Aging and
Accelerated Weather Aging.
Outdoor Aging
The Outdoor Aging method is probably the best and most realistic method of the two. It is conducted in
accordance with ASTM D1435-85 Recommended Practice for Outdoor Weathering of Plastics, and
allows the material to be affected by not only ultraviolet light, but by all other outdoor elements as well.
Although this may more closely approximate an actual application, two drawbacks do exist. The period
of time required to produce property decay and material failure may be quite long and varying adverse
chemical environments cannot be tested.
Accelerated Weather Aging
Accelerated weathering tests have been used in order to increase the rate of degradation due to a combination of ultraviolet light, temperature and moisture. The methods used are in accordance with the following standards:
• ASTM D1499-84, Operating Light and Water Exposure Apparatus (Carbon-Arc type) for exposure to plastics
• ASTM G53-84, Operating Light and Water Exposure (Fluorescent U.V. Condensation type) for exposure of
non-metallic materials
The condition specified in ASTM D1499-84 utilizes a carbon arc to simulate natural sunshine and a water
spray. The test chamber is operated 20 hrs/day with a two hour cycle of 108 minutes of simulated
sunshine and 12 minutes of sunshine and water spray. The temperature of a black body inside the
chamber is approximately 63°C (145°F) during the “Sunshine Only” portion of the cycle. Humidity is not
controlled inside the chamber.
The test chamber per ASTM D53-84 uses fluorescent sun lamps to generate ultraviolet light only. A
heated water pan produces condensation during a portion of the cycle.The daily cycle is composed of 20
hours of light followed by 4 hours of condensation. Black body temperatures during the light cycle are
50°C (122°F) and 40°C (104°F) during the condensation cycle.
Panduit has also designed a special chamber which is used to simulate the effect of acid rain and
ultraviolet light on cable tie materials. The effect of other common chemicals, such as road salt, are also
evaluated in this chamber.
These methods are effective in quickly determining the ultraviolet light resistance of the various cable tie
materials, but it must be emphasized that there are no exact correlations between accelerated aging and
actual outdoor exposure.
58
▲ HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont Inc. fluoropolymer
„ TEFZEL is the Registered Trademark of E. I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer
Weathering
Material Failure Testing
Property decay can lead to three different modes of failure: loss of strength, loss of toughness or change in
appearance. The critical mode for any given application would depend upon the application and the
requirements it places upon the material itself.
Loss of strength is monitored by tensile testing samples of the material before and after it has been
weathered. This test will reveal the decreasing strength accompanied by extended weathering.
Loss of toughness can be monitored by measuring changes in elongation and impact strength. As
ultraviolet light exposure time increases and the material becomes brittle, its elongation and impact strength
are greatly reduced. It is important to note that brittle failures can occur even when the tensile strength
shows no change.
Although change in appearance is normally not a failure mode for cable ties, the plastic does tend to discolor
and lose its surface gloss as exposure increases. These changes can be measured by color difference using
Adams units which are similar to National Bureau of Standard units.
Panduit has its own weathering test program to determine estimated life of various cable tie materials.This
includes examining many previously aged samples obtained throughout the world.
In all cases, the amount of property decay increased with increasing exposure to ultraviolet light. The
principal signs of degradation were found to be brittleness, cracking and loss of surface gloss. It was also
determined that the time for failure to occur was shorter than indicated from industry tests performed on
material samples. This discrepancy is in part due to the fact that cable ties were tested in an end use,
stressed condition, while most plastic resin suppliers conduct weathering tests using unstressed test bars.
Three cable tie materials (TEFZEL„, HALAR▲ and stainless steel) have superior ultraviolet light resistance.
In tests conducted to date, both have shown no significant signs of degradation.
Determining the outdoor life expectancy of any material is difficult since there are other factors, besides
ultraviolet light stability, which have to be considered. These factors are listed below and should be
considered before specifying a cable tie material.
Table A - External Factors Which Affect the Life of a Cable Tie
FACTORS
Chemicals
DECREASED LIFE
WEATHERING LIFE EXPECTANCY
Applications which have chemicals present can reduce the life. This is
the most detrimental factor to the life of a tie.
Bundle
Diameter
As the bundle diameter is reduced, the tie has more bending stress.
A thick strap on small diameter has more stress.
Loading
If the tie is under high loading, this will add additional stress on the tie
body.
Thickness
Vibration
Degree of
Exposure
Moisture
Galvanized
Metals
Materials (P/N Suffix)
Natural Polypropylene (-109)
Years*
1
Natural 6.6 Nylon
1-2
Flame Retardant Black 6.6 Nylon (-60)
1-2
Flame Retardant 6.6 Nylon (-69)
1-2
A thinner tie will have a decreased life since surface cracks will
penetrate the thickness of the tie faster.
Heat Stabilized 6.6 Nylon (-30)
4-5
Heat Stabilized Natural 6.6 Nylon (-39)
1-2
Applications with high vibrations will cause impact which will propagate any surface cracks.
Weather Resistant 6.6 Nylon (-0 & -00)
7-9
No shield or shade, southern exposure, higher altitudes and high
temperatures decrease the life of the cable tie.
Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant 6.6 Nylon (-300)
7-9
Weather Resistant Polypropylene (-100)
Dry environments cause nylon 6.6 ties to become more brittle. High
humidity plus high temperatures can result in degradation due to
hydrolysis in nylon.
Weather Resistant Nylon 12 (-120)
Acid rain and acid moisture acting on galvanized metals release
chemicals known to attack nylon 6.6.
7-9
12-15
TEFZEL (-76)
>15
HALAR (-702)
>15
Stainless Steel (MLT prefix)
>30
*Based on assumption of minimum loading, no chemical
al attack and
impact-free conditions.
▲ HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont Inc. fluoropolymer
„ TEFZEL is the Registered Trademark of E. I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer
59
Flammability
Flammability
A number of test procedures have been developed which can be used for the
evaluation and comparison of various materials to support combustion.
UL94 Vertical Burning Test
Samples of a material, with dimensions 127mm by 12.7mm and the thickness
of the intended end use product, are tested in an unaged “as manufactured”
state and in an aged state (7 days at 158 °F, 70°C). The test requires the placement of a precisely controlled flame under a vertically supported specimen for a
10 second period. The flame is removed and the duration of flaming is
recorded. If the flame extinguishes, the specimen is immediately subjected to a
second 10 second ignition period. Duration of flaming is again recorded. A piece of surgical cotton is
placed under the specimen. If drips ignite the cotton, this fact is also recorded.
Materials Classed 94V-0
Materials classed 94V-0 shall:
• Not have any specimens which burn with flaming combustion for more than 10 seconds after either application of
the test flame
• Not have a total flaming combustion time exceeding 50 seconds for the 10 flame applications for each set of five
specimens.
• Not have any specimens which burn with flaming or glowing combustion up to the holding clamp.
• Not have any specimens which drip flaming particles that ignite the dry absorbent surgical cotton located 12"
(305mm) below the test specimen.
• Not have any specimens with glowing combustion which persists for more than 30 seconds after the second
removal of the test flame.
Materials Classed 94V-1
Materials classed 94V-1 shall:
• Not have any specimens which burn with flaming combustion for more than 30 seconds after either application of
the test flame.
• Not have a total flaming combustion time exceeding 250 seconds for the 10 flame applications for each set of five
specimens.
• Not have any specimens which burn with flaming or glowing combustion up to the holding clamp.
• Not have any specimens which drip flaming particles that ignite the dry absorbent surgical cotton located 12"
(305mm) below the test specimen.
• Not have any specimens with glowing combustion which persists for more than 60 seconds after the second
removal of the test flame.
Materials Classed 94V-2
• Not have any specimens which burn with flaming combustion for more than 30 seconds after either application of
the test flame
• Not have a total flaming combustion time exceeding 250 seconds for the 10 flame applications for each set of five
specimens.
• Not have any specimens which burn with flaming or glowing combustion up to the holding clamp.
• Be permitted to have specimens that drip flaming particles which burn only briefly, some of which ignite the dry
absorbent surgical cotton placed 12" (305mm) below the test specimen.
• Not have any specimens with glowing combustion which persists for more than 60 seconds after the second
removal of the test flame.
60
Flammability
ASTM D 635
Samples of a material, with dimensions 125mm by 12.5mm and the thickness of the intended end use
product, are tested in an unaged “as manufactured” state. A precisely controlled flame is applied to the
specimen and a stopwatch is started. The flame is applied for 30 seconds. The stopwatch is stopped when
burning or glowing combustion ceases or when the flame has proceeded to a mark 100mm from the free
end. Ten specimens are tested.
• Burning Rate
• If two or more specimens have burned to the 100mm mark then Average Burning Rate (cm/min) shall be reported
as the average of the burning rates of all specimens which have burned to the 100mm mark.
• Average Time of Burning and Average Extent of Burning
• Average time of burning and average extent of burning of the sample shall be reported if none of ten samples or no
more than one of twenty specimens have burned to the 100mm mark.
• Average Time of Burning (ATB):
• Average Extent of Burning (AEB):
10
ATB,s =
∑0
( t – 30s )
Number of Specimens
Rounded to the nearest 5 sec.
(100 – unburned length)
∑ kjfdsjfs
0
10
AEB,mm =
Number of Specimens
Rounded to the nearest 5mm
Flammability Ratings
Materials
UL94
ASTM D635
Natural 6.6 Nylon
94V-2 (1/16")
AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds
Weather Resistant 6.6 Nylon (-00)
94V-2 (1/16")
AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds
Weather Resistant 6.6 Nylon (-0)**
94V-2 (1/16")
AEB = 20mm**
ATB = 5 seconds**
Heat Stabilized 6.6 Nylon (-30)
94V-2 (1/16")
AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds
Heat Stabilized Natural 6.6 Nylon (-39)
94V-2 (1/16")
AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds
Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant 6.6 Nylon (-300)
94V-2 (1/16")
AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds
Flame Retardant Black 6.6 Nylon (-60)
94V-0 (1/64")
AEB =15mm
ATB < 5 seconds
Flame Retardant 6.6 Nylon (-69)
94V-0 (1/64")
AEB = 15mm
ATB < 5 seconds
Weather Resistant Nylon 12 (-120)
Not Recognized
Ave. Burning Rate
1.6cm/min.
Natural Polypropylene (-109)
Not Recognized
Ave. Burning Rate
2 cm/min.
Weather Resistant Polypropylene (-100)
Not Recognized
Ave. Burning Rate
2 cm/min.
TEFZEL„ (-76)
94V-0(1/16")
AEB < 15mm
ATB < 5 seconds
HALAR▲ (-702)
94V-0(1/16")
AEB = 15 min.
ATB < 5 seconds*
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Stainless (MLT prefix)
*Rating based on 1/8" thick test samples.
**Consult factory for specific tie sizes.
▲ HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont Inc. fluoropolymer
„ TEFZEL is the Registered Trademark of E. I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer
61
Radiation/Moisture/Temperature/Tensile Strength
Radiation
Installed cable ties of various materials have been exposed to different amounts
of radiation to determine the maximum acceptable limit. These tests were
conducted by Panduit mainly to determine the acceptability for use in various
areas of nuclear power plants (accumulated over 40 year life). See Table B for
radiation resistance rating.
Moisture
Many plastics when exposed to high relative humidity absorb water and, as such,
the tensile strength of the material can change dramatically. Nylon 6.6 when
exposed to 100% relative humidity, will absorb as much as 8.5% water which will
reduce tensile strength by 50% when compared to a dry cable tie. Polypropylene,
HALAR▲ , Type 12 Nylon, and TEFZEL„ are low water absorbing materials and,
as such, the effect of water is minimal. See Table B for moisture absorption.
Temperature
Plastic materials normally undergo property loss during exposure to high
temperature due to oxidation. The maximum temperature for successful service
depends upon the material used as well as environmental conditions. Initially,
plastics become more flexible and weaker when exposed to high temperatures.
After a period of time, oxidation may occur which will cause embrittlement,
making plastic cable ties more susceptible to failure from impact and vibration.
Low temperature exposure will also make most plastics more brittle during this
exposure, but little property loss occurs when the material is returned to room
temperatures. The minimum continuous use temperature after installation is
stated in Table B.
Tensile Strength
Most cable ties are selected based on material, length and minimum loop tensile
strength. Minimum loop tensile strength was established under Military
Specification MIL-S-23190. Each cross section cable tie (Miniature-M,
Intermediate-I, Standard-S, Heavy-H and Extra Heavy-EH) has a different loop
tensile strength when testing per MIL-S-23190.
The cable tie is first conditioned at 49°C (120°F), 20% relative humidity for 24
hours, then the cable tie is installed on a split mandrel and the halves of the
mandrel separated at a rate of 1" (25.4mm) per minute (Fig.1). The separating
force required to unlock or break the cable tie is the loop tensile strength. Loop
tensile strength is dependent both on the locking design and the tensile strength
(psi) of the material. As an example, the tensile strength of polypropylene
material is approximately 1/2 to 1/3 of nylon 6.6; thus the loop tensile strength of
a given cross section tie made of polypropylene would be much less than a tie
made of nylon 6.6. This is another property to be considered when selecting a
cable tie. The various representative loop tensile strengths are listed in Table B.
62
▲ HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont Inc. fluoropolymer
Fig. 1
„ TEFZEL is the Registered Trademark of E. I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer
Physical Characteristics of Cable Tie Materials
Table B — Physical Characteristics of Various Cable Tie Materials
Design Criteria
Tensile Strength
73°F (psi)
12,0001
12,0001
12,0001
12,0001
12,0001
12,0001
12,0001
8,1001
4,1001
4,1001
7,5001
7,0001
90,0002
Color
Natural
Black
Black
Natural
Black
Black
Ivory
Black
Green
Black
Aqua
Maroon
Stainless
28
28
26
26
26
34
34
NA
NA
NA
30
60
NA
1 x 105
Rads
1 x 105
Rads
1 x 105
Rads
1 x 105
Rads
1 x 105
Rads
1 x 105
Rads
1 x 105
Rads
3.5 x 106
Rads
1 x 106
Rads
1 x 106
Rads
2 x 10 8
Rads
2 x 108
Rads
2 x 108
Rads
Water Absorption
(24 hours)
1.2%
1.2%
1.2%
1.2%
1.2%
1.1%
1.1%
0.3%
0.1%
0.1%
Ultraviolet Light Resistance
Poor
Good
Fair
Poor
Good
Poor
Poor
Good
Poor
Good
Max. Continuous Use
Temperature
185°F
85°C
185°F
85°C
221°F
105°C
221°F
105°C
205°F3
96 °C
221°F
105 °C
221°F
105 °C
176 °F
80 °C
185 °F
85 °C
185 °F
85°C
302°F 6
150 °C
284 °F7
140 °C
1000°F 5
537 °C
Min. Continuous Use
Temperature 4
-40 °F
-40°C
-40 °F
-40°C
-40 °F
-40°C
-40 °F
-40°C
-40 °F
-40°C
-40 °F
-40°C
-40 °F
-40°C
-40°F
-40°C
-40°F
-40°C
-40°F
-40°C
-50°F
-46°C
-50°F
-46°C
-112°F
-80°C
N/A
18 lb.
30 lb.
N/A
18 lb.
30 lb.
N/A
18 lb.
40 lb.
N/A
N/A
25 lb.
N/A
12 lb.
N/A
N/A
12 lb.
N/A
N/A
18 lb.
25 lb.
N/A
18 lb.
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
50 lb.
120 lb.
50 lb.
120 lb.
50 lb.
120 lb.
40 lb.
90 lb.
30 lb.
50 lb.
30 lb.
50 lb.
50 lb.
120 lb.
65 lb.
N/A
100 lb.
250 lb.
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
90 lb.
90 lb.
N/A
N/A
N/A
600 lb.
GS4MT
ST2MT
PPTMT
HTMT
UL Flammability
Oxygen Index
Radiation Resistance
Submin.>
Min.>
Int.>
Minimum
Loop Tensile
Std.>
Strength
Hvy.>
@120 °F;
20% RH
EH>
DH
Tool Installed
Part Number Suffix/
Material Designation
See Page 62
12 lb.
12 lb.
N/A
N/A
18 lb.
18 lb.
18 lb.
18 lb.
30/40
30/40
30/40
30/40
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
50 lb.
50 lb.
50 lb.
50 lb.
120/175 120/175 120/175 120/175
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
250 lb. 250 lb. 250 lb. 250 lb.
GS2B
GS2B
GS2BL GS2BL
GS4H
GS4H
GS4EH GS4EH
STS2
STS2
STH2
STH2
ST2EH ST2EH
STHV
STHV
PPTS
PPTS
PPTEH PPTEH
None
-0 and
-00
<0.03% <0.05%
None
Excellent Excellent Excellent
GS2B
GS2BL
GS4H
STS2
STH2
ST2EH
STHV
PPTS
GS2B
GS2BL
GS4H
STS2
STH2
ST2EH
STHV
PPTS
GS2B
GS2BL
GS4H
STS2
STH2
ST2EH
STHV
PPTS
GS2B
GS2BL
GS4H
STS2
STH2
ST2EH
STHV
PPTS
GS2B
GS2BL
GS4H
STS2
STH2
ST2EH
STHV
PPTS
GS2B
GS2BL
GS4H
STS2
STH2
ST2EH
STHV
PPTS
GS2B
GS3BL
GS4H
GS4EH
STS2
STH2
ST2EH
STHV
PPTEH
PPTS
GS2B
GS2BL
GS4H
GS4EH
STS2
STH2
ST2EH
STHV
PPTEH
PPTS
GS2B
GS2BL
GS4H
STS2
STH2
ST2EH
STHV
PPTS
GS2B
GS2BL
GS4H
STS2
STH2
ST2EH
STHV
PPTS
-30
-39
-300
-60
-69
-120
-109
-100
-76
-702
1. ASTM D638-878
Based on assumption of minimum loading, chemical attack, and impact-free conditions.
2. ASTME8
3. Estimated
4. After installation
5. (-321) goes to 1700 ° (923°C)
6. U.L. component recognized at 170 °C
7. U.L. component recognized at 125 °C
▲ HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont Inc. fluoropolymer
„ TEFZEL is the Registered Trademark of E. I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer
63
Chemical Resistance
Chemical Resistance
Many factors combine to determine the useful life of a cable tie material and none is as
important as chemical exposure. Various chemicals will have different effects on plastics
depending on such things as chemical concentrations, temperature, stress and ultraviolet
light. Table C is an excellent guideline for the selection of the best cable tie material. It should
be noted that the exposure temperature for this chemical resistance chart is 70 ° F.
Table C — Resistance of PANDUIT® Cable Tie Materials to Chemical Attack at 70°F
— = Not Tested
1
= Pitting occurs under some conditions
= Attack may occur if sulfuric acid present
Aq. = Aqueous
C.S. = Cold Saturated
E = Excellent
2
S = Satisfactory
B = Slight Attack
U = Attacked
Percent
Concentration
*
Nylon
6.6
Nylon
12
Polypropylene
TEFZEL „
HALAR ▲
304
Stainless
Steel
316
Stainless
Steel
Acetaldehyde
90
S
—
B
E
E
—
—
Acetic Acid
97
U
U
E
E
E
E
E
Acentic Acid
10
B
S
E
E
E
E
E
Acetic Anyhdride
90
—
S
E
E
E
E
E
Acetone
100
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Acetophenone
100
—
—
S
E
E
E
E
Acetylene
100
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
Aluminum Chloride
10
S
E
E
E
E
U
B
B
Agent
Aluminum Fluoride
Aluminum Hydroxide
Aluminum Potassium Sulfate
Ammonia
10
S
E
E
E
E
U
Aq. C.S.
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
10
S
E
E
E
E
E1
E
All
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
1 to 5
—
E
—
E
E
E
E
10 to 25
U
E
E
E
E
E1
E
Ammonium Hydroxide
10
E
—
—
E
E
—
—
Ammonium Nitrate
100
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Ammonium Sulfate
10
—
E
E
E
E
E1
E1
Amyl Acetate
100
—
—
B
E
E
E
E
Aniline
100
—
S
E
E
E
E
E
Antimony Trichloride
All
U
—
E
E
E
E
E
Ammonium Carbonate
Ammonium Chloride
Arsenic Acid
1 to 80
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
Barium Carbonate
All
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Barium Chloride
All
—
E
E
E
E
E1
E
Barium Sulfate
All
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Barium Sulfide
All
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Benzene
100
E
E
B
E
E
E
E
Benzoic Acid
100
U
E
E
E
E
E
E
Benzoyl Chloride
100
—
—
B
E
E
—
—
Benzyl Alcohol
100
—
—
E
E
E
—
—
Boric Acid
All
U
E
E
E
E
S
—
Bromine
100
U
U
U
E
E
U
U
Butadiene
100
—
—
B
E
E
E
E
Butane
100
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Butanediol
100
—
—
E
E
E
—
—
Butyl Acetate
100
—
E
B
E
E
—
—
N. Butyl Alcohol
100
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Butyl Phthalate
100
—
—
E
E
E
—
—
—
Butyraldehyde
100
—
—
E
E
E
—
Butyric Acid
10 to 100
U
—
E
E
E
E
E
Calcium Carbonate
Aq. C.S.
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
Calcium Chlorate
Aq. C.S.
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
Calcium Chloride
5
B
E
E
E
E
E1
E1
64
*INCLUDES ALL 6.6 NYLONS (SUCH AS WEATHER RESISTANT, HEAT STABILIZED AND FLAME RETARDANT)
„ TEFZEL is the Registered Trademark of E. I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer
▲ HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont Inc. fluoropolymer
Chemical Resistance
Table C — Resistance of PANDUIT ® Cable Tie Materials to Chemical Attack at 70°F (Continued)
304
Stainless
Steel
Percent
Concentration
*
Nylon
6.6
Nylon
12
Polypropylene
TEFZEL „
HALAR ▲
Calcium Hydroxide
50
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
Calcium Hypochlorite
2
U
—
E
E
E
E1
E1
Calcium Nitrate
50
—
E
E
E
E
—
—
Calcium Sulfate
2
B
—
E
E
E
E
E
Carbon Tetrachloride
100
E
E
U
E
E
E
E
Carbon Tetrachloride
Agent
316
Stainless
Steel
Aq. 10
—
—
—
—
E
B1
E1
Chlorine
Dry
—
U
U
E
E
B
B
Chlorine
Wet
—
U
B
E
E
U
U
10 to 50
U
—
E
E
E
U
B
Chlorobenzene
100
—
B
E
E
E
—
—
Chloroform
100
E
B
B
E
E
E
E
Chlorosulphonic Acid
10 to 100
U
U
U
S
E
U
U
Chromic Acid
10 to 50
U
U
E
E
E
B
B
Citric Acid
10 to 50
S
S
E
—
E
E
E
Copper Chloride
1 to 10
U
—
E
E
E
E 1 to U
E 1 to B 1
Copper Cyanide
Aq. C.S.
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
50
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
Chloroacetic Acid
Copper Nitrate
Cresol
100
U
U
—
E
E
E
E
Crotonaldehyde
100
—
—
E
E
E
—
—
Cyclohexane
100
—
E
B
E
E
E
—
Cyclohexanol
100
—
E
E
E
E
E
—
Cyclohexanone
100
—
E
B
E
E
E
—
Dibutyl Phthalate
100
—
—
E
E
E
—
—
Dichloroethane
100
—
—
E
—
E
E
E
Dichloroethylene
100
—
—
B
E
E
—
—
Diesel Fuel
100
—
E
B
E
E
E
E
Diethyl Ether
100
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Aq.C.S.
—
—
E
E
E
—
—
Disobutyl Ketone
100
—
—
E
E
E
—
—
Dimethyl Amine
100
—
—
E
E
E
—
—
Dimethyl Formamide
100
—
E
E
E
E
E
—
Diglycolic Acid
Dimethyl Sulfate
100
—
—
B
E
E
—
—
Dioctyl Phthalate
100
—
—
E
E
E
E
—
1, 4-Dioxane
100
—
S
B
E
E
E
—
Ethyl Acetate
100
E
E
S
E
E
E
E
Ethyl Alcohol
100
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Ethyl Chroride
100
—
—
B
E
E
E
E
Ethylene Chloride
100
E
B
B
E
E
E
E
Ethylene Glycol
100
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Ethylene Oxide
100
—
—
B
E
E
—
—
Fatty Acids
100
—
—
E
E
E
—
—
Ferric Chloride
50
U
—
E
E
E
U
U
Ferric Hydroxide
All
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
Ferric Nitrate
All
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
Aq. C.S.
U
—
E
E
E
U
B
Ferrous Sulfate
10
—
—
E
E
E
E1
E
Fluorine (Dry)
100
—
—
U
E
—
U
U
Formaldehyde
40
E
S
E
E
E
E1
E
Formic Acid
All
U
U
E
E
E
E
E
Freons
100
E
—
—
E
E
—
—
Fuel Oil
100
—
E
—
E
E
E
E
Furfural
100
E
—
—
E
E
E
E
Ferrous Chloride
Gallic Acid
Aq. C.S.
—
—
—
E
E
E
E
Gasoline
100
E
—
B
E
E
E
E
Glycerin
100
—
E
E
—
E
E
E
*INCLUDES ALL 6.6 NYLONS (SUCH AS WEATHER RESISTANT, HEAT STABILIZED AND FLAME RETARDANT)
„ TEFZEL is the Registered Trademark of E. I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer
▲ HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont Inc. fluoropolymer
65
Chemical Resistance
Table C — Resistance of PANDUIT ® Cable Tie Materials to Chemical Attack at 70°F (Continued)
HALAR ▲
304
Stainless
Steel
316
Stainless
Steel
E
—
—
E
E
E
Percent
Concentration
*
Nylon
6.6
Nylon
12
Polypropylene
TEFZEL „
Glycolic Acid
40
U
—
E
E
Heptane
100
—
E
E
E
Hexane
100
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Hydrobromic Acid
All
U
U
E
E
E
U
U
Hydrochloric Acid
All
U
U
E
E
E
U
U
Hydrocyanic Acid
All
—
U
E
E
E
B
B
Hydrofluoric Acid
All
U
U
E
E
E
U
U
Hydrofluorosiliac Acid
30
—
U
E
E
E
U
U
E
Agent
Hydrogen Peroxide
30
U
S
S
E
E
S
Hydrogen Sulfide
Dry
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
Hydrogen Sulfide
Wet
U
—
E
E
E
B2
E2
Hydroquinone
100
—
—
E
E
E
—
—
Iodine
100
—
—
E
E
E
U
U
Iodoform
100
—
—
—
E
E
E
E
Isopropyl Alcohol
100
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Jet Fuel
100
E
—
E
E
E
E
E
Lactic Acid
10
E
S
E
E
E
E
E
Lanolin
10
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Aq. C.S.
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Lead Acetate
Linseed Oil
100
E
E
E
E
E
E
Magnesium Carbonate
Aq. C.S.
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Magnesium Chloride
Aq. C.S.
B
E
E
E
E
E1
E1
Magnesium Nitrate
Aq. C.S.
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Maleic Acid
100
—
—
E
E
E
—
—
Malic Acid
Aq. C.S.
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
Dilute
—
E
E
E
E
U
U
Mercury
100
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Methyl Alcohol
100
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Methyl Bromide
100
—
—
U
E
E
—
—
Methyl Chloride
100
—
—
B
E
E
—
E
Methyl Chloroform
100
E
—
B
E
E
—
—
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
100
—
E
B
E
E
E
E
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone
100
E
—
B
E
E
E
E
Methylene Chloride
100
B
U
B
E
E
E
E
Naptha
100
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
Naphthalene
100
—
S
E
E
E
E
E
Nickel Chloride
Aq. C.S.
—
E
E
E
E
E1
E1
Nickel Sulfate
Aq. C.S.
—
E
E
E
E
E1
E1
Nitric Acid
10 to 30
U
U
E
E
E
E
E
Nitric Acid
30 to 68
U
U
U
S
E
E
E
Nitro Benzene
100
—
B
B
E
E
E
E
Nitro Methane
100
E
—
—
E
E
—
—
Mercuric Chloride
Nitrous Acid
5
—
—
—
E
E
E
E
Oleic Acid
100
—
B
E
E
E
E
E
Oxalic Acid
10
—
B
E
E
E
E
E
Oxygen
All
—
—
E
E
E
—
—
Paraffin
100
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Perchlorethylene
100
—
—
B
E
E
E
E
Petroleum Ether
100
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Phenol
90
U
U
E
E
E
E
E
Phosphoric Acid
10
U
U
E
E
E
E
E
Phosphorus Pentoxide
100
—
U
E
E
E
—
—
Phosphorus Trichloride
100
—
U
B
E
E
E
E
Phthalic Acid
50
—
—
B
E
E
E
E
Pictic Acid
1
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
66
*INCLUDES ALL 6.6 NYLONS (SUCH AS WEATHER RESISTANT, HEAT STABILIZED AND FLAME RETARDANT)
„ TEFZEL is the Registered Trademark of E. I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer
▲ HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont Inc. fluoropolymer
Chemical Resistance
Table C — Resistance of PANDUIT ® Cable Tie Materials to Chemical Attack at 70°F (Continued)
HALAR ▲
304
Stainless
Steel
316
Stainless
Steel
E
—
—
E
E1
E1
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E1
E1
Percent
Concentration
*
Nylon
6.6
Nylon
12
Polypropylene
TEFZEL „
1
—
—
E
E
Potassium Bromide
Aq. C.S.
—
—
E
E
Potassium Carbonate
Aq. C.S.
—
B
E
Potassium Chlorate
Aq. C.S.
—
S
Potassium Chloride
5
—
E
Agent
Potassium Borate
Potassium Dichromate
Potassium Ferrocyanide
Potassium Hydroxide
Aq. C.S.
—
U
E
E
E
E
E
25
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
B
30
B
—
E
E
E
B
Potassium Iodide
Aq. C.S.
—
E
E
—
E
E
E
Potassium Nitrate
Aq. C.S.
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Potassium Perchlorate
1
—
—
E
E
E
—
—
Potassium Permanganate
5
U
U
E
E
E
E
E
Potassium Persulfate
All
—
—
E
E
E
—
—
Potassium Sulfate
Aq. C.S.
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Potassium Sulfide
Aq. C.S.
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
Propionic Acid
50
—
—
E
E
E
—
—
Propyl Alcohol
100
E
—
E
E
E
E
E
Pyridine
100
—
E
B
E
E
B
B
Sea Water
100
—
E
E
E
E
E1
E
Aq. C.S.
—
E
E
E
E
U
U
E
Silver Chloride
Silver Nitrate
10
—
E
E
E
E
E
Sodium Acetate
Aq. C.S.
E
—
E
E
E
E1
E
Sodium Benzoate
Aq. C.S.
—
—
E
E
E
—
—
Sodium Bicarbonate
Aq. C. S.
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Sodium Bisulfate
10
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
Sodium Bisulfite
Aq. C.S.
—
S
E
E
E
E
E
Sodium Borate
Aq. C.S.
—
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Sodium Carbonate
2
E
E
E
E
E
E
Sodium Chlorate
25
—
B
E
E
E
E
E
Sodium Chloride
10
E
E
E
E
E
E1
E1
Sodium Chromate
Aq. C.S.
U
—
E
E
E
E
E
Sodium Fluoride
5
—
—
E
E
E
E1
E1
Sodium Hydroxide
10
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Sodium Hypochlorite
5
S
B
E
E
E
B1
E1
Aq. C.S.
—
—
—
E
E
E
E
5
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Sodium Hyposulfite
Sodium Nitrate
Sodium Nitrite
Aq. C.S.
—
B
E
E
E
E
E
Sodium Perborate
Aq. C.S.
—
S
E
E
E
—
B
Sodium Perchlorate
10
—
—
—
E
E
E
E
Sodium Phosphate
5
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Sodium Sulfate
5
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Sodium Sulfide
5
—
E
E
E
E
E1
E
Sodium Thiosulfate
25
—
E
E
E
E
E2
E2
Stannic Chloride
Aq. C.S.
U
—
E
E
E
U
B
Stannous Chloride
Aq. C.S.
—
E
E
E
E
B
S
Stearic Acid
100
—
B
E
E
E
E
E
Succinic Acid
100
—
S
E
E
E
—
—
Sulfur
100
—
E
E
E
E
S
B
Sulfer Dioxide
All
U
—
B
E
E
E
E
Sulfuric Acid
5
U
B
E
E
E
B
E
Sulfuric Acid
50
U
U
E
E
E
U
B
Sulfuric Acid
Concentrate
U
U
B
E
E
B
B
*INCLUDES ALL 6.6 NYLONS (SUCH AS WEATHER RESISTANT, HEAT STABILIZED AND FLAME RETARDANT)
▲ HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont Inc. fluoropolymer
„TEFZEL is the Registered Trademark of E. I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer
67
Chemical Resistance
Table C — Resistance of PANDUIT ® Cable Tie Materials to Chemical Attack at 70°F (Continued)
Agent
Sulfurous Acid
Percent
Concentration
*
Nylon
6.6
Nylon
12
Polypropylene
TEFZEL „
10
E
—
E
E
HALAR ▲
304
Stainless
Steel
316
Stainless
Steel
E
B1
E1
Tannic Acid
10
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Tartaric Acid
50
—
S
E
E
E
E
E
Tetrahydrofuran
100
—
B
B
E
E
E
E
Toluene
100
E
E
B
E
E
E
E
Trichloroacetic Acid
10
U
—
S
E
E
U
U
Trichloroethylene
100
—
U
B
E
E
E1
E1
Turpentine
100
—
S
U
E
E
E
E
Urea
50
—
E
E
E
E
—
—
Vinyl Acetate
100
—
—
E
E
E
—
—
Xylene
100
E
—
U
E
E
E
E
Zinc Chloride
70
U
E
E
E
E
E
E
Zinc Nitrate
Aq. C.S.
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
Zinc Sulfate
Aq. C.S.
—
E
E
E
E
E
E
68
*INCLUDES ALL 6.6 NYLONS (SUCH AS WEATHER RESISTANT, HEAT STABILIZED AND FLAME RETARDANT)
„ TEFZEL is the Registered Trademark of E. I. DuPont Co., fluoropolymer
▲ HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont Inc. fluoropolymer
Quality
Quality . . . “First Among Equals” at PANDUIT
The owner-operator concept makes
employees responsible for their areas of the
manufacturing process.
TQA is a Top Level Concern
Total Quality Assurance (TQA)
has the highest priority at
Panduit. Division managers
are members of the Panduit
Quality Council, which
implements our “Excellence
Through Quality” (ETQ)
program. Under this program,
all employees receive training
in quality and are empowered
to continually improve products
and services in their work
area. There is no mistaking
that quality is a state of mind at
Panduit.
In addition, Panduit
engineering and
manufacturing work closely
together from the beginning to
design quality into both the
product and the manufacturing
process.
Operator inspection is an important Panduit TQA
procedure.
Members of Excellence Thru Quality Teams
search for ways to improve product quality.
People — the Key
to Excellence
Although Panduit continues to
invest heavily in testing and
other equipment to support
TQA activities, people remain
the key to achieving
excellence.
For example, under the
“owner-operator” concept,
individual employees, using
continuous process testing,
are responsible for the quality
produced in their area of
manufacturing or service.
ISO 9001
Virtually all Panduit worldwide
manufacturing facilities have
received ISO registration. This
recognition indicates that we
meet the most comprehensive
international standards
in design, purchasing,
manufacturing, testing,
documentation, shipping and
service. As a result, Panduit’s
high-quality products and
services are helping
customers meet ISO 9000
quality requirements while
reducing their transaction and
inspection costs.
In addition to ISO certification,
Panduit provides additional
quality requirements to meet
the needs of specific
industries.
69
Packaging
Panduit Packaging
All Panduit packaging is designed to provide complete and
fast identification of contents, durable product protection,
easy handling, informative graphics, and bar coding for more
accurate inventory control. On our more popular parts, you
can choose from our convenience pack, standard pack or
bulk pack quantities.
Informative and Easy to Read Labels
Front Side of Label
Quantity
Length
in Inches
Part Number
Material
Bundle
Diameter
Back Side of Label
Bar code for faster
and more accurate
order processing
and inventory
control
Length
in Millimeters
Bundle
Diameter
in millimeters
Approvals
70
Packaging
PANDUIT® Products are on Display at Your Local Panduit Distributor
Your local Panduit Distributor carries top quality PANDUIT® products and offers
many advantages and services to help lower your transaction costs:
• Local stock for fast delivery and
“Just-In-Time” requirements.
Reduces your inventory costs.
• One stop for all your electrical
needs because he stocks
products from many
manufacturers. One purchase
order, less administrative/freight
costs.
• Well trained personnel to answer
any questions and to make sure
you have the right product for the
right job.
71
72
Stainless Steel Cable Ties and Accessories
PAN-STEEL™ Stainless Steel Tie System
RELIABLE PERFORMANCE IN SEVERE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
• Perfect for indoor, outdoor and underground applications—excellent resistance to abrasion, radiation,
weathering, corrosion and temperature extremes
• Ties are self-locking for fast cabling and can be installed by hand or with unique PANDUIT tools
• Safe to handle, safe for wires—no sharp edges (fully rounded sides)
TIES
Standard Sizes
• Fully radiused sides
• Fast and easy to install
(self-locking)
• 304 Stainless Steel
• Standard cross-section ties
are MIL-S-23190 approved
• For more corrosive
applications 316 stainless is
available
• Det Norske Veritas approved
on 316 material
• For extreme high
temperature applications,
321 material is available
Custom Length Banding System
• For applications that require
bundling various bundle
diameters
• Provides versatility on job sites
for any diameter with
minimum inventory
• 304 Stainless Steel
(316 available). Contact
factory
Double Wrap Metal Locking Ties
• Double wrapped stainless
steel ties in 304 material for
extra high strength in critical
applications
• Double wrapped stainless
steel ties allow for tighter
tensioning on non-resilient
bundles
• Available in .31" (7.9mm)
width for bundle diameters
ranging from 1.00"-10.00"
(25mm-250mm)
• Loop tensile strength of
600 lbs. (2669N)
• Self-locking ties, no tools
required
• Optional tooling is available
to speed installation and
lower installed costs
(see page 74)
Cable ties body wraps around two
times entering the locking head
twice.
Nylon 11 Coated Ties
• 316 base material provides
added corrosion protection
• Coating provides additional
protection to the bundle
• Provides improved isolation
between dissimilar metals
For more complete information on Stainless Steel Products, see SA101N16G.
PANDUIT
Part No.
MLT1S-CP
MLT2S-CP
MLT2.7S-CP
MLT4S-CP
MLT6S-CP
MLT8S-CP
MLT10S-CP
MLT12S-Q
MLT14S-Q
MLT2H-LP
MLT2.7H-LP
MLT4H-LP
MLT6H-LP
MLT8H-LP
MLT10H-LP
MLT12H-Q
MLT14H-Q
Max. Bundle
Dia.
Inches (mm)
1.00 (25)
2.00 (50)
2.70 (69)
4.00 (102)
6.00 (152)
8.00 (203
10.00 (254)
12.00 (305)
14.00 (356)
2.00 (50)
2.70 (69)
4.00 (102
6.00 (152)
8.00 (203
10.00 (254)
12.00 (305)
14.00 (356)
Length
Inches (mm)
5.0 (127)
7.9 (201)
10.2 (259)
14.2 (360)
20.4 (520)
26.8 (679)
33.0 (838)
42.0 (1067)
47.0 (1194)
7.9 (201)
10.2 (259)
14.2 (360)
20.4 (520)
26.8 (679)
33.0 (838)
42.0 (1067)
47.0 (1194)
Width
Inches
(mm)
.18
(5)
.31
(8)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength Pkg.
Lbs. (N)
Qty.
100
100
100
100
100
100
(445)
100
100
25
25
50
50
50
50
250
(1112)
50
50
25
25
Ctn.
Qty.
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
125
125
250
250
250
250
250
250
125
125
CUSTOM LENGTH BANDING SYSTEM
MBS-TLR
MBS-MR
MBH-TLR
MBH-MR
1*
1*
1*
1*
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
100
100
1000
1000
600
(2669)
50
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
25
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
120
(534)
50
50
50
50
50
250
250
250
250
250
Any
n/a
5
n/a
Any
n/a
8
n/a
BANDING HEADS
n/a
n/a
n/a
MTHS-C
n/a
n/a
n/a
MTHH-C
*Order number of reels required. Std. Pkg. -TLR = 76M reel and
Bulk Pkg. - MR = 305M reel.
Premier products are shown in BOLD print.
2.00 (50)
18.5 (470)
MLT2DH-L
3.00 (75)
22.0 (559)
MLT3DH-L
4.00 (102)
28.0 (711)
MLT4DH-L
5.00 (125)
34.0 (863)
MLT5DH-L
.31
6.00 (152)
40.0 (1016)
MLT6DH-Q
(8)
7.00 (175)
46.5 (1181)
MLT7DH-Q
8.00 (203)
53.0 (1345)
MLT8DH-Q
9.00 (225)
59.0 (1500)
MLT9DH-Q
10.00 (254)
65.0 (1652)
MLT10DH-Q
Order number of ties required in multiples of Pkg. Qty.
COATED 316 STAINLESS STEEL
MLTC2H-LP316
MLTC4H-LP316
MLTC6H-LP316
MLTC8H-LP316
MLTC10H-LP316
2.00 (50)
4.00 (102)
6.00 (152)
8.00 (203)
10.00 (254)
7.9 (201)
14.3 (362)
20.5 (521)
26.8 (679)
33.0 (838)
.31
(8)
*Order number of reels required. Std. Pkg. -TLR = 76M reel and Bulk Pkg. - MR = 305M reel.
Premier products are shown in BOLD print.
73
Stainless Steel Mounts and Marking Products
Installation Tools
PANDUIT
Part No.
PPTMT
GS4MT
Pkg.
Qty.
Description
PPTMT
Pneumatic-operated, tool controlled tension and cut-off
for production applications
1
GS4MT
MIL approved. Hand-operated, tool controlled tension
and cut-off
1
K4M-BLD
Replacement cutter blade for GS4MT
1
K4MTG
Replacement tension gripper for GS4MT
1
ST2MT
Hand-operated, installer controlled tension and cut-off
1
KT2MG
Replacement tension gripper for ST2MT
1
HTMT
Used to tension and coil the tail of tie
1
ST2MT
HTMT
PAN-STEEL™ Accessories
Cushion Sleeve
• Makes rigid bundles resilient,
provides tighter tensioning
• Non-conductive insulator
between clamp and bundle
Material: Black, Neoprene Rubber
PANDUIT
Part No.
For Clamp
Width
mm
Sleeve
Width
mm
.18 (4.6)
.33 (8)
PCSS-B-QR
PCSS-B-CR
PCSH-B-QR
.31 (7.9)
PCSH-B-CR
Pkg.
Qty.
Ctn.
Qty.
1
10
.47 (12)
1
—
1
10
1
—
Std. Pkg. -QR = 25 ft. reel
Bulk Pkg. -CR = 100 ft. reel
Order the number of reels required.
Stainless Steel Mounts
Mount
• Screw applied
• Low profile
• Utilizes only one hole for
mounting
Material: 304 Stainless Steel
PANDUIT
Part No.
Pkg.
Qty.
Ctn.
Qty.
.176" (4.47mm)
100
1000
.214" (5.43mm
100
1000
.281" (7.14mm)
100
1000
Mounting
Method
Panel
Thickness
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
.18 (4.6) or
.31 (7.9)
Inserted into
pre-drilled hole
5/16" (8mm)
.031" (.8mm) .094" (2.38mm)
25
250
.18 (4.6)
Inserted into
pre-drilled hole
.250" (6.4mm)
.031" (.8mm) .125" (3.18mm)
25
250
MTM2H-Q
.18 (4.6) or
.31 (7.9)
#8 (4mm) Screw
—
25
250
MTMBH-Q
.18 (4.6) or
.31 (7.9)
Pre-drill hole size
Max. size .625"
(15.9mm)
Up to .500" max.
(12.7mm)
25
250
MTM1H-C
MTM1H10-C
MTM1H25-C
PANDUIT ®
Part No.
MPWM-H56-Q
MBM-H25-Q
Push-Wing Mount
MPWM-H56-Q
For MLT
Tie Width
in (mm)
Mounting
Method
#8 (4mm) Screw
.18 (4.6) or
#10 (5mm) Screw
.31 (7.9)
1/4" (6mm) Screw
For MLT
Tie Width
In. (mm)
Push-Button Mount
MBM-H25-Q
Hole
Diameter
Material: 304 Stainless Steel
Two-Way Mount
MTM2H-Q
Bulkhead Mount
MTMBH-Q
Stainless Steel Marking Products
Use PAN-STEEL Ties or stainless steel strapping to provide identification in harsh environments. The ties and strapping can be stamped with
available tooling or custom stamped at the factory. Marker plates and metal embossed tape are also available.
MARKER PLATES AND TAGS
• Attached with PAN-STEEL ties
• 304, 316 stainless steel, brass, aluminum
and anodized aluminum available
• Can be used as a flag or wrap
• Various sizes and shapes available;
round, square, rectangular, octagonal,
etc. Contact factory for part numbers etc.
• All can be custom marked by Panduit.
See page 75 for details
74
For more complete information on Stainless Steel Products, see SA101N16G.
Used with
Clamp/Tie
Width
Width
MMP350-C
.18" (4.6)
.75 (19)
MMP350W38-C
.18" (4.6)
.18"(4.6) or
.31" (7.9)
PANDUIT ®
Part No.
MMP350H-C
Size - In. (mm)
Length
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
3.50 (89)
100
1000
.38 (10)
3.50 (89)
100
1000
.75 (19)
3.50 (89)
100
1000
Stainless Steel Marking Products
Stainless Steel Marking Products (continued)
METAL EMBOSSED TAPE SYSTEM
• Hand operated embosser with
3/16" height characters (approx. 6
characters/inch)
• Hole punch (3/16" dia.) allows tape
to be used as a wrap or flag marker,
held on with PAN-STEEL™ ties
PANDUIT ®
Part No.
Characters include:
A B C D E F G H I J K L M
N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 . / -
META-X
1/2" x 16 ft. roll Aluminum tape
10
50
METS3-X
1/2" x 21 ft. roll Stainless Steel (316 Grade)
10
50
METS4-X
1/2" x 21 ft. roll Stainless Steel (304 Grade)
10
50
MEHT
Description
Embosser, carrying case, (1) roll each of
META and METS4 tape
Pkg.
Qty.
Ctn.
Qty.
1
—
TAPE
3/8" height (approx. 6 characters per inch)
Indenter Press
• For medium volume marking of
ties, strapping or plates
• Manual operation with automatic
indexing
• Interchangeable character wheel
makes the press versatile and
economical
• Press includes fixturing device to
provide high quality marking
PANDUIT ®
Part No.
Description
Pkg.
Qty.
IMP094
IMP125
IMP187
Press with 3/32" character wheel
Press with 1/8" character wheel
Press with 3/16" character wheel
1
1
1
MWK094
MWK125
MWK187
Interchangeable Character Wheel Kits
3/32" character wheel kit
1/8" character wheel kit
3/16" character wheel kit
1
1
1
IMP-FIX
Characters include:
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
& 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 . / -
Interchangeable fixture for MMP172 series.
MT series and the aluminum marker plates.
1
CUSTOM MARKING SERVICE ON STAINLESS STEEL TIES,
MARKER PLATES AND TAGS AND ANODIZED ALUMINUM LOCKS*
•
•
•
•
•
High quality, sharp, crisp legends
Bar coding capability on selected color tags
Two (2) computer controlled systems available: Laser and Embosser
Alphanumeric and sequential numbering for serialization
Contact factory for information
*Anodized aluminum locks can only be marked by the Laser System.
COMPUTER CONTROLLED MARKING SYSTEMS
LASER MARKING SYSTEM:
Graphics capabilities along with
block letters (bold) are available
for high quality identification
along with bar coding on selected colored stainless steel marker tags. Also,
alphanumeric and sequential numbering with multiple character sizes to choose from.
The laser system provides both upper and lower case characters. Character sizes
available: 1/8" (3.18mm) (shown), 3/16" (4.77mm), 1/4" (6.35mm), 5/16" (7.94mm) and
1/2" (12.7mm).* The laser is the ultimate in marking.
LASER MARKING SYSTEM
EMBOSSING
SYSTEM:Excellent for
applications that will be exposed
to occasional painting and
excessive dirt. Can only be used
on stainless steel and brass
marker plates and tags that are a maximum of .020" (.508mm) thick. Alphanumeric and sequential
numbering capability. The embossing system provides upper case characters only. Character sizes
available: 1/8" (3.18mm) and 3/16" (4.77mm) (shown).
EMBOSSING SYSTEM
*Other character sizes available.
Contact factory.
For more complete information on Stainless Steel Products, see SA101N16G.
75
Stainless Steel Strapping
Stainless Steel Strapping
REPLACES TRADITIONAL WING SEAL STRAPS
• Suited to applications requiring higher loop tensile strength and/or wider bearing surfaces than
PAN-STEEL™ ties
• Fast and easy to install using PANDUIT installation tool
• Safe to handle—no sharp edges
STRAPPING
PANDUIT ®
Part No.
Standard Sizes
*Nylon coated straps available.
Contact factory.
• Suited to applications
requiring higher loop
tensile strength
and/or wider bearing
surfaces than
PAN-STEEL ties
• Fast and easy to
install using
PANDUIT
installation tool.
• Safe to handle—no
sharp edges
• Buckle design
provides low finished
profile —after
tensioning, cut end is
locked inside buckle
• Standard material is
304 stainless,
non-magnetic
Max. Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Approx.
Width
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
lbs. (n)
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
304 STAINLESS STEEL - .015" THICK
MS2X375X15-LS
MS4X375X15-LS
MS6X375X15-LS
MS8X375X15-LS
MS10X375X15-LS
2.00 (50)
4.00 (102)
6.00 (152)
8.00 (203)
10.00 (254)
10.5
16.2
22.5
28.7
35.0
(266)
(412)
(572)
(729)
(889)
.375
(10)
300
(1335)
50
50
50
50
50
250
250
250
250
250
MS4X500X15-LS
MS6X500X15-LS
MS8X500X15-LS
MS10X500X15-LS
4.00 (102)
6.00 (152)
8.00 (203)
10.00 (254)
16.2
22.5
28.7
35.0
(412)
(572)
(729)
(889)
.500
(12)
500
(2224)
50
50
50
50
250
250
250
250
MS4X625X15-LS
MS6X625X15-LS
MS8X625X15-LS
MS10X625X15-LS
4.00 (102)
6.00 (152)
8.00 (203)
10.00 (254)
16.2
22.5
28.7
35.0
(412)
(572)
(729)
(889)
.625
(16)
600
(2670)
50
50
50
50
250
250
250
250
50
50
50
50
250
250
250
250
304 STAINLESS STEEL - .020" THICK
MS4X500X20-LS
MS6X500X20-LS
MS8X500X20-LS
MS10X500X20-LS
4.00 (102)
6.00 (152)
8.00 (203)
10.00 (254)
Custom Length Strapping System
• Provides job-site
versatility with
minimum inventory
• Gives custom
capability on larger
diameters
• 304 stainless steel
• Buckle is easy to
install—just slip onto
strapping and turn
strapping back on
bundle
Approx.
Length
In. (mm)
16.2
22.5
28.7
35.0
(412)
(572)
(729)
(889)
.500
(12)
500
(2224)
Thickness
In. (mm)
Approx.
Width
In. (mm)
Used
With
Buckle
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
MS375X15-TSR
.015 (0.4)
.375 (10)
MSB375
200'*
—
MS500X15-TSR
.015 (0.4)
.500 (12)
MSB500
200'*
—
MS500X20-TSR
.020 (0.5)
.500 (12)
MSB500
200'*
—
MS625X15-TSR
.015 (0.4)
.625 (16)
MSB625
200'*
—
PANDUIT ®
Part No.
STRAPPING
BUCKLE
MSB375-CS
Used with .375" width strapping
100
1000
MSB500-CS
Used with .500" width strapping
100
1000
MSB625-CS
Used with .625" width strapping
100
1000
*Standard Package - TSR = 200 ft. reel. Order the number of reels required.
Order the number of bundles required, in multiples of std. pkg. qty.
INSTALLATION TOOL
• Replacement nose
and gripper provide
an economical
means to keep tool
operating efficiently
in the future
PANDUIT ®
Part No.
Pkg.
Qty.
BT2MS75
Tensions, cuts strapping and secures the buckle tab.
Used with all widths and thicknesses of PANDUIT strapping
BT2N75
Replacement nose section for BT2MS75 tool
1
KT2MG
Replacement tension gripper for BT2MS75 tool
1
BT2MS75
76
Description
For more complete information on Stainless Steel Products, see SA101N16G.
1
Wiring Accessories
Adhesive Backed Cable Tie Mounts
Push Mounts
Marker Plates and Pens
Tie Mounts and Anchors
Cord Clips
Abrasion Protection Products
Flat Cable Mounts
Harness Board Accessories
Snap-In Clips
Smart Ways to Lower Your Installed Cost
PANDUIT ® Wiring Accessories offer you a complete selection of intelligent answers designed to speed
installation and lower your installed costs—whatever your requirements. Plus PANDUIT provides experienced
technical support to assure you get not only the best product for your application, but maximum benefit from its use.
For more information call toll-free:
888-506-5400, Ext. 7346 or 708-532-1800
Wiring Accessories
Contents
( See Page 144 for alphabetical index of part numbers referencing specific page numbers.)
Selection of Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Cable Tie Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-100
Combination Adhesive Mount/Cable Tie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
4-Way Adhesive Backed Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
4-Way Mounts Without Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
2-Way Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Adhesive Applied Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Tie Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84-86
Tie Anchor Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Tie Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Right Angle Mounts/Lightening Hole Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Clip-On Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Push Mounts and Specialty Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91-97
Tie Harness Mount System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93-95
Flat Cable Mounting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Marker Plates and Rolls/Marking Pens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-100
TELCO Installation Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Wiring Accessories - used without cable ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101-112
Adjustable Releasable Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Cord Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102-105
Flat Cable Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Fixed Diameter "C" Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107-108
Snap-in Mounts/Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109-111
Twister Push Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
CATV Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Circuit Board Posts and Locking Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Physical Characteristics of Wiring Accessory Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Selection and Use of PANDUIT Adhesive Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115-120
Harness Board Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121-128
Bulk Package Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127-128
Abrasion Protection Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129-143
Spiral Wrapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130-133
Grommet Edging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134-136
Corrugated Loom Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137-138
Braided Expandable Sleeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139-140
Flammability Tests and Classifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141-143
78
Wiring Accessories
Wiring Accessories are an integral part of Panduit’s comprehensive selection of wire management products.
These accessories help provide you with the lowest installed solution to controlling, mounting and protecting
wire and cable. These products are manufactured in an environment committed to design innovation, high
quality and knowledgeable service to our customers. The key benefits of this commitment are:
• The highest quality manufacturing environment,
including statistical process control to meet
applicable international and domestic standards
• PANDUIT teams up with a national network of
Distributors to provide you with Just In Time shipping
to eliminate your need for large inventories
• Fully staffed engineering and tool & die departments to
assist in designing solutions to specific industry
applications
• Continuous research on materials, adhesives and new
technologies to provide you the latest product
innovations
Contact the factory for registrar
and product scope information.
Selection of Styles
Cable Tie Accessories
These products are used with PANDUIT Cable Ties to speed and simplify the
mounting of wires, cables and tubing. Installation methods include
self-adhesive-backed, user applied adhesive, screws, rivets or through-panel
mount designs.
Wiring Accessories
These products—including fixed and adjustable diameter accessories—are
used without cable ties. Mounting methods include self-adhesive-backed, user
applied adhesive, screws, rivets or through-panel designs.
Harness Board Accessories
Panduit’s unique selection of harness board accessories speeds the routing and
forming of wire in harness fabrication. They hold wires at a uniform height above
the board and are ideal for use with PANDUIT manual and automatic cable tie
tooling.
Abrasion Protection Products
Spiral wrapping, braided expandable sleeving and corrugated tubing enclose
wires, hoses and tubing to protect them from abrasion. They are available in a
variety of sizes and materials to meet a broad range of indoor and outdoor
applications.
Grommet edging provides abrasion protection on outside edges and holes cut
through metal or plastic surfaces.
79
Cable Tie Accessories
Combination Adhesive Mount/Cable Tie
Adhesive mount and cable tie molded as one piece help reduce inventory
costs. Mount portion features ramp to guide tip into tie head and holes to
install two (2) optional #6 screws for added mounting strength. Available with
locking or releasable tie. Extended adhesive liner release tab on mount for
fast liner removal.
Cable Tie Specifications
Part Number†
Locking
PLA2S-A-Q
Releasable
PRA2S-A-Q
Packaging*
Length
A
In. (mm)
Width
B
In. (mm)
Max.
Bundle Dia.
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
7.3
(185)
.19
(4.8)
1.85
(47)
50 lbs.
(222N)
7.3
(185)
.19
(4.8)
1.85
(47)
50 lbs.
(222N)
Recommended
PANDUIT ®
Installation
Tool
Mount
Static
Load
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
GS2B, GS4H,
PPTS, STS2 or
STH2
.45 lbs.
(204g)
25
250
100
1000
Hand Installed
Only
.45 lbs.
(204g)
25
250
100
1000
4-Way Adhesive Backed Mounts
Lower your installed costs with fast, easy-to-install PANDUIT adhesive-backed
cable tie mounts. Four-way tie entry for easy orientation of wires or cables.
For specific information on adhesive properties and technical data on mount
selection, see Pages 115 to 120 .
ABMM-A
ABMM-AT
ABM1M-A
ABM1M-AT
PANDUIT mounts are produced either 2-up or 4-up for fast and easy liner
removal to speed installation.
ABM1M-A and ABM1M-AT mounts are supplied on a dispenser strip of four
mounts. ABMM-A and ABMM-AT mounts are supplied on a dispenser strip
of two mounts.
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Packaging*
Adhesive
Type/Static
Load lbs. (g)
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
A
B
C
Material
Color
Where
Used
ABM1M-A-C
M
.50
(12.7)
.50
(12.7)
.16
(4.0)
Nylon
White
Indoors
Rubber
.13 (59)
100
500
1000
5000
ABM1M-AT-C
M
.50
(12.7)
.50
(12.7)
.16
(4.0)
Nylon
White
Indoors/
High Temp.
Acrylic
.13 (59)
100
500
1000
5000
ABMM-A-C
M,I
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.18
(4.6)
ABS
White
Indoors
Rubber
.30 (136)
100
500
500
5000
ABMM-AT-C
M,I
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.18
(4.6)
ABS
White
Indoors/
High Temp.
Acrylic
.30 (136)
100
500
500
5000
ABMM-AT-C0
M,I
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.18
(4.6)
ABS
Black
Outdoors/
High Temp.
Acrylic
.30 (136)
100
500
500
5000
Part Number†
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
80
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 128 & 129 ..
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
Adhesive Backed Cable Tie Mounts
4-Way Adhesive Backed Mounts
ABM2S
ABM3H
ABM4H
For greater
support use two
(2) #6 (M3)
screws in
mounting holes.
Supplied two
mounts on a
dispenser strip.
ABM100
For greater
support use one
(1) #6 (M3) screw
in mounting hole.
Supplied two
mounts on a
dispenser strip.
For greater
support use two
(2) #6 (M3)
screws in
mounting holes.
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
Packaging*
Adhesive
Std.
Type/Static Pkg.
Load lbs. (g) Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
A
B
C
Material
Color
Where
Used
ABM2S-A-C
M, I, S
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.20
(5.1)
ABS
White
Indoors
Rubber
.50 (227)
100
500
500
5000
ABM2S-A-C14
M, I, S
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.20
(5.1)
ABS
Gray
Indoors
Rubber
.50 (227)
100
500
500
5000
ABM2S-A-C15
M, I, S
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.20
(5.1)
ABS
Ivory
Indoors
Rubber
.50 (227)
100
500
500
5000
ABM2S-AT-C
M, I, S
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.20
(5.1)
ABS
White
Indoors/
High Temp.
Acrylic
.50 (227)
100
500
500
5000
ABM2S-AT-C0
M, I, S
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.20
(5.1)
ABS
Black
Outdoors/
High Temp.
Acrylic
.50 (227)
100
500
500
5000
ABM3H-A-L
M, I, S,
LH, H
1.50
(38.1)
1.50
(38.1)
.25
(6.4)
Nylon
White
Indoors
Rubber
1.12 (508)
50
500
200
1000
ABM3H-AT-L
M, I, S,
LH, H
1.50
(38.1)
1.50
(38.1)
.25
(6.4)
Nylon
White
Indoors/
High Temp.
Acrylic
1.12 (508)
50
500
200
1000
ABM4H-A-L
M, I, S,
LH, H
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
.25
(6.4)
Nylon
White
Indoors
Rubber
2.0 (907)
50
500
200
1000
ABM4H-AT-L
M, I, S,
LH, H
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
.25
(6.4)
Nylon
White
Indoors/
High Temp.
Acrylic
2.0 (907)
50
500
200
1000
ABM100-A-C
M, I, S
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.24
(6.1)
Nylon
White
Indoors
Rubber
.50 (227)
100
500
500
5000
ABM100-A-C14
M, I, S
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.24
(6.1)
Nylon
Gray
Indoors
Rubber
.50 (227)
100
500
500
5000
ABM100-A-C15
M, I, S
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.24
(6.1)
Nylon
Ivory
Indoors
Rubber
.50 (227)
100
500
500
5000
1.00
(25.4)
.24
(6.1)
Nylon
Black
Outdoors/
High Temp.
Acrylic
.50 (227)
100
500
500
5000
Part Number†
1.00
(25.4)
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
ABM100-AT-C0
M, I, S
4-Way Mounts
Without Adhesive
Part Number†
ABMM-D
ABM2S-S6-D
Except ABM100-S6-C69
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
Packaging*
A
B
C
Material
Color
Where
Used
M, I
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.14
(3.6)
ABS
White
Indoors
M, I, S
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.16
(4.0)
ABS
White
Indoors
ABM3H-S6-T
M, I, S,
LH, H
1.50
(38.1)
1.50
(38.1)
.21
(5.3)
Nylon
White
Indoors
ABM4H-S6-T
M, I, S,
LH, H
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
.21
(5.3)
Nylon
White
Indoors
ABM100-S6-C
M, I, S
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.20
(5.1)
Nylon
White
Indoors
ABM100-S6-C69
M, I, S
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.20
(5.1)
Flame Retard.
Nylon
Cream
Indoors
Mounting
Method
User supplied
adhesive
User supplied
adhesive
and/or (2)
#S6 Screws
User supplied
adhesive
and/or
(1) #S6
Screw
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
—
—
500
5000
—
—
500
5000
—
—
200
1000
—
—
200
1000
100
1000
500
5000
100
1000
500
5000
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
128 & 129 ..
81
Adhesive Backed Cable Tie Mounts
2-Way Mounts
Cable ties may be inserted from either of two sides. Choose adhesive
backed or screw installed mounts.
Use one (1) #6 screw with ABMS-S6.
For added support with adhesive backed
mounts, use one (1) #6 (M3) screw or
1/4" flat head rivets.
ABMS-A mounts are supplied two
mounts to a dispenser strip.
Part Number†
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Packaging*
A
B
C
Material
Color
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Indoors
Rubber Tape
100
500
500
5000
Indoors/
high. Temp.
Acrylic Tape
100
500
500
5000
Indoors
Screw Mount
#6 (M3)
—
—
500
5000
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
Adhesive-Backed
ABMS-A-C
M, I, S
1.13
(28.7)
1.13
(28.7)
.25
(6.1)
ABMS-AT-C
M, I, S
1.13
(28.7)
1.13
(28.7)
.25
(6.1)
1.13
(28.7)
.21
(5.3)
Nylon
Natural
Nylon
Natural
Screw Size
Screw Mounted
1.13
(28.7)
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
ABMS-S6-D
M, I, S
Integral retaining notch holds cable tie head in place
below bundle; eliminates protruding tie head and
facilitates one hand tie threading.
Snap-In Cable Tie Mount
SMS-A
Adhesive
backed
SMS-S
Screw
applied
Part Number†
Used
With
Cable
‡Ties**
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Packaging*
A
B
C
Material
Color
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
Rubber
Based
Foam
Tape
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
100
500
500
5000
100
500
500
5000
—
—
500
5000
—
—
500
5000
Adhesive Backed
SMS-A-C
S
2.00
(50.8)
1.00
(25.4)
.35
(8.9)
ABS
White
Indoors
SMS-A-C14
SMS-A-C15
S
2.00
(50.8)
1.00
(25.4)
.35
(8.9)
ABS
Gray
Ivory
Indoors
SMS-S6-D
S
2.00
(50.8)
1.00
(25.4)
.31
(7.9)
ABS
White
Indoors
SMS-S6-D15
S
2.00
(50.8)
1.00
(25.4)
.31
(7.9)
ABS
Ivory
Indoors
Screw Size
Screw Mounted
(2) S6
(M3)
‡ Recommended cable ties: PLT1S, PLT1.5S, PLT2S, PPRT1.5S, PRT2S.
Tie colors available to match SMS mounts.
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
82
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 128 & 129 ..
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
Epoxy Applied Mounts
Epoxy Applied Mounts
These mounts are designed for application with
PANDUIT EMA Epoxy. Provides fast, strong,
economical method to secure wire or cable to steel,
aluminum, glass, wood and most other surfaces.
Especially well suited to construction and
maintenance applications where they eliminate the
need to drill into surfaces.
Part Number†
EMS-A-C
EMS-A-C0
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
M, I, S
M, I, S
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Packaging*
Where
Used
A
B
C
Material
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.26
(6.6)
Natural
Nylon
Indoors
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.26
(6.6)
Weather
Resistant
Blk. Nylon
Outdoors
Mounting
Method
Max. Static
Load
lbs. (g)‡
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
10 (4540)
100
500
500
1000
10 (4540)
100
500
500
5000
10
50
200
1000
EMA
Epoxy
‡Max. static load rating, following full cure period, when applied with PANDUIT EMA Epoxy Adhesive according to installation instructions.
Epoxy Applied Swivel Mount
Mount swivels 360° to assure proper orientation
with harness. Four inspection holes to check
adhesive coverage.
Material — Base and Rivet: Aluminum;
Mount: Nylon
ASMS-A-X
M, I, S
1.125
(28.6)
1.125
(28.6)
.35
(8.9)
Aluminum
Base
Indoors/
Outdoors
EMA
Epoxy
10 (4540)
Epoxy Adhesive and Mount Kits
EMSK3-1-X0 Epoxy Kit with mounts.
Packed in sturdy foil pouch
EMA Epoxy supplied in convenient two-compartment
mixer cup with a mixer stick for each cup. Each cup
contains adhesive for three (3) EMA or ASMS
mounts.
Epoxy hardens in about five (5) minutes. Supports
about 5 lbs. after first 15 minutes. After full 24 hour
curing time, bonding strength will exceed 50 lbs. on
clean, grease-free surface.
Part Number
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
EMA EPOXY
Contents of Each Kit
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
None
10
Kits
—
3
None
10
Kits
100
Kits
1
3
3 ea.
PLT2S-0
1
Kit
10
Kits
4
12
12 ea.
PLT2S-0
10
Kits
100
Kits
Where
Used
Epoxy
Cups
Mixer
Sticks
EMS
Mounts
Cable
Ties
Indoor/
Outdoor
10
10
None
1
1
1
4
Epoxy Adhesive only
EMA-X
—
Epoxy Mounting Kit with EMA Mounts
EMSK3-1-X0
EMSK-12-4-12-X0 Epoxy Kit with
mounts and cable ties
M, I, S
Indoor/
Outdoor
Epoxy Mounting Kit with EMA Mounts and Cable Ties
EMSK3-1-3-0
EMSK12-4-12-X0
M, I, S
M, I, S
Indoor/
Outdoor
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 128 & 129 .
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
83
Cable Tie Mounts
Tie Mounts — Mechanically Applied
Unique cradle design provides maximum
stability and rigidity to the wire bundle.
Screw or rivet installed.
Part Number†
Except
TM1S4-M69
TM2S8-C100
TM2S8-M120
TM3S8-C69
TM3S8-C100
TM3S8-C702
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
Packaging*
Material
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
Indoors
#4 (M2.5)
Screw
100
500
1000
5000
Indoors
#6 (M3)
Screw
100
500
1000
5000
Black
Indoors
#4 (M2.5)
Screw
—
—
1000
—
Ivory
Indoors
#4 (M2.5)
Screw
—
—
1000
—
Indoors
#6 (M3)
Screw
100
500
1000
5000
Indoors
#8 (M4)
Screw
100
500
1000
5000
Indoors
#6 (M3) Rivet
Countersunk
100
500
1000
5000
A
B
C
TM1S4-C
M
.513
(13.0)
.316
(8.0)
.230
(5.8)
TM1S6-C
M
.513
(13.0)
.316
(8.0)
.230
(5.8)
TM1S4-M30
M
.513
(13.0)
.316
(8.0)
.230
(5.8)
TM1S4-M69
M
.513
(13.0)
.316
(8.0)
.230
(5.8)
TM2S6-C
M, I, S
.630
(16.0)
.425
(10.8)
.275
(7.0)
TM2S8-C
M, I, S
.630
(16.0)
.425
(10.8)
.275
(7.0)
TM2R-C
M, I, S
.630
(16.0)
.425
(10.8)
.275
(7.0)
TM2R6-M0
M, I, S
.630
(16.0)
.425
(10.8)
.275
(7.0)
WeatherResistant
Nylon
Black
Outdoors
#6 (M3) Rivet
Countersunk
—
—
1000
—
TM2S8-C100
M, I, S
.585
(14.9)
.375
(9.5)
.275
(7.0)
Weather
Resistant
Polypropylene
Black
Outdoors
#8 (M4) Screw
100
500
1000
5000
TM2S8-M120
M, I, S
.630
(16.0)
.425
(10.8)
.275
(7.0)
Nylon 12
Black
Outdoors
#8 (M4)
Screw
—
—
1000
—
TM3S8-C
M, I, S, LH
.875
(22.2)
.620
(15.8)
.375
(9.5)
Indoors
#8 (M4) Screw
100
500
1000
5000
TM3S10-C
M, I, S, LH
.875
(22.2)
.620
(15.8)
.375
(9.5)
Indoors
#10 (M5)
Screw
100
500
1000
5000
Indoors
1/4" (M6)
Screw
100
500
1000
5000
Indoors
#6 (M3) Rivet
Countersunk
100
500
1000
5000
Nylon
Heat
Stabilized
Nylon
Nylon
Nylon
Color
Natural
Natural
Natural
TM3S25-C
M, I, S, LH
.875
(22.2)
.620
(15.8)
.375
(9.5)
TM3R6-C
M, I, S, LH
.875
(2.2)
.620
(15.8)
.375
(9.5)
TM3S8-C69
M, I, S, LH
.875
(22.2)
.620
(15.8)
.375
(9.5)
Flame
Retardant
Nylon
Ivory
Indoors
#8 (M4)
Screw
—
—
100
—
TM3S8-C76
M, I, S, LH
.875
(22.2)
.620
(15.8)
.375
(9.5)
TEFZEL„
Aqua
Indoors
#8 (M4)
Screw
—
—
100
—
TM3S10-C76
M, I, S, LH
.875
(22.2)
.620
(15.8)
.375
(9.5)
TEFZEL
Aqua
Indoors
#10 (M5)
Screw
—
—
100
—
TM3S8-C100
M, I, S, LH
.875
(22.2)
.620
(15.8)
.375
(9.5)
Weather
Resistant
Polypropylene
Black
Outdoors
#8 (M4)
Screw
100
500
1000
5000
TM3S8-C702
M, I, S, LH
.875
(22.2)
.620
(15.8)
.375
(9.5)
HALAR▲
Maroon
Indoors/
Outdoors
#8 (M4)
Screw
—
—
100
—
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
Additional Tie Mount Part Numbers Available in specified materials.
All are available as standard PANDUIT® parts
Hole Diameter — Inches (mm)
Part
Number
TM1S4
TM1S6
TM2S6
TM2S8
TM2R6
TM3S8
TM3S10
TM3S25
TM3R6
84
Hole Dia.
Counterbore
Dia.
.120
.150
.150
.180
.190
.180
.200
.260
.190
.230 (5.8)
.280 (7.1)
.280 (7.1)
.320 (8.1)
Countersunk
.320 (8.1)
.390 (9.9)
.510 (12.9)
Countersunk
(3.0)
(3.8)
(3.8)
(4.6)
(4.8)
(4.6)
(5.1)
(6.6)
(4.8)
Heat
Stabilized
Nylon
TM1S6-M30
TMSR6-M30
TM2S6-M30
TM2S8-M30
TM3R6-M30
TM3S8-M30
TM3S10-M30
TM3S25-M30
Flame
Retardant
Nylon
TM1S6-M69
TM2S6-M69
TM2S8-M69
TM3S8-C69
TM3S8-M69
WeatherResistant
Nylon
TM1S6-M0
TM2R6-M0
TM2S6-M0
TM2S8-M0
TM3R6-M0
TM3S10-Q0
TM3S10-M0
TM3S25-M0
WeatherResistant
Polypropylene
TM2S8-M100
TM3S8-C100
TM3S8-M100
TEFZEL
TM3S10-C76
Nylon 12
TM3S8-M120
„TEFZEL is the Registered Trademark of E. I. Dupont Co., fluoropolymer
▲ HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont, Inc. fluoropolymer
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 128 & 129 ..
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
Cable Tie Mounts
Mounts designed specially for use with PANDUIT Extra
Heavy cross-section lashing ties for mounting cable, large
wire bundles or tubular shapes.
Extra Heavy Tie Mounts
Part
Number
Hole Diameter
Counterbore
Diameter
.18" (4.3 mm)
.20" (5.1 mm)
.26" (6.6 mm)
.51" (13.0)
.51" (13.0)
.51" (13.0)
TMEHS8
TMEHS10
TMEH25
Except
TMEH-S10-C100
TMEH-S10-C109
Part Number†
TMEH-S8-Q0
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
EH
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Packaging*
A
B
C
1.65
(42)
.74
(19)
.61
(15)
TMEH-S10-Q0
EH
1.65
(42)
.74
(19)
.61
(15)
TMEH-S25-Q0
EH
1.65
(42)
.74
(19)
.61
(15)
TMEH-S10-C100
EH
1.65
(42)
.74
(19)
.61
(15)
1.65
(42)
.74
(19)
.61
(15)
TMEH-S10-C109
EH
Material
WeatherResistant
Nylon
Color
Black
WeatherResistant
Polypropylene
Black
Polypropylene
Green
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Outdoors
#8 (M4) Screw
25
250
100
500
Outdoors
#10 (M5) Screw
25
250
100
500
Outdoors
1/4" (M6) Screw
25
250
100
500
Outdoors
#10 (M5) Screw
—
—
100
500
Indoors
#10 (M5) Screw
—
—
100
500
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
Stud Tie Mounts
Easily applied to bolts or studs with a light hammer blow or turning of the
mount. The mounts are designed for use with cable ties to mount wire
bundles, air, water and hydraulic lines.
TMSTHS Type
TMSTLHS Type
Part Number†
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Packaging*
Material
Mounting
Method
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
A
B
C
TMSTLHS6-C0
M, I, S, LH
1.25
(31.8)
0.48
(12.2)
0.95
(24.1)
1/4" Stud Dia.
(6M)
100
1000
1000
5000
TMSTLHS8-C0
M, I, S, LH
1.25
(31.8)
0.48
(12.2)
0.95
(24.1)
5/16" Stud Dia.
(8M)
100
1000
1000
5000
TMSTHS13-C0
M, I, S,
LH, H
1.99
(50.6)
1.01
(25.6)
1.10
(27.9)
1/2" Stud Dia.
(13M)
100
1000
500
500
TMSTHS16-C0
M, I, S,
LH, H
1.99
(50.6)
1.01
(25.6)
1.10
(27.9)
5/8" Stud Dia.
(16M)
100
1000
500
500
TMSTHS19-C0
M, I, S,
LH, H
1.99
(50.6)
1.01
(25.6)
1.10
(27.9)
3/4" Stud Dia.
(19M)
100
1000
500
500
Weather
Resistant
Nylon
Color
Where
Used
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Black
Outdoors
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 128 & 129.
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy, H = Heavy and EH = Extra Heavy.
85
Cable Tie Mounts
Tie Mounts — Applied with User Supplied Adhesives
Apply cyanoacrylic or another type adhesive to mount surface. Any adhesive selected should be user-tested
to assure suitability for the actual application. Mounts should be installed on a clean, dry and grease-free
surface. Bond strength depends on adhesive used.
Low Profile Mount - AM2
Part Number†
AM2-C
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
M, I, S
Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface where
overhead space is limited.
Dimensions
Inches (mm)
Packaging*
A
B
C
Material
Color
Where
Used
1.24
(31.5)
1.24
(31.5)
.125
(3.2)
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
TM1A, TM2A, TM3A
Cyanoacrylic
Adhesive
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
100
500
1000
—
100
500
1000
—
100
500
1000
—
100
500
1000
—
Solid flat bottom surface provides maximum holding area.
TM1A-C
M
.512
(13.0)
.325
(8.0)
.230
(5.8)
TM2A-C
M, I, S
.830
(16.0)
.425
(10.8)
.270
(6.9)
TM3A-C
M, I, S, H
.875
(22.2)
.625
(15.9)
.380
(9.7)
86
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Indoors
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
Indoors
Cyanoacrylic
Adhesive
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 128 & 129 ..
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
Cable Tie Mounts
Low profile and versatile, these screw-installed mounts can be ideal for
applications where space is limited.
Designed for four-way cable tie insertion, this mount can be mounted
in-line or perpendicular to the wire bundle.
Tie Anchor Mounts
TA1 Anchor
TA1S8 is also available in:
Heat-stabilized Nylon: TA18-M30
Flame-resistant Nylon: TA1S8-M69
Weather-resistant Nylon: TA1S8-M0
TA1S10 is also available in:
Weather-resistant Nylon: TA1S10-M0
Except
TA1S8-M69
Part Number†
TA1S8-C
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
M, I, S
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Packaging*
A
B
C
D
.75
(19.1)
.375
(9.5)
.195
(5.0)
.170
(4.3)
Material
Color
Nylon
Natural
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Indoors
#8 (M4) Screw
100
500
1000
5000
Indoors
#10 (M5) Screw
100
500
1000
5000
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
TA1S10-C
M, I, S
.75
(19.1)
.375
(9.5)
.195
(5.0)
.200
(5.1)
TA1S8-M30
M, I, S
.75
(19.1)
.375
(9.5)
.195
(5.0)
.170
(4.3)
Heat Sta.
Nylon
Black
Indoors
#8 (M4) Screw
—
—
1000
5000
TA1S8-M69
M, I, S
.75
(19.1)
.375
(9.5)
.195
(5.0)
.170
(4.3)
Flame Ret.
Nylon
Ivory
Indoors
#8 (M4) Screw
—
—
1000
5000
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
TA2 Anchor
TA2-C
This mount is installed perpendicular to the wire bundle. Elongated slot
permits installing the screw and aligning mount with the bundle attached.
M, I, S
See Drawing
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
#10 (M5) Screw
100
500
1000
—
Designed to secure wire bundles where space is limited.
Low Profile Mounts
Screw Applied
Low Profile Mounts
LPMM
1
LPMM-S2-C
M
.40
(10.2)
.32
(8.1)
.10
(2.5)
.0961
(2.4)
LPMM-S5-C
M
.40
(10.2)
.32
(8.1)
.10
(2.5)
.1372
(3.5)
LPMS-S8-C
M, I, S
.75
(19.1)
.50
(12.7)
.12
(3.0)
.1802
(4.6)
LPMS
Nylon
Combination Counter Bore & Counter Sunk Hole (.088" (2.2) Dia. Rivet can also be used)
2
Natural
Indoors
#2 (M2) Flathead Screw
100
1000
1000
—
Indoors
#5 (M3) Flathead Screw
100
1000
1000
—
Indoors
#8 (M4) Flathead Screw
100
1000
1000
5000
Counter Sunk
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
Secures wires to any pre-drilled panel. Can be installed in any panel
thickness. Eliminates screws.
Knock-In
Low Profile Mounts
Easy to Install
1. Push rivet in pre-drilled panel hole.
2. Use PANDUIT Rivet Installation Tool
(TNR) or hammer to drive the pin flush to
the base. This drives the rivet into the hole
and secures the mount.
3. Attach wires to the mount with cable tie.
KIMS-H366-C2
M, I, S
.155
(3.9)
See Drawing
.144
(3.7)
Nylon
Red
Indoors
Integral
Push Rivet
100
500
1000
—
KIMS-H430-C6
M, I, S
.180
(4.6)
See Drawing
.169
(4.3)
Nylon
Blue
Indoors
Integral
Push Rivet
100
1000
1000
—
KIMS-H500-C4
M, I, S
.202
(5.1)
See Drawing
.196
(5.0)
Nylon
Yellow
Indoors
Integral
Push Rivet
100
500
1000
—
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 128 & 129 .
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
87
Cable Tie Plates
Tie Plates
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
Part
Number†
M, I, S
TP2-C
TP4H-C
M, I, S, H
Screw applied. Each tie plate has a slotted mounting hole to
accommodate various fastener spacings.
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Material
&
Color
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
1.98
(50.3)
.50
(12.7)
.125
(3.2)
.200
(5.1)
.40
(10.2)
.200
(5.1)
1.60
(40.6)
3.08
(78.2)
.62
(15.7)
.203
(5.2)
.270
(6.9)
.31
(7.9)
.270
(6.9)
2.50
(63.5)
Natural
Nylon
Packaging*
Where
Used
Mounting
Method ‡
Screw
Size
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
Indoors
#10 (M5)
100
1000
1000
—
Indoors
1/4" (M6)
100
1000
500
—
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
Multiple Tie Plates
Screw applied. Used to secure closely spaced wire bundles.
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
Material
&
Where
Used
Mil. Std.
Part No.
Mounting
Method ‡
Screw
Size
Packaging*
Part Number†
No.
of
Bdls.
A
B
C
D
MTP1S-E6-C
MTP1S-E10-C
1
1
M, I, S
1.75
(44.5)
.50
(12.7)
.125
(3.2)
1.25
(31.8)
.25 (6.4) .145 (3.7)
.30 (7.6) .200 (5.1)
MS3339-1
—
#6 (M3)
#10 (M5)
—
—
100
1000
MTP1H-E6-C
MTP1H-E10-C
1
1
M, I, S, H
2.09
(53.1)
.62
(15.7)
.203
(5.2)
1.50
(38.1)
.25 (6.4) .145 (3.7)
.30 (7.6) .200 (5.1)
MS3339-6
—
#6 (M3)
#10 (M5)
—
—
100
—
MTP2S-E6-C
MTP2S-E10-C
2
2
M, I, S
3.00
(76.2)
.50
(12.7)
.125
(3.2)
1.25
(31.8)
.25 (6.4) .145 (3.7)
.30 (7.6) .200 (5.1)
MS3339-2
—
#6 (M3)
#10 (M5)
—
—
100
1000
MTP2H-E6-C
MTP2H-E10-C
2
2
M, I, S, H
3.59
(91.2)
.62
(15.7)
.203
(5.2)
1.50
(38.1)
.25 (6.4) .145 (3.7)
.30 (7.6) .200 (5.1)
MS3339-7
—
#6 (M3)
#10 (M5)
—
—
100
—
MTP3S-E6-C
MTP3S-E10-C
3
3
M, I, S
4.25
(108.0)
.50
(12.7)
.125
(3.2)
1.25
(31.8)
.25 (6.4) .145 (3.7)
.30 (7.6) .200 (5.1)
MS3339-3
—
#6 (M3)
#10 (M5)
—
—
100
—
MTP3H-E6-C
MTP3H-E10-C
3
3
M, I, S, H
5.09
(129.3)
.62
(15.7)
.203
(5.2)
1.50
(38.1)
.25 (6.4) .145 (3.7)
.30 (7.6) .200 (5.1)
MS3339-8
—
#6 (M3)
#10 (M5)
—
—
100
—
MTP4S-E6-C
MTP4S-E10-C
4
4
M, I, S
5.50
(139.7)
.50
(12.7)
.125
(3.2)
1.25
(31.8)
.25 (6.4) .145 (3.7)
.30 (7.6) .200 (5.1)
MS3339-4
—
#6 (M3)
#10 (M5)
—
—
100
—
MTP4H-E6-C
MTP4H-E10-C
4
4
M, I, S, H
6.59
(167.4)
.62
(15.7)
.203
(5.2)
1.50
(38.1)
.25 (6.4) .145 (3.7)
.30 (7.6) .200 (5.1)
MS3339-9
—
#6 (M3)
#10 (M5)
—
—
100
—
MTP5S-E6-C
MTP5S-E10-C
5
5
M, I, S
6.75
(171.5)
.50
(12.7)
.125
(3.2)
1.25
(31.8)
.25 (6.4) .145 (3.7)
.30 (7.6) .200 (5.1)
MS3339-5
—
#6 (M3)
#10 (M5)
—
—
100
—
MTP5H-E6-C
MTP5H-E10-C
5
5
M, I, S, H
8.09
(205.5)
.62
(15.7)
.203
(5.2)
1.50
(38.1)
.25 (6.4) .145 (3.7)
.30 (7.6) .200 (5.1)
MS3339-10
—
#6 (M3)
#10 (M5)
—
—
100
—
MTP6H-E6-C
MTP6H-E10-C
6
6
M, I, S, H
9.59
(243.6)
.62
(15.7)
.203
(5.2)
1.50
(38.1)
.25 (6.4) .145 (3.7)
.30 (7.6) .200 (5.1)
MS3339-11
—
#6 (M3)
#10 (M5)
—
—
100
—
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
88
E
F
Natural
Nylon
Used
Indoors
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
‡For use with most common
screw types except flat head.
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 128 & 129 ..
Part Number shown for MTP parts is Bulk Package Quantity.
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
Cable Tie Mounts
Right Angle
Mounts
Secure wire bundles that run through bulkheads or cabinet holes, holding
them away from sharp edges, thus eliminating the need for grommet
protection. Can also be used to mount wire bundles adjacent to any surface.
Screw or rivet applied.
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Part Number†
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
A
B
C
D
E
F
RAMS-S3-M
M, I, S
.56
(14.2)
.39
(9.9)
.44
(11.2)
.095
(2.4)
.06
(1.5)
.281
(7.1)
RAMH-S6-D
M, I, S, H
1.00
(25.4)
.75
(19.1)
1.00
(25.4)
.125
(3.2)
.18
(4.6)
.500
(12.7)
Material
&
Where
Used
Natural
Nylon
Mil. Std.
Part No.
M, I, S, H
1.00
(25.4)
.75
(19.1)
1.00
(25.4)
.200
(5.1)
.18
(4.6)
.500
(12.7)
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
MS3341-2
#3 Screw (M2.5)
or 3/32" (2.4)
Round Head
Rivet
—
—
1000
—
MS3341-1
#6 Screw (M3)
or 1/8" (3.2)
Round Head
Rivet
—
—
500
—
—
#10 Screw (M5)
or 3/16" (4.7)
Round Head
Rivet
—
—
500
—
Used
Indoors
RAMH-S10-D
Mounting
Method
Screw
Size
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
Lightening Hole
Mounts
Used to secure wire bundles which run through bulkhead lightening
holes (.87" [22.1mm] dia. or larger) and keeps the bundles away from
sharp edges. Only one screw, rivet, or self-tapping screw needed.
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Part Number†
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
LHMS-S5-D
M, I, S
.127
(3.2)
LHMS-S6-D
M, I, S
.145
(3.7)
Material
&
Where
Used
D
See Drawing
Natural
Nylon
Mil. Std.
Part No.
M, I, S
.192
(4.9)
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
—
#5 Screw (M3)
or 1/8" (3.2)
or #6 (M3)
Self-Tapping
Screw
—
—
500
—
MS3340-1
#6 Screw (M3)
or 9/64" (3.5)
Rivet or #8
(M4) SelfTapping Screw
—
—
500
—
—
#10 Screw (M5)
or 3/16" (4.7)
Rivet
—
—
500
—
See Drawing
Used
Indoors
LHMS-S10-D
Mounting
Method
Screw
Size
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 128 & 129 ..
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
89
Cable Tie Mounts
Metal Clip-On Mount
The mount clips on sheet metal edges for fast mounting of harnesses
with cable ties. Ties may be inserted from any of the four sides for easy
harness orientation.
MCMS12-P-C
Panel Thickness
inches (mm) .030
-.125 (.7 - 3.2)
Part Number†
MCMS12-P-C
MCMS25-P-C
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
M, I, S
M, I, S
MCMS25-P-C
Panel Thickness
inches (mm) .125 .270 (3.18 - 6.86)
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Packaging*
A
B
C
.88
(22)
.56
(14)
.31
(8)
.88
(22)
.56
(14)
.46
(11.5)
Metal Mount
Material
Color
Where
Used
—
Zinc Plated
Steel
—
Indoors
or Outdoors
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
Clip-On
—
—
100
500
Clip-On
—
—
100
500
Screw applied aluminum mounting base for a secure support in
demanding applications
• NOTE: Mount can
also be installed
with a user
supplied adhesive.
Part Number†
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
MBMS-S10-C
M, I, S
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Packaging*
A
B
C
Material
1.00
(25.4)
.50
(12.7)
.130
(3.3)
Aluminum
(Chromate
Coated)
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
Indoors
or Outdoors
#10 (M5)
Screw
Max. Static
Load
lbs. (g)
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
10 (4540)
100
1000
1000
1000
MIL C. 5541 D Class 3 Coating
†Part Numbers listed for MCMS12-P are Bulk Package Quantity.
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
90
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
Part Numbers listed for MBMS-S10 is Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 128 & 129..
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
Cable Tie Mounts
Push Mounts
Winged Push Mounts
Push mounts require no adhesive backing or additional mounting hardware.
They are inserted into pre-drilled holes.
The winged base applies pressure on the panel wall to provide a more
secure mount in high vibration applications. Can be used where only one
side of the panel is accessible.
PWMS-H25
Part Number†
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
PWMS-H25-C
M, I, S
PWMS-H25-M0
M, I, S
Panel Dimensions
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Thickness
Hole
Max.
Diameter
.105
(2.7)
.250
(6.4)
See Drawing
TM2PWH25-C
TM2PWH25
M, I, S
.094
(2.3)
.250
(6.4)
Packaging*
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
Material
Color
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
100
1000
1000
5000
WeatherResistant
Nylon
Black
Outdoors
—
—
1000
—
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
100
500
1000
—
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
100
500
1000
5000
—
—
1000
5000
—
1000
5000
Inserted
into predrilled hole
Push Mount
This part is a version of the mount shown
above, but without the tensioning wings.
Part Number†
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
PM2H25-C
M, I, S
PM2H25-M0
M, I, S,
Panel Dimensions
Dimensions
inches (mm)
See Drawing
PM2H25-M30
M, I, S
Thickness
Hole
Max.
Diameter
Packaging*
Material
Color
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
.125
(3.2)
.250
(6.4)
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
.125
(3.2)
.250
(6.4)
WeatherResistant
Nylon
Black
Outdoors
.125
(3.2)
.250
(6.4)
Heat
Stabilized
Nylon
Black
Indoors
—
Where
Used
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Inserted
into predrilled hole
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
Push Button Mount
• Designed for use where both
sides of the panel are accessible.
Part Number†
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
Panel Dimensions
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Thickness
Hole
Max.
Diameter
Packaging*
Mounting
Method
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
Material
Color
PBMS-H25-C
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
100
500
1000
5000
PBMS-H25-C14
Nylon
Gray
Indoors
100
500
1000
—
PBMS-H25-M0
WeatherResistant
Nylon
Black
Outdoors
—
—
1000
—
Heat
Stabilized
Nylon
Black
Indoors
—
—
1000
—
M, I, S
See Drawing
PBMS-H25-M30
.125
(3.2)
.25
(6.4)
Inserted
into predrilled hole
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities. Part Number shown for PWMS-H25-C, TM2PWH25-C, PM2H25-C, PBMS-H25-C and
PBMS-H25-C14 are for Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 128 & 129 . †Part Numbers listed for MCMS12-P are Bulk Package Quantity.
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
91
Cable Tie Mounts
Masonry Push Mounts
Used to secure wire, cable or tubing to masonry surfaces. Installed
quickly into pre-drilled holes. Design holds bundle securely.
MPMS19, MPMS25, MPMH38 & MPMWH32
1. Drill hole using correct size bit.
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
2. Hammer mount into hole.
Dimensions
inches (mm)
4. Install wires or cable.
Hole Dimensions
A
B
C
Drill
Depth
MPMS19-C0
M, I, S
.97
(24.6)
.25
(6.4)
.22
(5.6)
1.25
(31.8)
.188
(5)
MPMS25-C0
M, I, S
.97
(24.6)
.25
(6.4)
.22
(5.6)
1.25
(31.8)
.25
(6)
Part Number†
3. Place cable tie through mount.
Hole
Diameter
MPMH38-L0
M, I, S,
LH, H
1.25
(31.8)
.30
(7.5)
.38
(9.6)
1.50
(38.1)
.375
(10)
MPMWH32-L0
M, I, S,
LH, H
1.41
(35.8)
.28
(7.1)
.38
(9.6)
1.75
(44.5)
.313
(8)
Packaging*
Material
WeatherResistant
Nylon
Color
Black
Where
Used
Outdoors or
Indoors
Mounting
Method
Inserted
into PreDrilled Hole
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
100
500
1000
—
100
500
1000
—
50
500
500
—
50
500
500
—
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
Wood Push Mount
Part Number†
WPMH-C
92
Used to secure wire, cable, tubing to wood surfaces. Driven into wood with
hammer, barbed design holds mount in place—rated for 60 lb. pullout.
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Packaging*
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
A
B
C
D
Material
M, I, S,
LH, H
.75
(19.1)
.31
(7.9)
.50
(12.7)
.19
(4.8)
Plated steel
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
Outdoors
or Indoors
Hammer
into Wood
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
100
500
—
—
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 128 & 129 .
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
Cable Tie Mounts
Tie Harness Mounts
Tie Harness Mounts are designed to be attached to the wire harness
during assembly with 2 cable ties. Ties can be installed by hand or, more
efficiently, with PANDUIT PAT Automatic Cable Tie Tooling. Use with
Harness Board Standoff Posts and Tie Harness Mount Fixtures ( See
Page 126). Available with or without corrugated tubing location tab.
THMSP—Push Barb Style
Part Number†
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
Dimensions
inches (mm)
A
B
THMSC—Tree Barb Style
Panel Dimensions
C
Thickness
Hole
Max.
Diameter
Packaging*
Material
Color
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
FOR CORRUGATED TUBING—A specially designed location tab on the mount shelf aligns with grooves in corrugated tubing ensuring proper mount location
during assembly.
THMSP20-C
.47
(11.9)
THMSP20-C30
.16
(4.1)
.244 - .283
(6.2 - 7.2)
THMSP25-C
THMSP25-C30
.54
(13.7)
.23
(5.8)
.46
(11.7)
.25
(6.4)
.72
(18.3)
.50
(12.7)
.98
(24.9)
.75
(19.0)
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
Heat Stabil.
Nylon
Black
Indoors/
High Temp.
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
Heat Stabil.
Nylon
Black
Indoors/
High temp.
THMSC35-C639
THMSC35-C630
M, I, S
1.54
(39.1)
.37
(9.5)
THMSC60-C639
THMSC60-C630
.244 - .268
(6.2 - 6.8)
Heat
Stabilized
Nylon
THMSC85-C639
THMSC85-C630
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
5000
Natural
100
1000
1000
5000
Black
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
5000
Natural
100
1000
1000
5000
Black
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
5000
Black
100
1000
1000
5000
Natural
100
1000
1000
5000
Black
100
1000
1000
5000
Natural
100
1000
1000
5000
Black
100
1000
1000
5000
Push
Barb
Natural
Black
Indoors/
High Temp.
Tree
Barb
FOR DISCRETE WIRING—There is no location tab for applications not requiring the use of corrugated tubing.
THMSP20F-C
.47
(11.9)
THMSP20F-C30
.16
(4.1)
.244 - .283
(6.2 - 7.2)
THMSP25F-C
THMSP25F-C30
.54
(13.7)
.23
(5.8)
.46
(11.7)
.25
(6.4)
.72
(18.3)
.50
(12.7)
.98
(24.9)
.75
(19.0)
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
Heat Stabil.
Nylon
Black
Indoors/
High Temp.
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
Heat Stabil.
Nylon
Black
Indoors/
High temp.
Natural
Indoors/
High Temp.
THMSC35F-C639
THMSC35F-C630
M, I, S
1.54
(39.1)
.37
(9.5)
THMSC60F-C639
THMSC60F-C630
THMSC85F-C639
THMSC85F-C630
.244 - .268
(6.2 - 6.8)
Heat
Stabilized
Nylon
Push
Barb
Tree
Barb
-639 suffix denotes natural heat stabilized nylon
-630 suffix denotes black heat stabilized nylon.
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 128 & 129 .
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
93
Cable Tie Mounts
Tie Harness Anchors
Part Number†
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
Tie Harness Anchors are designed to be attached to the wire harness
during assembly with 2 cable ties. Ties can be installed by hand or more
effectively with PANDUIT PAT Automatic Cable Tie Tooling. Available
with and without corrugated tubing location tab.
Dimensions
inches (mm)
A
B
C
Packaging*
D
Material
Color
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
FOR CORRUGATED TUBING—A specially designed location tab on the mount shelf aligns with grooves in corrugated tubing ensuring proper mount
location.
.180
(4.6)
THASS8-C
THASS8-C30
THASS10-C
THASS10-C30
M, I, S
1.49
(37.9)
.37
(9.5)
1.06
(26.9)
.205
(5.2)
.265
(6.7)
THASS25-C
THASS25-C30
Nylon
Natural
Heat Stabil.
Nylon
Black
Indoors
Indoors/
High Temp.
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
Heat Stabil.
Nylon
Black
Indoors/
High Temp.
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
Heat Stabil.
Nylon
Black
Indoors/
High Temp.
100
1000
1000
5000
#8 (M4)
Screw
100
1000
1000
5000
#10 (M5)
Screw
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
5000
1/4" (M6)
Screw
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
5000
FOR DISCRETE WIRING—There is no location tab for applications not requiring use of corrugated tubing .
.180
(4.6)
THASS8F-C
THASS8F-C30
THASS10F-C
THASS10F-C30
THASS25F-C
THASS25F-C30
94
M, I, S
1.49
(37.9)
.37
(9.5)
1.06
(26.9)
.205
(5.2)
.265
(6.7)
Nylon
Natural
Heat Stabil.
Nylon
Black
Indoors
Indoors/
High Temp.
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
Heat Stabil.
Nylon
Black
Indoors/
High Temp.
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
Heat Stabil.
Nylon
Black
Indoors/
High Temp.
100
1000
1000
5000
#8 (M4)
Screw
100
1000
1000
5000
#10 (M5)
Screw
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
5000
1/4" (M6)
Screw
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
5000
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 128 & 129 .
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
Cable Tie Mounts
Unique Mount is Attached to Harness
Automatically as Tie is Installed
THM1SC
Tie Harness Mount
for Single Tie
• Secured with only 1 cable tie
• Used with the THMF base which opens and holds the mount (See Page 126)
• Cable ties can be installed by hand with PANDUIT Automatic Cable Tie Tooling
Installation Systems (see pages Pages 46 to 49 ) or pneumatic tool (See Page 52 ) or
hand operated cable tie tools (Pages 53 to 55).
• Anti-rattle winged design
• Barb design is easy to insert into pre-drilled hole
• Strong. 50 lb. vertical extraction force from .250" hole
• Can be used with auto-fed or loose piece cable ties
Part Number†
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
THM1SC-C
THM1SC-C30
M, I, S
Dimensions
inches (mm)
A
.98
(24.8)
B
.38
(9.5)
Panel Dimensions
C
.75
(19.1)
Thickness
Hole
Max.
Diameter
.187
(4.7)
.250
(6.5)
Packaging*
Where
Used
Material
Color
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
Heat Stabil.
Nylon
Black
Indoors/
High Temp.
Mounting
Method
Push
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
5000
-30 after the pkg. code is for black, heat stabilized nylon 6.6 material for applications up to 221°F.
The Tie Harness Mount System:
1. Snap mount into fixture.
Mounting ears open for
cable tie installation.
2. Apply cable tie with
automatic cable tie tool.
Or apply cable tie by hand
and tension with pneumatic
cable tie tool.
Or apply cable tie by hand
and tension with handoperated cable tie tool.
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 128 & 129 .
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
3. Pull harness from fixture.
Mounting ears close, ready
for installation.
95
Cable Tie Mounts
Control Panel Mount
Installed when switch is installed to save labor. Ideal for high strain areas
where cable is routed from panel to panel door. Compatible with most
control panel switch designs.
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Packaging*
Part Number†
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
CPM87S-C
M, I, S
.89
(22.6)
.57
(14.5)
1.44
(36.6)
.75
(19.1)
.048
(1.2)
.17
(4.3)
.76
(19.3)
CPM122S-C
M, I, S
1.22
(31.0)
.75
(19.1)
2.07
(52.6)
1.12
(28.4)
.048
(1.2)
.17
(4.3)
.82
(20.8)
Mounting
Method
Pan-Pole ™ Standoff
Material
Zinc
Plated
Steel
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
—
—
100
1000
—
—
100
1000
Control
Panel
Switch
Supports wire bundles above or
away from surface.
NOTE: RAFCB Right
Angle Flat Cable Base
(shown on page 98)
can also be used as a
wire bundle standoff
Packaging*
Part Number†
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
A
B
PP1S-S10-X
M, I, S
.200
(5.1)
2.00
(51)
PP1S-S12-X
M, I, S
.228
(5.8)
2.00
(51)
PP2S-S10-X
M, I, S
.200
(5.1)
4.62
(117.3)
PP2S-S12-X
M, I, S
.228
(5.8)
4.62
(117.3)
Dimensions
inches (mm)
See Drawing
Material
Natural
Nylon
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
#10 (M5)
Screw
10
50
100
—
#12 (M5.5)
Screw
10
50
100
—
#10 (M5)
Screw
10
50
100
—
#12 (M5.5)
Screw
10
50
100
—
Mounting
Method
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
96
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 128 & 129 .
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
Cable Tie Mounts
Connector Rings
Connect multiple wire bundles or hang bundles from conduit, eliminating
the need for saddle clamps.
Closed Connector Rings
Part Number†
CR2-M
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
M, I, S
Packaging*
A
B
C
.33
(8.4)
.24
(6.1)
.20
(5.1)
.36
(9.1)
.30
(7.6)
M, I, S,
.57
LH
(14.5)
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
CR4H-M
Material
Color
Nylon
Natural
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Indoors
Cable Ties
—
—
1000
10000
Indoors
Cable Ties
—
—
1000
10000
CROS-M
See Drawing
Cable Spacers
M, I, S,
LH, H
See Drawing
CSH-D0
M, I, S,
LH, H
See Drawing
Cable Spacer, Cross
M, I, S
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
Connects
to M, I, S
Cable Ties
—
—
1000
—
Used to separate and/or hang wire cables, hydraulic hoses.
CSH-D20
CSCS-M
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Designed to “add on” wire bundles without changing cable ties.
Open Connector Ring
M, I, S
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Nylon
Black
Indoors
Cable Ties
—
—
500
—
Weather Resist.
Nylon
Black
Outdoors
or Indoors
Cable Ties
—
—
500
—
Connects two bundles at 90°. Provides .19" (4.8mm) space between
bundles. Dual cradle design. Recommended max. bundle diameter
(each) is .625" (15.9).
See Drawing
Nylon
Natural
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Bulk Package Quantity.
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
Indoors
Cable Ties
—
—
1000
—
97
Cable Tie Mounts
Flat Cable
Mounting System
Secures stacked cables, folds and breakouts plus laminated and molded
bus bars.
Base FCB
Plate FCP
Mounting Application
Use one (1) base, one (1) corresponding size plate and
one (1) intermediate cable tie.
Bundling Application
Use two (2) plates (same size) and one (1)
intermediate cable tie.
Dimensions—inches (mm)
Packaging*
For Flat
Cable
Widths
(Up to)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
FCBI1-S10-C20
1.00
(25.4)
2.50
(63.5)
1.04
(26.4)
2.08
(52.8)
.200
(5.1)
.375
(9.5)
.150
(3.8)
.095
(2.4)
FCBI1-A-C20
1.00
(25.4)
2.50
(63.5)
1.04
(26.4)
none
^
none
^
.375
(9.5)
.150
(3.8)
.095
(2.4)
FCBI2-S10-C20
2.00
(50.8)
3.50
(88.9)
2.04
(51.8)
3.10
(78.7)
.200
(5.1)
.375
(9.5)
.150
(3.8)
.095
(2.4)
FCBI2-A-C20
2.00
(50.8)
3.50
(88.9)
2.04
(51.8)
none
^
none
^
.375
(9.5)
.150
(3.8)
.095
(2.4)
FCBI3-S10-C20
3.00
(76.2)
4.52
(114.8)
3.04
(77.2)
4.12
(104.6)
.200
(5.1)
.375
(9.5)
.150
(3.8)
FCBI3-A-C20
3.00
(76.2)
4.52
(114.8)
3.04
(77.2)
none
^
none
^
.375
(9.5)
FCPI1-C20
1.00
(25.4)
1.29
(32.8)
1.04
(26.4)
.375
(9.5)
.200
(5.1)
FCPI2-C20
2.00
(50.8)
2.31
(58.7)
2.04
(51.8)
.375
(9.5)
FCPI3-C20
3.00
(76.2)
3.32
(84.3)
3.04
(77.2)
.375
(9.5)
Part Number†
•Adhesive supplied by user.
Material
&
Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
#10 (M5)
Screw
100
—
1000
—
Adhesive•
100
—
1000
—
#10 (M5)
Screw
100
—
1000
—
Adhesive•
Screw
100
—
1000
—
.095
(2.4)
#10 (M5)
Screw
100
—
1000
—
.150
(3.8)
.095
(2.4)
Adhesive•
100
—
1000
—
—
—
—
Cable Ties
100
—
1000
—
.200
(5.1)
—
—
—
Cable Ties
100
—
1000
—
.200
(5.1)
—
—
—
Cable Ties
100
—
1000
—
Where
Used
Black
Nylon
Indoors
Black
Nylon
Indoors
Mounting
Method
^Adhesive applied bases are supplied without screw holes—dimensions not applicable.
For perpendicular applications
Right
Angle
Base
RAFCB
RAFCBI1-S6-C20
1.00
(25.4)
1.75
(44.4)
RAFCBI2-S6-C20
2.00
(50.8)
2.78
(70.6)
RAFCBI3-S6-C20
3.00
(76.2)
3.81
(96.8)
Black
Nylon
See drawing
#6 (M3)
Screw
Indoors
100
500
1000
—
100
500
1000
—
100
500
1000
—
Selection Chart for PANDUIT ® Flat Cable Mounting System and PAN-TY ® Cable Ties
For Mounting,
Use One (1)
each of the Following and One
(1) Cable Tie
For Bundling,
Use Two (2)
each of the Following and One
(1) Cable Tie
1"
(25.4)
FCPI1 and
FBCI1 (-S10 or -A)
or RAFCBI1-S6
2"
(50.8)
3"
(76.2)
For Flat
Cable
Width
(up to)
98
Maximum Flat Cable Stack Height—Inches (mm)
PANDUIT ®
PAN-TY ®
PLT1.5I
Cable Tie
PANDUIT ®
PAN-TY ®
PLT2I
Cable Tie
PANDUIT ®
PAN-TY ®
PLT3I
Cable Tie
PANDUIT ®
PAN-TY ®
PLT4I
Cable Tie
FCPI1
8
(21)
2.0
(51)
3.7
(94)
5.2
(133)
FCPI2 and
FCBI2 (-S10 or -A)
or RAFCBI2-S6
FCPI2
—
1.0
(25)
2.7
(69)
4.2
(107)
FCPI3 and
FCBI3 (-S10 or -A)
or RAFCBI3-S6
FCPI3
—
—
1.7
(44)
3.2
(82)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 128 & 129 .
Cable Tie Mounts
PANDUIT marker plates can be mounted in any direction, either
vertically or horizontally as flags, tags, or wrap-around identification
plates. They can be marked with nylon marking pens, hot stamped, or
in a marking machine. See page 100 for marker pen information.
Marker Plates
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
Part Number†
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Packaging*
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
A
B
C
1.50
(38.1)
.75
(19.1)
1.03
(26.2)
100
500
1000
5000
MP175-C
1.75
(44.5)
.75
(19.1)
1.28
(32.5)
100
500
1000
5000
2.00
(50.8)
.75
(19.1)
1.53
(38.4)
100
500
1000
5000
2.50
(63.5)
.75
(19.1)
2.03
(51.6)
100
500
1000
5000
MP350-C
3.50
(88.9)
.75
(19.1)
3.03
(77.0)
100
500
1000
—
MP250W175-C
2.50
(63.5)
1.75
(44.5)
2.03
(51.6)
100
500
1000
—
MP150-C0
1.50
(38.1)
.75
(19.1)
1.03
(26.2)
100
500
1000
—
MP175-C0
1.75
(44.5)
.75
(19.1)
1.28
(32.5)
100
500
1000
—
100
500
1000
—
M, I, S
MP250-C
Nylon
Weather
Resistant
Nylon
Color
Mounting
Method
MP150-C
MP200-C
Material
Where
Used
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
White
Indoors
Cable Ties
Weather
Resistant
Cable Ties
2.00
(50.8)
.75
(19.1)
1.53
(38.4)
MP250-C0
2.50
(63.5)
.75
(19.1)
2.03
(51.6)
100
500
1000
—
MP350-C0
3.50
(88.9)
.75
(19.1)
3.03
(77.0)
100
500
1000
—
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
MP200-C0
M, I, S
Black
Outdoors
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
Marker Plates
on Rolls
Part Number†
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
For use in automatic
marking equipment.
Packaged on spools
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Packaging*
A
B
C
D
1.50
(38.1)
.75
(19.1)
1.03
(26.2)
1.69
(42.9)
—
—
1000
—
MP175-R
1.75
(44.5)
.75
(19.1)
1.28
(32.5)
1.94
(49.3)
—
—
1000
—
2.00
(50.8)
.75
(19.1)
1.53
(38.9)
2.19
(55.6)
—
—
1000
—
2.50
(63.5)
.75
(19.1)
2.03
(51.6)
2.69
(68.3)
—
—
1000
—
MP250-R
M, I, S
Nylon
Color
Mounting
Method
MP150-R
MP200-R
Material
Where
Used
White
Indoors
Cable Ties
Marker Plate Kits
Part Number†
MP150KIT-Q
MP250KIT-Q
MP350KIT-Q
Description
Kit contains 25 MP150 marker plates, 1 PFX-0 marking pen
Kit contains 25 MP250 marker plates, 1 PFX-0 marking pen
Kit contains 25 MP350 marker plates, 1 PFX-0 marking pen
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1
1
1
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity except Marker Plates on Rolls, which are Bulk Package Quantity.
**Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light Heavy and H = Heavy.
99
TELCO Products
Marking Pens
Provide fast drying, permanent, legible identification on nylon—where
ordinary marking pens will not work.
PFX-0
PFX-2
PX-10
PX-0
PX-2
Part Number
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Tip
Color
PX-0
PX-2
Regular
Regular
Black
Red
Color of ink is color of pen. Reversible tip to extend life of pen.
12
12
48
48
PX-10
Regular
White
For marking black or other dark-colored parts. Extra tip at end of pen also denotes color.
12
48
PFX-0
PFX-2
Fine
Fine
Black
Red
For detailed marking on nylon surfaces. Color of cap and end is color of ink.
12
12
48
48
TELCO Installation
Products
Stackable
Cable Spacer
Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Just one part to inventory. Each spacer snaps by hand into another—
increases spacer height by 1/2" increments. Because there is only one
part, on-site sorting is eliminated. Can be used with up to 3/4" width (B or
C lashed cable supports) in parallel or perpendicular applications.
Used perpendicular to strand
and cable
Part Number†
SACS50-T100
Used parallel to strand and
cable
Underground application
Packaging*
Used
With
Cable
Ties**
Dimensions
inches (mm)
See
Footnote
2.08 x 1.16
(52.8 x 21.5)
Material
Color
Where
Used
WeatherResistant
Polypropylene
Black
Outdoors
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Cable Ties
—
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
—
200
2000
Stackable Spacers may be installed using weather-resistant Lashing Ties (See Page 14), weather-resistant Heavy and Light Heavy Cable Ties (See Page 14),
and Stainless Steel Ties (see page See Page 73 ).
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD
Cable Hook Wedge
Easily installed. Part snaps into TELCO Cable Rack. Releasable (with
pliers) and reusable.
SNAPS INTO RACK OPENING
Rack Thickness:
3/16"
Packaging*
Part Number†
CHW-C20
100
Dimensions
Inches (mm)
Material
Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
See Drawing
Nylon
Black
—
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Bulk Package Quantity.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
—
100
500
Wire Mounting Devices
Wire/Cable Mounting Devices
(used without cable ties)
Adhesive Backed Mounting Devices
Faster Liner Removal Speeds Installation and
Lowers Install Cost
• The adhesive backed mounts are offered either as one or
two mounts per liner
• The two-up mounts are easily removed just by bending
the mounts away from the liner
• The individual mounts have a handy tear tab for quick
removal
This clamp provides a fast and convenient method of securing bundles
from .19" (4.8mm) up to .69" (17.5mm) diameter. It is available with
adhesive backing or screw applied with one #6 (M3) screw.
CLINCHER ™
Adjustable
Releasable Clamp
The CLINCHER clamp is fast and easy to use . . .
Lift tab to release
Part Number†
ARC.68-A-Q
ARC.68-A-Q14
ARC.68-S6-Q
ARC.68-S6-Q14
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
.69
(17.5)
Dimensions
inches (mm)
A
B
C
See drawing
D
Material
Polypropylene
Color
Where
Used
White
TELCO Gray
White
TELCO Gray
Indoors
Mounting
Method
Max.
Static
Std.
Load
Pkg.
Lbs. (g) Qty.
Packaging*
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
Adhesive
Backed
.50
(227)
25
25
250
250
100
100
1000
1000
#6 (M3)
Panhead
Screw
—
—
25
25
250
250
100
100
1000
1000
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Pages 127 .
101
Adhesive Backed Mounting Devices
Adhesive Backed
Cord Clips
Three sizes of clips to hold cords, tubing, cable, or wire bundles up to
.62" (15.7m) diameter. Bundles are easily snapped into or out of the clips.
ACC Type
Part Number†
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
Max.
Static
Load
Lbs. (g)
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
Material
Color
ACC19-A-C
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
100
500
1000
5000
ACC19-AT-C
Nylon
Natural
Indoors/
High Temp.
100
500
1000
5000
Nylon
Black
Indoors
100
500
1000
5000
Weatherresistant
Nylon
Black
Outdoors/
High Temp.
100
500
1000
5000
ACC38-A-C
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
100
500
1000
5000
ACC38-AT-C
Nylon
Natural
Indoors/
High Temp.
100
500
1000
—
ACC19-A-C20
.19
(4.8)
A
.62
(15.9)
B
C
.75
(19.0)
D
.29
(7.4)
.39
(9.9)
ACC19-AT-C0
.38
(9.6)
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.40
(10.2)
.50
(12.7)
Adhesive
Backed
Adhesive
Backed
.20
(91)
.50
(227)
Nylon
Black
Indoors
100
500
1000
—
WeatherResistant
Nylon
Black
Outdoors/
High Temp.
100
500
1000
—
ACC62-A-C
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
100
500
500
5000
ACC62-AT-C
Nylon
Natural
Indoors/
High Temp.
100
500
500
5000
ACC38-A-C20
ACC38-AT-C0
ACC62-A-C20
.62
(15.7)
1.25
(31.7)
1.12
(28.6)
.63
(16.1)
.75
(19.0)
ACC62-AT-C0
AJC Type
Nylon
Black
Indoors
WeatherResistant
Nylon
Black
Outdoors/
High Temp.
Dimensions
inches (mm)
A
B
C
D
E
AJC12-A-C
.12
(3.0)
.86
(21.8)
1.00
(25.4)
.77
(19.6)
.13
(3.3)
.22
(5.6)
AJC19-A-C
.19
(4.8)
.89
(22.6)
1.25
(31.8)
.77
(19.6)
.19
(4.8)
.30
(7.6)
AJC25-A-C
.25
(6.4)
.92
(23.4)
1.50
(38.1)
.77
(19.6)
.23
(5.8)
.34
(8.6)
AJC31-A-C
.31
(7.9)
1.23
(31.2)
1.75
(44.5)
1.03
(26.2)
.31
(7.9)
AJC38-A-C
.38
(9.6)
1.28
(32.5)
2.00
(50.8)
1.03
(26.2)
.40
(10.2)
102
.70
(318)
100
500
500
5000
100
500
500
5000
These low profile “J” clips retain cords, wires, or tubing and are available in
five sizes. Their flexible design allows for easy cord insertion yet holds
bundles tightly.
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Part Number†
Adhesive
Backed
Max.
Static
Load
Lbs. (g)
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
.40
(182)
—
—
100
1000
.50
(227)
—
—
100
1000
.60
(272)
—
—
100
1000
.44
(11.2)
.90
(408)
—
—
100
1000
.53
(13.5)
1.0
(454)
—
—
100
1000
Material &
Color
PVC
Light Gray
Where
Used
Indoors
Mounting
Method
Adhesive
Backed
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Page 127 .
†Part Numbers for AJC mounts are for Bulk Package Quantity.
Adhesive Backed Mounting Devices
A1C Type
Holds cords, cables and tubing. Single adhesive pad for confined areas.
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
A
B
C
A1C12-A-C8
.12
(3.0)
.77
(19.6)
.63
(16)
.23
(5.8)
A1C25-A-C8
.25
(6.4)
.91
(23.1)
.63
(16)
.38
(9.7)
A1C38-A-C8
.38
(9.5)
1.04
(26.4)
.63
(16)
.51
(13)
A1C50-A-C8
.50
(12.7)
1.17
(29.7)
.63
(16)
.64
(16.3)
Part Number†
A2C Type
.12
(3.0)
1.30
(33)
.63
(16)
.23
(5.8)
A2C25-A-C8
.25
(6.4)
1.43
(36.3)
.63
(16)
.36
(9.1)
A2C38-A-C8
.38
(9.5)
1.56
(39.6)
.63
(16)
.49
(12.4)
A2C50-A-C8
.50
(12.7)
1.68
(42.7)
.63
(16)
.61
(15.5)
MACC Type
MACC62-A-C
PVC
Color
Light
Gray
Indoors
Mounting
Method
Adhesive
Backed
.14
(64)
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
—
—
100
1000
—
—
100
1000
—
—
100
1000
—
—
100
1000
Holds cords, cables and tubing. Two adhesive pads for added strength.
A2C12-A-C8
MACC25-A-C
Material
Where
Used
Max.
Static
Load
Lbs. (g)
PVC
Light
Gray
Indoors
Adhesive
Backed
.14
(64)
—
—
100
1000
—
—
100
1000
—
—
100
1000
—
—
100
1000
Metal adhesive backed cord clip can be opened and closed, without
damage to the clip, to remove or add wires quickly and easily.
.25
(6.4)
.53
(13.5)
.79
(20)
.28
(7.1)
.62
(15.7)
.75
(19.1)
1.18
(30)
.28
(7.1)
Zinc
Plated
Steel
—
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed for MACC mounts are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity.
†Part Numbers for A1C/A2C mounts are for Bulk Package Quantity.
Indoors
Adhesive
Backed
.21
(95)
100
1000
—
—
.44
(200)
100
1000
—
—
103
Adhesive Backed Mounting Devices
LWC Type
Holds wires, cable and tubing and is available in 6 sizes, with releasable latch.
Adhesive backed and push mount styles available. Large mounting base for
high bonding strength.
ADHESIVE
VERSION
Part Number†
LWC19-A-C
LWC19-A-C14
LWC19-A-C20
LWC25-A-C
LWC25-A-C14
LWC25-A-C20
LWC38-A-C
LWC38-A-C14
LWC38-A-C20
LWC50-A-L
LWC50-A-L14
LWC50-A-L20
LWC75-A-L
LWC75-A-L14
LWC75-A-L20
LWC100-A-L
LWC100-A-L14
LWC100-A-L20
LWC19-H25-C
LWC19-H25-C14
LWC19-H25-C20
LWC25-H25-C
LWC25-H25-C14
LWC25-H25-C20
LWC38-H25-C
LWC38-H25-C14
LWC38-H25-C20
LWC50-H25-L
LWC50-H25-L14
LWC50-H25-L20
LWC75-H25-L
LWC75-H25-L14
LWC75-H25-L20
LWC100-H25-L
LWC100-H25-L14
LWC100-H25-L20
PUSHMOUNT
VERSION
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
.19
(4.8)
A
.61
(15.5)
B
.85
(21.6)
C
.39
(9.9)
.25
(6.4)
1.0
(25.4)
.88
(22.2)
.45
(11.4)
.37
(9.5)
1.0
(25.4)
1.0
(25.4)
.56
(14.2)
.50
(12.7)
1.0
(25.4)
1.26
(32.0)
.67
(17.6)
.75
(19.1)
1.24
(31.5)
1.48
(37.6)
.90
(22.9)
1.0
(25.4)
1.97
(50.0)
2.21
(56.1)
1.26
(32.0)
.19
(4.8)
.51
(12.8)
.85
(21.6)
.41
(10.4)
.25
(6.4)
.58
(14.7)
.86
(21.8)
.47
(11.9)
.38
(9.5)
.58
(14.7)
.94
(23.9)
.57
(14.5)
.50
(12.7)
.76
(19.3)
1.25
(31.8)
.78
(19.8)
.75
(19.1)
.87
(22.1)
1.45
(36.8)
.97
(24.7)
1.0
(25.4)
1.0
(25.4)
1.9
(48.0)
1.30
(33.0)
BEC Type
Material
Nylon
Nylon
Color
Natural
TELCO Gray
Black
Natural
TELCO Gray
Black
Natural
TELCO Gray
Black
Natural
TELCO Gray
Black
Natural
TELCO Gray
Black
Natural
TELCO Gray
Black
Natural
TELCO Gray
Black
Natural
TELCO Gray
Black
Natural
TELCO Gray
Black
Natural
TELCO Gray
Black
Natural
TELCO Gray
Black
Natural
TELCO Gray
Black
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
Max.
Static
Load
Lbs. (g)
.25
(113)
.45
(204)
.50
(227)
Adhesive
Backed
Indoors
.60
(272)
.93
(417)
2.25
(1020)
—
—
Indoors
Pushed through
.250" (6.4) dia.
hole in panels
up to .105"
(2.6) thick
—
—
—
—
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
2000
2000
2000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
2000
2000
2000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
Bevel Entry Clips are available in 3 sizes to hold tubing, cable or wire bundles.
The beveled entry makes it easy to snap in the bundle. The clips are available
in push barb or adhesive backed styles.
ADHESIVE
VERSION
BEC38-A-L
BEC38-A-L20
BEC38-AT-L0
.38
(9.5)
1.46
(37.1)
1.24
(31.5)
.52
(13.23)
BEC62-A-L
BEC62-A-L20
BEC62-AT-L0
.62
(15.7)
1.46
(37.1)
1.24
(31.5)
.79
(20.1)
BEC75-A-L
BEC75-A-L20
BEC75-AT-L0
.75
(19)
1.46
(37.1)
1.49
(37.8)
.89
(22.6)
BECP38H25-L
BECP38H25-L20
BECP75H25-L
BECP75H25-L20
.38
(10)
.75
(19)
1.46
(37.1)
1.47
(37.3)
.73
(18.5)
.73
(18.5)
1.0
(25.4)
1.35
(34.3)
104
Packaging*
Std.
Bulk
Ctn.
Pkg.
Qty.
Qty.
1000
500
1000
500
1000
500
1000
500
1000
500
1000
500
1000
500
1000
500
1000
500
500
200
500
200
500
200
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
1000
500
1000
500
1000
500
1000
500
1000
500
1000
500
1000
500
1000
500
1000
500
500
200
500
200
500
200
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
Nylon
Nylon
WeatherResist.Nylon
Nylon
Nylon
WeatherResist. Nylon
Nylon
Nylon
WeatherResist. Nylon
Nylon
Natural
Black
Black
Indoors
Indoors
Outdoors
Natural
Black
Black
Indoors
Indoors
Outdoors
Natural
Black
Black
Indoors
Indoors
Outdoors
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Indoors
PUSHMOUNT
VERSION
Adhesive
Backed
Pushed through
.250" (6.4) dia.
hole in panel
up to .105"
(2.7) thick
.91
(411)
50
50
50
500
500
500
200
200
200
1000
1000
1000
.91
(411)
50
50
50
500
500
500
200
200
200
1000
1000
1000
1.09
(493)
50
50
50
500
500
500
200
200
200
1000
1000
1000
—
—
—
—
50
50
50
50
500
500
500
500
200
200
200
200
1000
1000
1000
1000
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Page 127 .
Adhesive Backed Mounting Devices
ADCC Type
Part Number†
ADCC31-AT-C10
Holds two cables in high temperature applications both indoors and outdoors.
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
2 bundles
.24 -.33 (6 - 9)
Dimensions
inches (mm)
A
AMC Type
B
See Drawing
C
Material
NORYL‡
Color
White
Where
Used
Indoors/
Outdoors
Mounting
Method
Adhesive
Backed
Max.
Static
Load
Lbs. (g)
.25
(113)
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
500
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
10000
Holds a single cable and can be mounted on any flat smooth surface both
indoors and outdoors.
.22 - .28
(6 - 7)
AMC25-AT-C10
See Drawing
VCC Type
PVC
White
Indoors/
Outdoors
Adhesive
.25
(113)
—
—
100
1000
Funnel entry design of this vertical cord clip allows for easy insertion of wires,
cables and cords. Top loading for fast production operations.
.25
(6.4)
VCC25-A-C
VCC25-A-C0
.50
(12.7)
VCC50-A-C
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
.50
(12.7)
1.00
(25.4)
Weather
Resistant
Nylon
Black
Indoors
1.00
(25.4)
1.56
(39.7)
Nylon
Natural
Latching Clip
.25
(113)
100
500
1000
5000
100
500
1000
5000
100
500
200
1000
Adhesive
Backed
Indoors
.78
(339)
This versatile clip retains and supports wire for a variety of applications.
Provides a quickly installed mount with a locked cover which withstands
vibration yet allows easy access.
LC3-A-C8
.20 sq. in.
129 mm2
.75
(19)
.75
(19)
.46
(11.7)
LC5-A-C8
.36 sq. in
232 mm2
1.00
(25.4)
1.01
(25.7)
.53
(13.5)
LC10-A-L8
.93 sq. in.
600 mm2
1.00
(25.4)
1.51
(37.9)
.84
(21.3)
PVC
Lt. Gray
Indoors
Adhesive
Backed
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed for ADCC and VCC mounts are Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see
†Part Numbers for AMC and LC mounts are for Bulk Package Quantity.
‡NORYL Thermoplastic Resin is a Registered Trademark of General Electric Co.
.28
(127)
—
—
100
1000
.50
(227)
—
—
100
1000
.60
(272)
—
—
50
500
Page 127.
105
Adhesive Backed Mounting Devices
Adhesive Backed Flat Cable Mounts
This low profile mount is available in 3 sizes and provides cost effective
cable containment and identification for stack heights up to .105". It
features a matte, textured surface for either hand written
identification or application of computer labels.
LPFCM Type Low Profile
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Part Number†
LPFCM14-A-C14
LPFCM22-A-C14
LPFCM34-A-C14
Cable
Width
In. (mm)
1.44
(37)
2.19
(56)
3.44
(87)
A
B
2.56
2.0
(65)
(50)
3.31
2.75
(84)
(69.9)
4.56
4.0
(115.8) (101.6)
FCM Type
C
.165
(4.2)
.165
(4.2)
.165
(4.2)
D
2.0
(50)
2.75
(69.9)
4.0
(101.6)
Material
Nylon
Four sizes, each with a
stack height of .17"
(4.3mm), to
accommodate different
flat cable widths. All sizes
are available with
adhesive backing or can
be screw applied.
Color
TELCO Gray
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
Indoors
Adhesive
Backed
or Screw
Applied
#6 (M3)
FCH Type
Packaging*
Max.
Static
Std.
Load
Pkg.
Lbs. (g) Qty.
100
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
500
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
—
100
500
500
—
100
500
500
—
.25
(113)
The FCH part is designed
for flat cable up to a stack
height of .25" (6.3mm),
discrete wire and Data
Comm cables. It is
available with adhesive
backing or can be screw
applied.
The drawing applies to all mounts
except FCM1 and FCM1.2 which
have a single mounting hole with
the “A” shown in the chart being CL.
(And no “D” dimension)
FCM1-A-C14
FCM1-S6-C14
FCM1.2-A-C14
FCM1.2-S6-C14
FCM2-A-C14
FCM2-S6-C14
FCM3.25-A-L14
FCM3.25-S6-L14
FCH2-A-C14
FCH2-S6-C14
1.0
(25.4)
1.2
(30.5)
2.0
(50.8)
3.25
(82.6)
2.00
(50.8)
.61
(15.5)
.69
(17.5)
.37
(9.4)
.94
(23.9)
.59
(14.9)
FCC Type
FCC5-A-C8
FCC-A-C8
106
1.21
(30.7)
1.37
(34.8)
2.22
(56.3)
3.38
(85.9)
2.5
(63.5)
2.90
(73.7)
3.16
(80.3)
5.06
(128.5)
7.30
(185.4)
5.04
(128.1)
—
—
—
—
1.50
(38.1)
1.50
(38.1)
1.50
(38.1)
Nylon
TELCO Gray
Indoors
Adh. backed
#6 (M3) screw
Adh. backed
#6 (M3) screw
Adh. backed
#6 (M3) screw
Adh. backed
#6 (M3) screw
Adh. backed
#6 (m3) screw
.50
(227)
.62
(281)
1.00
(454)
1.50
(681)
1.00
(454)
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
50
100
100
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Used with any width flat cable for a maximum stack height of .17" (4.3mm).
Any
width
flat
cable
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.56
(14.1)
1.09
(27.7)
.28
(7.1)
.38
(9.7)
—
—
PVC
Gray
Indoors
Adhesive
Backed
.25
(113)
.50
(227)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Page 127 .
100
1000
500
5000
100
1000
500
—
Wire Mounting Devices
Fixed Diameter
Cable Clamps
Durable nylon cable clamps are available
in two widths: 3/8" wide for standard use
and 1/2" wide for heavy duty use. The
bundle diameter (A) of the clamps is
marked in each clamp.
NOTE: All parts listed also available in black
weather resistant material (-0). Bulk
package only.
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Part Number†
Type of
Application
Packaging*
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
A
B
C
D
.375
(9.5)
.330
(8.4)
.167
(4.2)
100
500
1000
—
CCS19-S8-C
.187
(4.8)
.375
(9.5)
.430
(10.9)
.167
(4.2)
100
500
1000
—
CCS25-S8-C
.250
(6.4)
.375
(9.5)
.410
(10.4)
.167
(4.2)
100
500
1000
5000
CCS25-S10-C
.250
(6.4)
.375
(9.5)
.410
(10.4)
.203
(5.2)
100
500
1000
—
.312
(7.9)
.375
(9.5)
.490
(12.4)
.167
(4.2)
100
500
1000
5000
CCS38-S8-C
.375
(9.5)
.375
(9.5)
.570
(14.5)
.167
(4.2)
100
500
1000
—
CCS44-S8-C
.437
(11.1)
.375
(9.5)
.590
(15.0)
.167
(4.2)
100
500
1000
—
CCS50-S8-C
.500
(12.7)
.375
(9.5)
.600
(15.2)
.167
(4.2)
100
500
1000
—
CCH12-S10-C
.125
(3.1)
.500
(12.7)
.360
(9.1)
100
500
1000
—
CCH19-S10-C
.187
(4.8)
.500
(12.7)
.425
(10.8)
100
500
1000
—
CCH25-S10-C
.250
(6.4)
.500
(12.7)
.460
(11.7)
100
500
1000
5000
CCH31-S10-C
.312
(7.9)
.500
(12.7)
.500
(12.7)
100
500
1000
—
CCH38-S10-C
.375
(9.5)
.500
(12.7)
.530
(13.5)
100
500
1000
5000
CCH44-S10-C
.437
(11.1)
.500
(12.7)
.560
(14.2)
100
500
1000
—
CCH50-S10-C
.500
(12.7)
.500
(12.7)
.595
(15.1)
100
500
1000
5000
CCH56-S10-C
.563
(14.3)
.500
(12.7)
.625
(15.9)
100
500
1000
—
CCH62-S10-C
.625
(15.9)
.500
(12.7)
.660
(16.8)
100
500
1000
—
.687
(17.5)
.500
(12.7)
.755
(19.2)
100
500
500
—
CCH75-S10-C
.750
(19.1)
.500
(12.7)
.785
(19.9)
100
500
500
—
CCH81-S10-C
.812
(20.7)
.500
(12.7)
.815
(20.7)
100
500
500
—
CCH87-S10-C
.875
(22.2)
.500
(12.7)
.845
(21.5)
100
500
500
—
CCH100-S10-C
1.00
(25.4)
.500
(12.7)
.910
(23.1)
100
500
500
—
CCH112-S10-C
1.125
(28.6)
.500
(12.7)
.970
(24.6)
—
—
100
—
CCH119-S10-C
1.187
(30.2)
.500
(12.7)
1.000
(25.4)
—
—
100
—
CCH125-S10-C
1.250
(31.8)
.500
(12.7)
1.060
(26.9)
—
—
100
—
CCH138-S10-C
1.375
(34.9)
.500
(12.7)
1.125
(28.6)
—
—
100
—
CCH150-S10-C
1.50
(38.1)
.500
(12.7)
1.190
(30.2)
—
—
100
—
CCH69-S10-C
Heavy
Duty
Color
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
.125
(3.1)
Standard
Material
Mounting
Method
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
CCS12-S8-C
CCS31-S8-C
E
Where
Used
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
#8 (M4)
screw
#10 (M5)
screw on
CCS25-S10
.105
(2.7)
Nylon
.203
(5.2)
White
Indoors
#10 (M5)
Screw
.125
(3.1)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity (except CCH112 through CCH150). For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Page 127.
107
Wire Mounting Devices
KP-507 Kit
Fixed Diameter
Cable Clamp Kit
Contains: (1) Plastic Kit Box and the following clamps:
(75) CCS12-S8
(25) CCS50-S8
(25) CCH44-S10
(75) CCS10-S8
(70) CCH12-S10
(25) CCH50-S10
(50) CCS25-S8
(50) CCH19-S10
(25) CCH56-S10
(50) CCS31-S8
(45) CCH25-S10
(15) CCH62-S10
(35) CCS38-S8
(35) CCH31-S10
(10) CCH69-S10
(25) CCS44-S8
(25) CCH38-S10
(10) CCH75-S10
KP-507 contains an assortment of fixed
diameter clamps in a sturdy plastic kit box.
Tension
Wire Retainer
(10) CCH81-S10
(10) CCH87-S10
(5) CCH100-S10
(5) CCH112-S10
(5) CCH119-S10
(5) CCH125-S10
Wires are “slid” into the clip and held in place by tension. The clip may be
used to mount flat items such as posters, mirrors, signs, etc.
Packaging*
Part Number†
Bundle
Range
Diameter
Dimensions
inches (mm)
.38
(9.5)
TWR-C
TWR-C0
See Drawing
Tack Clips
Part Number†
Where
Used
Material
Color
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
Weather
Resistant
Nylon
Black
Outdoors/
Indoors
Mounting
Method
#6 (M3)
Screw or
Rivet
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
100
1000
1000
—
100
1000
1000
—
Used for installing wire, cable and tubing to nailable surfaces. The clips are
furnished with a single integral zinc plated, hardened steel nail to help speed
installation.
Type
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Packaging*
Coaxial
Cross
RG#
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
A
B
C
S
.13
(3.5)
.20
(5.1)
.29
(7.4)
.23
(5.8)
187
—
—
100
1000
TC5-7-C100
S
.21
(5)
.31
(7.9)
.39
(9.9)
.23
(5.8)
58
—
—
100
1000
TC7-10-C100
S
.26
(6.5)
.38
(9.7)
.49
(12.5)
.35
(8.9)
59
—
—
100
1000
TC10-14-C100
S
.36
(9.2)
.51
(13)
.59
(14.9)
—
—
100
1000
TC14-20-C100
S
.49
(12)
.67
(17)
.79
(20.6)
—
—
100
1000
TC5x8-C100
D
.20 x .30
(5 x 8)
.30
(8.8)
.54
(13.7)
—
—
100
1000
TC6x10-C100
D
.23 x .37
(6 x 9.5)
.34
(8.6)
.62
(15.7)
Nail is
hammered
Weather
into a nailable
.54
8A,9B,11 Resistant
Indoors/
Black
surface such as
(13.7)
Polypropylen
Outdoors
wood or mortar
e
.27
—
joints. Do not use on
(6.8)
concrete or brick.
.34
—
(8.6)
—
—
100
1000
TC7x14-C100
D
.26 x .46
(7 x 12)
.36
(9.1)
.70
(17.8)
.43
(10.9)
—
—
—
100
1000
TC9x18-C100
D
.38 x .65
(10 x 17)
.50
(12.7)
.89
(22.6)
.52
(13.2)
—
—
—
100
1000
108
6A
Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
TC3-5-C100
.45
(11.4)
Material
Where
Used
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for TWR Retainers are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Page 127.
†Part Numbers for TC Tack Clips are for Bulk Package Quantity.
Wire Mounting Devices
Wire Standoffs
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Part Number†
For retaining wires, cable, components or tubing away from panel or conductive
chassis. Finger grip flanges can be easily locked or unlocked for revisions.
Hand installed in pre-drilled hole.
Panel Dimensions
Thickness
Max.
Hole
Diameter
Packaging*
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
A
B
.25
(6.4)
.25
(6.4)
100
1000
1000
—
WS25-50-C
.25
(6.4)
.50
(12.7)
100
1000
1000
—
WS25-75-C
.25
(6.4)
.75
(19.1)
100
1000
1000
—
WS35-25-C
.35
(8.9)
.25
(6.4)
100
1000
1000
—
WS35-50-C
.35
(8.9)
.50
(12.7)
100
1000
1000
—
WS35-75-C
.35
(8.9)
.75
(19.1)
100
1000
1000
—
WS50-25-C
.48
(12.2)
.25
(6.4)
100
1000
1000
—
WS50-50-C
.48
(12.2)
.48
(12.2)
100
1000
1000
—
WS50-75-C
.48
(12.2)
.75
(19.1)
100
1000
1000
—
WS75-25-C
.80
(20.3)
.25
(6.4)
100
1000
1000
—
WS75-50-C
.80
(20.3)
.50
(12.7)
100
1000
1000
—
WS75-75-C
.80
(20.3)
.75
(19.1)
100
1000
1000
—
.187 to .192
(4.7 to 4.9)
Nylon
Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
WS25-25-C
.03 to .08
(0.7 to 2.0)
Material
Where
Used
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Natural
Indoors
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Page 127 ..
Inserted into
pre-drilled hole
109
Wire Mounting Devices
Wire Saddles
Funnel entry design for fast insertion of wires and cables. Used in pre-drilled
.187" holes in .03" to .08" thick panels.
VWS
Vertical
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Packaging*
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
A
B
VWS4218-C
.18 x .42
(5 x 11)
.58
(14.7)
.60
(15.2)
VWS4238-C
.40 x .42
(10 x 11)
.78
(19.8)
.60
(15.2)
VWS4274-C
.74 x .42
(19 x 11)
1.14
(29)
.60
(15.2)
VWS42105-C
1.05 x .42
(27 x 11)
1.45
(36.8)
.60
(15.2)
HWS2819-C
.19 x .28
(5 x 7)
.42
(10.7)
.44
(11.2)
Part Number†
Optical Fiber
Network Saddle
Part Number†
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Material
Nylon
110
Color
Natural
Where
Used
Indoors
Pushed through
.187" (4.7) dia. hole
in panels up to
.08" (2.0) thick.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
100
500
1000
5000
100
500
1000
5000
100
500
1000
5000
100
500
1000
5000
100
500
1000
5000
Dimensions
inches (mm)
A
Packaging*
B
Material
Color
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
Indoors
Pushed through
.187 (4.7) dia. hole
in panels up to
.09" (2.2) thick.
Natural
1.06
(26.9)
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
The product is designed with rounded edges for routing fiber optic cables. This
feature provides a very smooth surface between the mount and the fiber optic
cable, thereby eliminating the potential for snagging and stress on the fiber
optic cable.
VWS106-C
VWS106-C20
HWS
Horizontal
1.65
(41.7)
1.18
(29.9)
Nylon
Black
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Page 127 .
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
100
500
1000
5000
100
500
1000
5000
Wire Mounting Devices
Harness Clips
Integral “spring” holds wire bundles tightly. Used in pre-drilled .250" (6.4mm)
diameter holes in panels up to .105" (2.7mm) thick. Vertical and horizontal
versions available.
HCMP06B12
Part Number†
HCMP06B12-C20
HCMP06C12-C20
HCME06A12-C130
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
Range
.24 - .47
(5.9 - 12.5)
.24 - .47
(5.9 - 12.5)
.24 - .47
(5.9 - 12.5)
SICH38-C
SICH50-C
SICH75-C
SICH100-C
SICH150-C
.25
(6.4)
.38
(9.6)
.50
(12.7)
.75
(19)
1.0
(25.4)
1.5
(38)
Push Mount
Cord Clip
PMCC38H25-C
PMCC38H25-M0
.38
(9.6)
HCMP06C12 Horizontal
HCME06A12
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Edge Mount
Packaging*
A
1.25
(31.8)
B
.59
(15.0)
C
.39
(10)
1.10
(27.9)
.59
(15)
.80
(20.2)
.74
(18.7)
.39
(10)
.55
(14)
Material
Color
Where
Used
Black
Indoors
Nylon
Snap-In Clips
SICH25-C
Vertical
Mounting
Method
Pushed through
.250 (6.4) dia.
hole in panels
up to .105" (2.7)
thick.
Acetal
See Dwg.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
1000
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
—
100
500
1000
—
100
500
5000
10000
The clips hold wire bundles securely and are placed on the bundle first, then
attached to the panel. Designed for pre-drilled .250" holes in .03" to .10"
thick panels.
.82
(20.9)
.98
(24.6)
1.11
(26.2)
1.40
(35.6)
1.65
(41.9)
2.15
(54.6)
.34
(8.6)
.50
(12.8)
.62
(15.7)
1.0
(25.4)
1.25
(31.8)
1.75
(44.5)
.40
(10.2)
.54
(13.7)
.67
(17.0)
.96
(24.4)
1.21
(30.7)
1.71
(43.4)
Nylon
White
Indoors
Pushed through
.250 (6.4) dia.
hole in panels
up to .105" (2.7)
thick.
100
1000
1000
—
100
1000
1000
—
100
1000
1000
—
100
1000
1000
—
100
1000
1000
—
100
1000
1000
—
The mount snaps easily into pre-drilled hole in panels up to .105" (2.7mm)
thick. Integral mounting device eliminates the need for additional mounting
hardware. The winged design holds mount in place—even in applications
where vibration is present.
See drawing
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
Weather
Resistant
Nylon
Black
Outdoors
Pushed through
.250 (6.4) dia.
hole in panels
up to .105" (2.7)
thick.
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Page 127 .
100
1000
1000
—
—
—
1000
—
111
Wire Mounting Devices
Twister
Push Mounts
Part Number†
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In. (mm)
The Twister Push Mounts securely bundle and route wires and cords. They lift
wires off boards to avoid hot component contact. Wire bundles load and unload
with just a fingertip twist.
Dimensions
inches (mm)
A
Packaging*
Material
Color
Where
Used
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
TPM-16-C
.63
(16.0)
0.00
(0.0)
100
1000
1000
10000
TPM5-16-C
.63
(16.0)
.20
(5.0)
100
1000
1000
10000
TPM10-16-C
.63
(16.0)
.39
(10.0)
100
1000
1000
10000
TPM15-16-C
.63
(16.0)
.59
(15.0)
100
1000
1000
10000
TPM20-16-C
.63
(16.0)
.79
(20.0)
100
1000
1000
10000
TPM25-16-C
.63
(16.0)
.98
(25.0)
100
1000
1000
10000
TPM30-16-C
.63
(16.0)
1.18
(30.0)
100
1000
1000
10000
Siding Clips
Horizontal
Siding Clip
Part Number†
Nylon
Natural
Attaches coax cable to buildings having “Pittsburgh Interlok” type aluminum
or steel siding. Will not corrode or stain siding. Low profile, installs without
drilling or nailing.
Vertical
Siding Clip
Max.
Cable
Width
In. (mm)
HSC Horizontal Clip
A
B
C
Packaging*
D
HSC-.25-L100
.50
(12.7)
.65
(16.5)
.34
(8.6)
VSC-.25-L
VSC-.25-L100
.250
(6.4)
112
VSC Vertical Clip
Dimensions
inches (mm)
HSC-.25-L
.250
(6.4)
Indoors
For Circuit Boards
or Chassis:
.025" - .105"
(0.64 - 2.67) thick
in a .187" (4.7)
dia. mounting hole
1.20
(30.5)
.98
(25.0)
1.00
(25.4)
.37
(9.4)
Material
Color
Where
Used
Nylon
White
Indoors
Weather
Resistant
Polypropylene
Black
Outdoors
Nylon
White
Indoors
Black
Outdoors
Weather
.70
Resistant
(17.8) Polypropylene
Mounting
Method
Attach
to
Siding
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Page 127 .
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
50
500
500
—
50
500
500
—
50
500
500
—
50
500
500
—
Circuit Board Posts/Supports
Circuit Board
Posts
For board-to-board or board-to-chassis mounting. Posts snap into
pre-drilled holes. Bell flange on bottom end provides greater stability.
Releasable and reusable.
Dimensions
inches (mm)
Part Number†
Bulk
Ctn.
Qty.
B
100
1000
1000
—
CBP25-C
.250
(6.4)
.530
(13.5)
100
1000
1000
—
CBP31-C
.312
(7.9)
.592
(15.0)
100
1000
1000
—
CBP37-C
.375
(9.5)
.655
(16.6)
100
1000
1000
—
CBP50-C
.500
(12.7)
.780
(19.8)
100
1000
1000
—
CBP62-C
.625
(15.9)
.905
(23.0)
100
1000
1000
—
CBP75-C
.750
(19.1)
1.030
(26.2)
100
1000
1000
—
CBP87-C
.875
(22.2)
1.155
(29.3)
100
1000
1000
—
CBP100-C
1.00
(25.4)
1.280
(32.5)
100
1000
1000
—
.92
(23.4)
CBLS25-C
.250
(6.4)
.98
(24.9)
CBLS37-C
.375
(9.5)
1.11
(28.2)
CBLS50-C
.500
(12.7)
1.23
(31.2)
CBLS62-C
.625
(15.9)
1.35
(34.3)
CBLS75-C
.750
(19.1)
1.48
(37.5)
Nylon
Color
Bulk
Pkg.
Qty.
.405
(10.3)
.187
(4.7)
Material
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
A
See Drawing
E
Mounting
Method
.125
(3.2)
CBLS18-C
D
Where
Used
CBP12-C
Circuit Board
Locking Supports
C
Packaging*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Natural
Indoors
For Circuit Boards
or Chassis:
.062" (1.5) thick
with .156" (3.96)
diameter
mounting holes
For board-to-chassis support. Snap-in design for fast assembly. Wing
design on chassis mounting provides constant tension and stability.
Releasable and reusable.
For Circuit Boards:
.062" (1.5) thick
with .156" (3.96)
diameter
mounting holes
See Drawing
Nylon
Natural
Indoors
For Chassis:
.03" (.76) to .08" (2.0)
thick with
.187" (4.75) to .192"
(4.88)
diameter
mounting holes
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity. For Bulk Package Part Numbers, see Page 127 .
100
500
1000
—
100
1000
1000
—
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
5000
100
1000
1000
—
100
1000
1000
—
113
Wiring Accessories Technical Data
Physical Characteristics of Wiring Accessory Materials
Part Number System Example
TMEH
S10
—
Part Description
T = Tie
M = Mount
EH = Extra Heavy
*(Cable Tie Cross Section)
C
—
Mounting Method
S10= Screw Applied
(#10 Screw)
A = Rubber Tape
(most applications)
AT = Acrylic Tape
(high temp. applications)
R = Rivet Applied
*Cable Tie Cross Section:
SM = Sub-Miniature
M = Miniature
I = Intermediate
S = Standard
LH = Light Heavy
H = Heavy
EH = Extra Heavy
#
—
Package
Size
X = 10
Q = 25
L = 50
C = 100
T = 200
D = 500
M = 1000
Color/Material
Blank=Natural
0 = Weather Resistant Black
8 = Gray
14 = Telco Gray
15 = Ivory
20 = Pigmented Black
30 = Heat Stabilized Nylon (Black)
69 = Flame Retardant Nylon (Ivory)
76 = TEFZEL „ (Blue)
100 = Polypropylene Weather Resistant
(Black)
120 = Weather Res. Nylon 12 (Black)
630 = Heat Stabilized Nylon 6 (Black)
639 = Heat Stabilized Nylon 6 (Natural)
702 = HALAR▲ (Maroon)
NOTE: Metric equivalent to screw
sizes shown throughout catalog.
#2 = M2
#6 = M3
#10 = M5
#4 = M2.5 #8 = M4
1/4" = M6
#5 = M3
Note: The colors and materials shown for parts in this section are standard on some items.
Consult factory for availability of other colors on special order basis.
Physical Properties and Color of Wiring Accessory Materials
Nylon 6.6
Design Criteria
Natural
Weather Res.
Pigmented Blk.
Heat Stabilized
Flame Retardant
Natural
Black
Black
Black
Ivory
Part No. Suffix
None
0
20
30
69
UL Flammability
94V-2
94V-2
94V-2
94V-2
94V-0
Gamma Radiation
Resistance
1 x 106
Rads
1 x 106
Rads
1 x 106
Rads
1 x 106
Rads
1 x 106
Rads
1.2%
Color
Water Absorption (24 hours)
1.2%
1.2%
1.2%
1.2%
UV Resistance
Poor
Good
Fair
Good
Poor
Max. Continuous Use
Temperature
185 °F
(85 °C)
185 °F
(85 °C)
185 °F
(85 °C)
221 °F
(104 °C)
203 °F
(95 °C)
Min. Continuous Use
Temperature
-40°F
(-40°C)
-40°F
(-40°C)
-40°F
(-40°C)
-40°F
(-40°C)
-40°F
(-40°C)
Physical Properties and Color of Wiring Accessory Materials
Nylon 6
Design Criteria
Color
Heat Stabilized Heat Stabilized
Nylon 12
TEFZEL
Polypropylene
Weather Res.
HALAR
ABS
PVC
Blue
Black
Maroon
White
Lt. Gray
Black
Natural
Black
Part No. Suffix
630
639
120
76
100
702
None
None
UL Flammability
HB
HB
N/R
94V-0
Poor
94V-0
HB
94V-0
Gamma Radiation
Resistance
N/A
N/A
3.5 x 106
Rads
2 x 106
Rads
1 x 106
Rads
2 x 106
Rads
N/A
N/A
<0.4%
<0.4%
0.3%
<0.03%
0.1%
<0.03%
0.3%
0.25%
Fair
Poor
Good
Excellent
Good
Excellent
Poor
Poor
Max. Continuous Use
Temperature
250°F
(121°C)
250 °F
(121°C)
176°F
(80°C)
302 °F
(150°C)
185°F
(85 °C)
284 °F
(140°C)
185 °F
(85 °C)
122°F
(50°C)
Min. Continuous Use
Temperature
-40 °F
(-40°C)
-40°F
(-40 °C)
-40 °F
(-40°C)
-50°F
(-46°C)
-40 °F
(-40°C)
-50°F
(-46 °C)
-40°F
(-40°C)
N/A
Water Absorption (24 hours)
UV Resistance
„ TEFZEL is the Registered Trademark for E.I. DuPont Co. fluoropolymer.
▲ HALAR is the Registered Trademark for Ausimont, Inc. fluoropolymer.
114
Selection and Use of Adhesive Mounts
Selection and Use of PANDUIT® Adhesive Mounts
General Introduction
PANDUIT adhesive mounts provide a quick, economical and dependable method of supporting, routing and
protecting wires or cables. Some are used with PANDUIT cable ties and others used independently.
Adhesive backed mounts adhere to a variety of surfaces. This alternative to mechanical fasteners offers the
advantage of lower installed cost with safe, easy to use, quality products.
Applications
•
•
•
•
•
•
To route wires in control panels and switchboards
To support bundles of wires away from moving mechanical devices
Routing and harnessing cables, both indoors and out, to prevent safety hazards
To organize flat cables in many locations with low profile construction
Ideal for supporting wire bundles where holes cannot be put into the substrate
To separate groups of wires for identification
Markets
•
•
•
•
•
Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM)
Construction Industry
Telecommunication Systems
CATV
Aerospace Industry
•
•
•
•
•
Utilities
Electronic Components
Transportation Industry
Appliance Manufacturers
Maintenance and Repair Operations (MRO)
General Mount Guidelines
A. PANDUIT pressure sensitive adhesive (foam tape) mounts are intended to secure wire bundles or other
light objects to smooth surfaces. These mounts are not designed to support
excessive loads and should not be used when the maximum expected load
exceeds the rated capacity of the mount.
Two types of double-coated polymeric foam adhesive tape are available. Rubber
based type, the most widely used and generally recommended; and acrylic based
type, the better choice for outdoor and higher temperature applications.
B. PANDUIT epoxy adhesive mounts are supplied for use on rough surfaces
indoors or outdoors and require mixing a two-part Panduit-supplied epoxy
adhesive before application.
Choosing the Right Adhesive
Panduit offers two standard pressure sensitive foam tapes which are available on
most adhesive backed wiring accessories products. The general purpose tape is
produced with a rubber based adhesive and can be identified by an “-A” in the part
number. This tape develops its strength extremely fast and can be used in
environments with temperatures ranging from -20 °F to +120°F. The rubber based adhesive tape is the best
choice for the vast majority of adhesive mount applications, including applications where powder coated
surfaces are being used.
The second tape available is produced with an acrylic based adhesive (identified by an “-AT” in the part
number). This tape is for use in environments where continuous exposure to temperatures as high as 180°F
is possible. The acrylic based adhesive develops its maximum strength over a longer period of time than our
rubber based adhesive. It is recommended that mounts produced with acrylic adhesive are allowed to dwell
8 hours after installation prior to loading. The acrylic based adhesive tape is a good choice in environments
with prolonged exposure to UV rays or in environments with prolonged exposure to temperatures over 120°F.
Panduit also offers a two-part epoxy for use in applications where excessive loading is required or where the
surface to which the mount must be applied is porous rather than smooth. This adhesive is formulated
specifically for use on PANDUIT mounts and is packaged in pre-measured cups which insures proper ratios
of resin and hardener are being mixed, as well as eliminates waste.
115
Selection and Use of Adhesive Mounts
Application Chart
Since Panduit manufactures adhesive backed
mounts with a variety of adhesive types, this
chart should be used as a guideline for
choosing the best adhesive for oftenencountered conditions. Each type of
adhesive is rated good, fair or poor for some
specific mounting surfaces and/or chemical
environments.
Mount Spacing
To determine the number of mounts to use in
a given application, the following formula can
be used as a guideline:
Cable or weight (lbs./ft.)
Static Load rating of Mount (lbs/mt.)
Surfaces
Plastics
Wood
Glass
Painted Surfaces
Powder Coating
Metal
Paper
Concrete, Stone, Masonry
Rubber Based
Acrylic Based
Epoxy Applied
Foam Tape Mounts Foam Tape Mounts Adhesive Mounts
Good
Good
Fair
Good
Good
Good1
Good
Not Recommended
Good
Good
Good
Good
Fair
Good1
Good
Not Recommended
Good
Good
Good
Fair
Good
Good
Fair
Good
Good
Poor
Poor
Poor
Good
Poor
Not Recommended
Good
Fair 3
Fair 3
Fair 3
Fair 3
Fair 3
Good
Poor
Good
Fair
Fair
Fair
Not Recommended
Good2
Chemical Resistance
Water
Oil
Gasoline
Dilute Acids
Dilute Alkalis
Organic Solvents
Outdoor Exposure
1. Not recommended for use on copper or brass.
2. Mounts manufactured from outdoor material only. For specific applications, individual testing prior to extensive
use is suggested.
3. Depends on concentration, exposure time and chemical composition.
Mounts
Ft.
See pages 118-120 for static load ratings of mounts. For specific applications we recommend individual
testing prior to production use.
=
Spacing
Surface Preparation
For best results, PANDUIT adhesive mounts should be applied to clean, dry, grease-free surfaces. It is
recommended that for each individual application a solvent or cleanser be used to thoroughly prepare the
surface for mount installation to obtain best results. The following are recommended guidelines:
1. For rubber and acrylic based foam tape adhesives, isopropyl alcohol may be used on most surfaces.
2. For epoxy type adhesives, especially masonry surfaces, be sure to clean all loose particles away before
mount installation. Some surface abrasion is recommended to achieve maximum strength. A light rubbing
with medium grit emery cloth or sandpaper is best. Wash after abrading.
Proper Installation Techniques
Pressure Sensitive Adhesive Mounts
For proper installation of adhesive mounts with foam tape, simply remove the release liner from foam
adhesive and place the mount in the desired location. Apply firm pressure to the mount to insure proper
adhesion. Avoid touching the adhesive prior to placing the mount on the surface.
Clean surface with a clean
cloth and isopropyl alcohol.
Allow surface to air dry.
Remove the release liner,
being careful not to touch
the adhesive.
Apply full thumb pressure
for at least 5 seconds.
Allow mount to properly
dwell.
Epoxy Adhesive Mounts
PANDUIT EMA adhesive is a two-part epoxy cement which is packaged in convenient mixer cups
containing an equal amount of resin and hardener. Peel the protective covering off and pop the center of the
cup in to form a mixing bowl. Each cup is supplied with a mixer stick and contains enough epoxy to properly
apply three EMS mounts. The resin and hardener should be thoroughly mixed together until the epoxy is a
consistent and uniform color. The mixer stick can then be used to apply the adhesive to the mount. The
epoxy should be forced into the grooves on the bottom of the mount to obtain optimum bond performance.
The mount should be applied to the surface with light pressure and a back-and-forth twisting motion.
Hardening of the epoxy begins five minutes after mixing at room temperature.
116
Selection and Use of Adhesive Mounts
Proper Storage Conditions
All PANDUIT adhesive products have an expiration date printed on the package label. Use the following
storage guidelines:
1. For rubber and acrylic based foam tape adhesives, store in temperatures of 70°F (21°C) and 45% Relative
Humidity (R.H.)
2. For epoxy type adhesives, store in temperatures of 40°F (4°C) to 75°F (25°C) and relative humidity not in
excess of 45%.
Storage in opened containers is not recommended. Using the guidelines above, the average shelf life of
foam tape is 2 years. Shelf life of epoxy is 1 year. Deviation from the recommended storage conditions may
reduce the shelf life or adhesive strength. In any case, adhesive products should never be stored near
heating vents or other heat sources, and storage in lower temperatures than those recommended may
increase the shelf life.
Quality Control Number
Stock Rotation
Adhesive mount inventory should be rotated in order to insure
the quality of the adhesive foam tape. Each package of PANDUIT
adhesive backed mounts has a Quality Control Number and a
best-if-used-by date on the package label. The best-if-used-by
date provides the customer with an accurate way to control the
rotation of inventory, and, as is the case with all Panduit products,
the Quality Control Number provides complete traceability for all
components that go into a specific production run of product.
Best-If-Used-By Date
w!qclb
Mount Removal
There is no simple or easy method for removing PANDUIT adhesives. A thin wire or razor blade can be
moved in between the surfaces when removing foam tape mounts; however, the adhesive residue will remain
on the surface. Epoxy adhesives may be removed with a commercial paint stripping solution.
Product Information*
The descriptions below refer to the adhesive mount information which appears in the following product
information chart:
Part Number: The package code suffix indicates quantity, color and mount material. Most PANDUIT
Adhesive Backed Mounts are available in both standard and bulk packaging and some part numbers are
available in smaller merchandising packaging. Consult your local distributor or call our factory for specifics
on additional package sizes.
Dimension: Given are over-all mount with adhesive dimensions; L = Base Length, W = Base Width,
H = Height.
Adhesive Type: Refer to the preceding pages for more details on adhesives offered by Panduit.
Cable Ties: PANDUIT mounts are designed to use PANDUIT Cable Ties.The respective size(s) of tie is
given.
Maximum Static Load: Values are given for shear, and/or normal loading, and optimal adhesion between
surfaces.
Normal Service Temperature Range: Given are the continuous use temperature ranges. In most
situations, mounts can withstand higher temperatures for limited periods of time. Mounts should be user
tested to determine their suitability in specific applications.
Minimum Installation Temperature: Although not shown on the following pages, both rubber based and
acrylic based adhesives develop their optimum strength faster when installed in temperatures above 70°F
(21°C).
Dwell Time: Values given are time to allow mount to set before loading. Dwell time is increased when the
application temperature is below minimum. NOTE: Acrylic based adhesives need to dwell for 8 hours prior to
loading.
Mount Material: Given for each type of mount. A variety of additional materials may be available on many of
the mounts listed; contact the factory for additional information on non-standard materials.
Screw Hole Size: Values are specified when applicable.
U.L. Recognized: Tested and recognized under the Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc., component recognition
program.
117
Selection and Use of Adhesive Mounts
Part
Number
Overall
Dimensions
L" x W" x H" (mm)
Adhesive
Type
Used
with
Cable
Tie*
Maximum
Static
Load
lb. (g)**
Normal
Service
Temp. °F
(°C)
Range
Recommended
Installation
Temp.
°F (°C)
Dwell
Time
(Hrs.)
Mount
Material
Screw
Hole
Size
U.L.
Recognized
ABMM-A
.75 x .75 x .18
(19.1 x 19.1 x4.6)
Rubber Tape
M, I
.3 (136)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
White
ABS
—
Yes
ABMM-AT
.75 x .75 x .18
(19.1 x 19.1 x4.6)
Acrylic Tape
M, I
.3 (136)
-20 to 180
(-29 to 82)
70 (21)
8
White
ABS
—
Yes
ABMS-A
1.13 x 1.13 x .25
(28.7 x 28.7 x 6.4)
Rubber Tape
M, I, S
.6 (272)
-20 to 120
(29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Natural
Nylon
1 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
ABMS-AT
1.13 x 1.13 x .25
(28.7 x 28.7 x 6.4)
Acrylic Tape
M, I, S
.6 (272)
-20 to 180
(-29 to 82)
70 (21)
8
Natural
Nylon
1 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
ABM1M-A
0.5 x 0.5 x 0.16
(12.7 x 12.7 x 4.0)
Rubber Tape
M
.13 (59)
-20 to 120
(29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
White
Nylon
—
Yes
ABM1M-AT
0.5 x 0.5 x 0.16
(12.7 x 12.7 x 4.0)
Acrylic Tape
M
.13 (59)
-20 to 180
(-29 to 82)
70 (21)
8
White
Nylon
—
Yes
ABM2S-A
1.0 x 1.0 x .20
(25.4 x 25.4 x 5.2)
Rubber Tape
M, I, S
.5 (227)
-20 to 120
(29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
White
ABS
2 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
ABM2S-AT
1.0 x 1.0 x .20
(25.4 x 25.4 x 5.2)
Acrylic Tape
M, I, S
.5 (227)
-20 to 180
(-29 to 82)
70 (21)
8
White
ABS
2 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
ABM3H-A
1.5 x 1.5 x .25
(38.1 x 38.1 x 6.4)
Rubber Tape
M, I, S,
LH, H
1.12 (508)
-20 to 120
(29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
White
Nylon
2 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
ABM3H-AT
1.5 x 1.5 x .25
(38.1 x 38.1 x 6.4)
Acrylic Tape
M, I, S,
LH, H
1.12 (508)
-20 to 180
(-29 to 82)
70 (21)
8
White
Nylon
2 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
ABM4H-A
2.0 x 2.0 x .25
(38.1 x 38.1 x 6.4)
Rubber Tape
M, I, S,
LH, H
2 (907)
-20 to 120
(29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
White
Nylon
2 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
ABM4H-AT
2.0 x 2.0 x .25
(38.1 x 38.1 x 6.4)
Acrylic Tape
M, I, S,
LH, H
2 (907)
-20 to 180
(-29 to 82)
70 (21)
8
White
Nylon
2 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
ABM100-A
1.0 x 1.0 x .20
(25.4 x 25.4 x 5.2)
Rubber Tape
M, I, S
.5 (227)
-20 to 120
(29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
White
Nylon
1 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
ABM100-AT
1.0 x 1.0 x .20
(25.4 x 25.4 x 5.2)
Acrylic Tape
M, I, S
.5 (227)
-20 to 180
(-29 to 82)
70 (21)
8
White
Nylon
1 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
ACC19-A
.75 x .62 x .29
(19.1 x 15.7 x 7.4)
Rubber Tape
—
.2 (91)
-20 to 120
(29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Natural
Nylon
—
Yes
ACC19-AT
.75 x .62 x .29
(19.1 x 15.7 x 7.4)
Acylic tape
—
.2 (91)
-20 to 180
(-29 to 82)
70 (21)
8
Natural
Nylon
—
Yes
ACC38-A
1.0 x 1.0 x .41
(25.4 x 25.4 x 10.4)
Rubber Tape
—
.5 (227)
-20 to 120
(29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Natural
Nylon
—
Yes
ACC38-AT
1.0 x 1.0 x .41
(25.4 x 25.4 x 10.4)
Acrylic Tape
—
.5 (227)
-20 to 180
(-29 to 82)
70 (21)
8
Natural
Nylon
—
Yes
ACC62-A
1.12 x 1.25 x .64
(28.4 x 31.8 x 16.3)
Rubber Tape
—
.7 (318)
-20 to 120
(29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Natural
Nylon
—
Yes
ACC62-AT
1.12 x 1.25 x .64
(28.4 x 31.8 x 16.3)
Acrylic tape
—
.7 (318)
-20 to 180
(-29 to 82)
70 (21)
8
Natural
Nylon
—
Yes
ADCC31-AT
1.0 x .70 x .48
(25.4 x 17.8 x 16.3)
Acrylic tape
—
.25 (113)
-20 to 180
(-29 to 82)
70 (21)
8
White
‡NORYL
—
—
AJC12-A
1.0 x .86 x .23
(25.4 x 21.8 x 5.8)
Rubber Tape
—
.4 (182)
-20 to 120
(29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
AJC19-A
1.25 x .89 x .30
(31.8 x 22.6 x 7.6)
Rubber Tape
—
.5 (227)
-20 to 120
(29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
AJC25-A
1.5 x .92 x .35
(28.1 x 23.4 x 8.9)
Rubber Tape
—
.6 (272)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
AJC31-A
1.75 x 1.23 x .44
(44.5 x 31.2 x 11.2)
Rubber Tape
—
.9 (408)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
AJC38-A
2.0 x 1.28 x .54
(50.8 x 32.5 x 13.7)
Rubber Tape
—
1 (454)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
AMC25-AT
1.0 x .81 x .40
(25.4 x 32.5 x 10.2)
Acrylic tape
—
.4 (182)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
8
White
PVC
—
—
AM2
1.2 x 1.2 x .13
(31.4 x 31.4 x 3.2)
User Supplied
M, I, S
Natural
Nylon
—
Yes
ARC.68-A
1.0 x 1.0 x 1.04
(25.4 x 25.4 x 26.4)
Rubber Tape
—
White
Polypropylene
1 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
DEPENDS ON ADHESIVE
SELECTION BY USER
.5 (227)
*Tie Cross Section: M = Miniature I = Intermediate
S = Standard LH = Light Heavy H = Heavy
**Static load is stated at 70° F (21°C)
Static load at temperature minimums and maximums will be reduced.
‡NORYL Thermoplastic Resin is a Registered Trademark of General Electric Co.
118
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Selection and Use of Adhesive Mounts
Part
Number
Overall
Dimensions
L" x W" x H" (mm)
Adhesive
Type
Used
with
Cable
Tie*
Maximum
Static
Load
lb. (g)**
Normal
Service
Temp. °F
(°C)
Range
Recommended
Installation
Temp.
°F (°C)
Dwell
Time
(Hrs.)
Mount
Material
Screw
Hole
Size
U.L.
Recognized
ASMS-A
1.1 x 1.1 x .35
(28.6 x 28.6 x 8.9)
Epoxy•
M, I, S
10 (4540)
-40 to 180
(-40 to 82)
32 (0)
12
Nat. Nylon
& Aluminum
—
—
A1C12-A
0.77 x 0.63 x 0.23
(19.6 x 16.0 x 5.8)
Rubber Tape
—
.14 (64)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
A1C25-A
0.91 x .063 x 0.23
(23.1 x 16.0 x 9.7)
Rubber Tape
—
.14 (64)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
A1C38-A
1.04 x 0.63 x 0.51
(26.4 x 16.0 x 13.0)
Rubber Tape
—
.14 (64)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
A1C50-A
1.17 x 0.63 x .064
(29.7 x 16.0 x 16.3)
Rubber Tape
—
.14 (64)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
A2C12-A
1.3 x 0.63 x 0.23
(33.0 x 16.0 x 5.8)
Rubber Tape
—
.29 (131)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
A2C25-A
1.43 x 0.63 x 0.36
(36.3 x 16.0 x 9.1)
Rubber Tape
—
.29 (131)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
A2C38-A
1.56 x 0.63 x 0.49
(39.6 x 16.0 x 12.4)
Rubber Tape
—
.29 (131)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
A2C50-A
1.68 x 0.63 x 0.61
(42.7 x 16.0 x 15.5)
Rubber Tape
—
.29 (131)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
BEC38-A
1.46 x 1.24 x 0.52
(37.1 x 31.5 x 13.2)
Rubber Tape
—
.91 (411)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Natural
Nylon
—
Yes
BEC62-A
1.46 x 1.24 x 0.79
(37.1 x 31.5 x 20.1)
Rubber Tape
—
.91 (411)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Natural
Nylon
—
Yes
BEC75-A
1.46 x 1.49 x 0.89
(37.1 x 37.8 x 22.6)
Rubber Tape
—
1.09 (493)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Natural
Nylon
—
Yes
EMS-A
1.0 x 1.0 x .26
(25.4 x 25.4 x 6.6)
Epoxy•
M, I, S
10 (4540)
-40 to 180
(-40 to 82)
32 (0)
12
Natural
Nylon
—
—
FCC-A
1.0 x 1.09 x .42
(25.4 x 27.7 x 10.7)
Rubber Tape
—
.5 (227)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
FCC5-A
1.0 x 0.56 x .28
(25.4 x 14.1 x 7.1)
Rubber Tape
—
.25 (113)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
FCM1-A
1.21 x 1.0 x .46
(30.7 x 25.4 x 11.7)
Rubber Tape
—
.5 (227)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
Nylon
1 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
FCM1.2-A
1.37 x 1.0 x .46
(34.8 x 25.4 x 11.7)
Rubber Tape
—
.62 (281)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
Nylon
1 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
FCM2-A
2.22 x 1.0 x .52
(56.4 x 25.4 x 13.2)
Rubber Tape
—
1 (454)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
Nylon
2 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
FCM3.25-A
3.38 x 1.0 x .68
(85.9 x 25.4 x 17.3)
Rubber Tape
—
1.5 (681)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
Nylon
2 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
LC3-A
.75 x .77 x .46
(19.1 x 19.6 x 11.7)
Rubber Tape
—
.28 (127)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
LC5-A
1.0 X 1.0 X .57
(25.4 X 25.4 X 14.5)
Rubber Tape
—
.5 (227)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
LC10-A
1.0 X 1.51 X .94
(25.4 X 38.4 X 23.9)
Rubber Tape
—
.6 (272)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
PVC
—
Yes
LPFCM14-A
2.56 X 0.50 X 0.165
(65.0 X 12.7 X 4.2)
Rubber Tape
—
.25 (113)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
Nylon
2 @#6
(M3)
Yes
LPFCM22-A
3.31 X 0.50 X 0.165
(84.1 X 12.7 X 4.2)
Rubber Tape
—
.25 (113)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
Nylon
2 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
LPFCM34-A
4.65 X 0.50 X 0.165
(115.8 X 12.7 X 4.2)
Rubber Tape
—
.25 (113)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
Nylon
2 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
LWC19-A
.61 x .85 x .39
(15.5 x 21.6 x 9.9)
Rubber Tape
—
.25 (113)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
Nylon
—
Yes
LWC25-A
1.0 X .88 X .45
(25.4 X 22.4 X 11.4)
Rubber Tape
—
.45 (204)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
Nylon
—
Yes
*Tie Cross Section: M = Miniature I = Intermediate
S = Standard LH = Light Heavy H = Heavy
**Static load is stated at 70° F (21°C)
Static load at temperature minimums and maximums will be reduced
•PANDUIT Part No: EMA Epoxy
119
Selection and Use of Adhesive Mounts
Part
Number
Overall
Dimensions
L" x W" x H" (mm)
Adhesive
Type
Used
with
Cable
Tie*
Maximum
Static
Load
lb. (g)**
Normal
Service
Temp. °F
(°C)
Range
Recommended
Installation
Temp.
°F (°C)
Dwell
Time
(Hrs.)
Mount
Material
Screw
Hole
Size
U.L.
Recognized
LWC38-A
1.0 X 1.0 X .56
(25.4 X 25.4 X 14.2)
Rubber Tape
—
.50 (227)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
Nylon
—
Yes
LWC50-A
1.0 X 1.25 X .67
(25.4 X 31.8 X 17.6)
Rubber Tape
—
.63 (284)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
Nylon
—
Yes
LWC75-A
1.232 x 1.476 x .91
(31.3 x 37.4 x 23.1)
Rubber Tape
—
.93 (417)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
Nylon
—
Yes
LWC100-A
1.98 x 2.225 x 1.26
(50.3 x 56.5 x 32.0)
Rubber Tape
—
2.25 (1020)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Gray
Nylon
—
Yes
MACC25-A
0.77 X .054 X 0.40
(19.5 X 13.6 X 10.2)
Rubber Tape
—
.19 (86)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Zinc
Plated Steel
—
Yes
MACC62-A
1.18 X 0.78 X 0.75
(30.0 X 19.7 X 19.0)
Rubber Tape
—
.44 (200)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Zinc
Plated Steel
—
Yes
SMS-A
2.0 X 1.0 X .35
(50.8 X 25.4 X 8.9)
Rubber Tape
†S
1 (454)
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
White
ABS
2 @ #6
(M3)
Yes
TM1A
.51 x .33 x .23
(12.8 x 8.3 x 5.8)
User Supplied
M
Natural
Nylon
—
Yes
TM2A
.59 x .38 x .27
(14.9 x 9.5 x 6.9)
User Supplied
M, I, S
Natural
Nylon
—
Yes
TM3A
.88 x .63 x .38
(22.2 x 15.9 x 9.7)
User Supplied
M, I,
S, H
Natural
Nylon
—
Yes
VCC25-A
1.0 x .5 x .44
(25.4 x 12.7 x 11.2)
Rubber Tape
—
Natural
Nylon
—
Yes
DEPENDS ON ADHESIVE
SELECTED BY USER
.25 (113)
*Tie Cross Section: M = Miniature I = Intermediate
S = Standard LH = Light Heavy H = Heavy
**Static load is stated at 70° F (21°C)
Static load at temperature minimums and maximums will be reduced
†Use with PLT/PRT1.5S or PLT/PRT2S
120
-20 to 120
(-29 to 49)
70 (21)
2
Harness Board Accessories
Harness Board Accessories
PANDUIT harness board accessories
provide for the fast routing and forming of
wires in harness fabrication.They hold
the wires off the harness board at a
uniform height for easy application of
cable ties. The accessories are designed
for use with various PANDUIT cable tie
installation tools. The Low accessories
are used with hand-operated tools. The
High accessories are used with the
automatic tools. To maintain the harness
a uniform height of approx. 1.33 inches
(33.8mm) (at the center of the harness)
above the board, use RER Elastic
Retainers, BR.75-E6 (or BR.5-E6),
CPH.75-S8, TJF and SHHH1.S8 or
SHH3-S8 harness board accessories.
This height suitable for use of PAT1M Automatic Cable Tie Installation Tool.
Wire Retainers
RER Type Replaceable
Elastic Retainers
As wires are individually inserted, the bundle is pre-formed. When
harness is complete, it can be easily snapped out. Three sizes available
for 1/2" (12.7), 3/4" (19.0) and 1 1/4" (31.7) bundles.
Replacement Elastic
For economy, the elastic band can be replaced in
the RER Elastic Retainers without removing the
RER base.
Part
Number
Pkg.
Qty.
10
10
10
RER.5E-X
RER.75E-X
RER1.25E-X
Max.
Dia.
Part Number†
In (mm)
.5
RER.5-S6-X
(12.7)
.75
RER.75-S6-X
(19.0)
1.25
RER1.25-S6-X
(31.8)
Most commonly used parts appear in
Dimensions
Inches (mm)
A
1.82
(46.2)
2.12
(53.9)
2.75
(69.9)
BOLD.
ER Type
Elastic Retainers
Part Number†
ER.5-E4-X
ER1.25-E4-X
Max.
Dia.
In (mm)
.5
(12.7)
1.25
(31.8)
B
.84
(21.3)
1.12
(28.4)
1.64
(41.7)
C
.18
(4.7)
D
.141
(3.6)
.145
(3.7)
.145
(3.7)
E
1.18
(30.0)
Material
&
Color
Black
Nylon and
Acetal
Mounting
Method
#6 (M3)
Screw
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
10
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
50
10
50
10
50
ER Type retainers form wire bundles as wires are inserted. Completed
bundles then snap out. Two sizes available for 1/2" (12.7) and 1 1/4" (31.7).
Dimensions
Inches (mm)
A
1.00
(25.4)
2.00
(50.8)
B
1.00
(25.4)
2.40
(61.0)
C
D
.15
(3.8)
.120
(3.0)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity.
E
1.90
(48.3)
2.90
(73.7)
Material
&
Color
Black
Nylon
and ABS
Mounting
Method
#4 (M2,5)
Screws
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
10
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
100
10
100
121
Harness Board Accessories
Bundle
Retainers
Spring fingers with large lead in, facilitate fast
routing of wires and easy removal of
completed harness. Overlapping feet allow the
retainers to be butted together for wire
breakouts. Three sizes available for 1/2"
(12.7), 3/4" (19.0) and 2.00" (50.8) bundles.
Dimensions
Inches (mm)
Max.
Dia.
In (mm)
A
.5
(12.7)
1.07
(27.2)
BR.75-E6-C
.75
(19.0)
.95
(24.1)
BR2-1.5-X
2.00
(50.8)
BR2-4-X
BR2-6-X
Part Number†
BR.5-E6-C
B
C
D
E
.52
(13.2)
.09
(2.3)
.20
(5.1)
.145
(3.7)
.26
(6.6)
1.42
(36.1)
2.12
(54.0)
1.62
(41.1)
—
2.00
(50.8)
.26
(6.6)
1.42
(36.1)
2.12
(54.0)
4.00
(101.6)
—
2.00
(50.8)
.26
(6.6)
1.42
(36.1)
2.12
(54.0)
6.00
(152.4)
—
Corner Posts
.76
(19.3)
Material
&
Color
Mounting
Method
Black
Acetal
#6 (M3)
Screws
Black
Acetal
CPL.75-S8-X
.75
(19.0)
1.78
(45.3)
1.60
(40.8)
1.35
(34.4)
.90
(22.9)
1.18
(30.0)
1.08
(27.4)
1.52
(38.6)
.56
(14.2)
.88
(22.4)
1.11
(28.2)
Harness Board
PAT2 Adapter Base
Part Number†
HBP2AB-X
122
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
100
500
100
500
10
100
10
100
10
100
Designed to pre-form tight bundles at harness corners and breakouts. The
top arm pivots for easy removal of completed harness.
CPH Corner Post, High
CPH.75-S8-X
1/4-20 (M6)
Screws
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
CPL Corner Post, Low
Black
Acetal
#8 (M4)
Screws
10
100
10
100
Harness board PAT2 adapter base can be used to raise wire retainers
(RER.5,.75, 1.25), bundle retainers (BR.5, .75) and corner posts (CPH.75,
CPL.75) to accommodate the PAT2 automatic cable tie installation tool.
A
B
C
Material
&
Color
2.501
(63.53)
1.707
(43.36)
1.608
(40.89)
Black
Nylon
Mounting
Method
#6 (M3)
Screw
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
10
100
Harness Board Accessories
T-Junction Fixture
In the “up” position to
form harness
Part Number†
TJF-X
Using an integral harness board nail, the fixture moves up and down (see
photos) to form “T” junction. Unique design reduces cable tie usage by 1/3
compared to other fixtures.
In the “down” position to tie
and remove harness.
Dimensions
Inches (mm)
Max.
Dia.
In (mm)
A
B
C
D
1.34
(34.0)
.75
(19.1)
.12
(3.0)
1.39
(35.1)
.70
(17.8)
Wire End Holder
E
Material
&
Color
Mounting
Method
1.12
(28.4)
Black Acetal and
Nickel Plated Steel
Integral
Nail
Part Number†
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
10
100
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
100
1000
Secures wire ends with or without terminations while harness is being fabricated.
Wires can be easily added or removed
from the top, but will hold the wire from
axial movement. Used with #28 thru #16
AWG wires. Two mounting slots .16 (4.1)
for #8 (M4) screws.
Dimensions
Inches (mm)
WEH-E8-C
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
A
B
C
D
E
F
Material
&
Color
1.25
(31.8)
.38
(9.7)
.79
(20.0)
.55
(14.0)
.29
(7.4)
.18
(4.6)
Black
Acetal
Harness Board Nails
Speeds routing of
wires. All have a uniform driving depth
insured by collar stop.
Mounting
Method
#8 (M4)
Screws
Available in standard (HBN) and heavy
duty (HBNH) types.
HBN.75-T
1.40
(35.6)
.78
(19.8)
.073
(1.9)
—
—
200
1000
HBN1-T
1.65
(41.9)
1.03
(26.2)
.073
(1.9)
—
—
200
1000
HBN1.5-T
2.15
(54.6)
1.53
(38.4)
.082
(2.1)
—
—
200
1000
HBN2-T
2.65
(67.3)
2.03
(51.6)
.093
(2.4)
—
—
200
1000
HNB2.5-T
3.17
(80.5)
2.55
(64.8)
.110
(2.8)
—
—
200
1000
HBN3-T
3.67
(93.2)
3.05
(77.5)
.120
(3.0)
—
—
200
1000
HBN4-T
4.67
(118.6)
4.03
(102.9)
.144
(3.7)
—
—
200
1000
HBNH4-L
4.75
(120.6)
4.0
(101.6)
—
—
50
500
HBNH5-L
5.75
(146.0)
5.0
(127.0)
—
—
50
500
HBNH6-L
6.75
(171.4)
6.0
(152.4)
—
—
50
500
HBNH7-L
7.75
(196.8)
7.0
(177.8)
—
—
50
500
HBNH8-Q
8.75
(222.2)
8.0
(203.2)
—
—
25
125
.187
(4.7)
.62
(15.9)
.75
(19.0)
Hardened
Tempered
Steel
Hammered
into
Harness
Board
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity.
123
Harness Board Accessories
Fanning Strip
System
Assures that wires are held in a particular orientation in sophisticated wiring
harnesses. Consists of fanning strip and fanning strip holder.
Fanning Strip (FS156)
Contains evenly spaced “snap slots” to hold
wires in place. No sharp edges to damage
wire insulation. Becomes part of the wiring
harness. Will accept wires up to 18 AWG.
Used with FSH40 or FSHH holders.
Used in conjunction with RER.75-S6,
BR.75-E6 (BR.5-E6) and CPH.75-S8.
Ideal for use with PAT cable tie tool.
Fanning Strip Holders
High Holder (FSHH-X)
Low Holder (FSH40-X)
Dimensions
Inches (mm)
Part Number†
Material
&
Color
A
B
C
D
E
F
FS156-C
12.0
(304.8)
.31
(7.9)
.04
(1.0)
.12
(3.0)
.156
(4.0)
.06
(1.5)
Nylon
FSH40-X
6.0
(152.4)
.62
(15.7)
.56
(14.2)
1.50
(38.1)
.75
(19.0)
.04
(1.0)
ABS
3.22
(82)
1.38
(35.1)
.57
(14.5)
1.12
(28.4)
.53
(13.5)
.04
(1.0)
ABS
FSHH-X
124
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity.
Mounting
Method
Fanning
Strip Holder
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
10
#8 (M4)
Screw
10
Harness Board Accessories
Spring Wire
Breakout System
Consists of harness board springs and spring holders to hold wire ends taut.
When harness is removed from board, wires simply pull out from spring.
PBSC Spring
Wire Breakout
Dimensions
Inches (mm)
Part Number†
A
PBSC1-X
1.00
(25.4)
PBSC3-X
3.00
(76.2)
B
Each SHH Spring Holder is supplied
with (1) rigid wire piece to hold the
spring laterally and two #8 (M4) 2"
(50.8) hex head wood screws. Two
sizes available for use with PBSC1
and PBSC6.
Packaging*
C
Material
&
Color
—
—
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Used with SHH1
Spring Holder
10
100
—
10
100
Used with SHH3
Spring Holder
10
100
Mounting
Method
—
.44
(11.2)
SHH Spring Holder
.035" (.9)
Thick
Steel
PBSC6-X
6.00
(152.4)
PBSC12-X
12.00
(304.8)
—
—
10
—
SHH1-S8-X
1.90
(48.3)
.50
(12.7)
Two #8 (M4)
2" (50.8)
Screws used with
PBSC1
10
—
SHH3-S8-X
7.00
(177.8)
Two #8 (M4)
2" (50.8)
Screws used with
PBSC6
10
—
1.30
(33)
Nylon
Harness Board Platform
Elevates the bundle of wires from the harness board to allow the installation of
Abrasion Protection products and the use of PANDUIT automatic cable tie tools.
The platform is used as a template to mark the location of the nails. The nails are
driven into the board with a hammer. The plastic sleeve slides over each nail.
Part Number†
HB1P4-X
HB1P6-X
HB2P4-X
HB2P6-X
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In (mm)
1.00
(25.4)
2.00
(51)
Dimensions
Inches (mm)
A
B
5.00
(127.0)
4.00
(101.6)
7.00
(203.2)
6.00
(152.4)
6.00
(152.4)
4.00
(101.6)
8.00
(203.2)
6.00
(152.4)
C
Packaging*
D
1.32
(33.5)
.375
(9.5)
2.32
(58.9)
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity.
Material
&
Method
Nylon platform,
vinyl spacer,
tempered
steel nails
Mounting
Method
Driven into
harness
board
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
10
100
10
100
10
100
10
100
125
Harness Board Accessories
Harness Board
Standoff Post
Used to hold a push mount accessory or cable tie at a specific location on a
harness board. The Standoff Post is placed over a hole in the harness board,
a bolt is then threaded into the bottom of the standoff from the backside of the
board and tightened. Push mount accessories are inserted into the top of the
Standoff Post prior to assembly. When the assembly is complete, the harness
and the attached push mount are removed from the Standoff Post.
Dimensions
Inches (mm)
Part Number†
HB2SP19-X
HB4SP19-X
HB6SP19-X
HB2SP25-X
HB4SP25-X
HB6SP25-X
A
2.00
(51)
4.00
(101.6)
6.00
(152.4)
2.00
(51)
4.00
(101.6)
6.00
(152.4)
B
C
D
—
E
—
.203
(5.1)
—
—
—
—
.50
(12.7)
.295
(7.5)
4.00
(101.6)
5.00
(127)
Harness Board
Universal Adapter
HBUA-X
3.00
(77)
1.00
(25.4)
Tie Harness
Mount Fixture
THMF2-X
THMF4-X
THMF6-X
126
2.08
(52.8)
4.08
(103.6)
6.08
(154.4)
Aluminum
Mounting
Method
(M6)
Screw
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
10
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
100
10
100
10
100
10
100
—
—
—
—
10
100
—
—
10
100
THAUF4-X is used to hold a tie harness anchor at a specified location
on a harness board. Unique step design accepts all 3 mount hole sizes
found in PANDUIT tie harness anchors. When assembly is complete,
the harness and attached anchor are removed from the harness board
post. Can also be used with the harness board universal adapter
(HBUA-X).
Tie Harness
Anchor
Universal
Fixture
THAUF4-X
Material
&
Color
.50
(12.7)
—
—
Aluminum
(M6)
Screw
10
100
10
100
10
50
10
50
10
50
Used with Harness Board Standoff Post
when you cannot drill mounting holes in your
harness board. A bolt is inserted from the
back side of the Adapter and then is turned
right side up. The Adapter is now ready to be
secured to your harness board by using self
tapping screws.
1.50
(38.1)
.50
(12.7)
.31
(7.9)
Black
Nylon
Wood
Screw
Used to hold and support the THM1SC Harness Mount ( See Page 95). The mount is elevated from the harness board so that a cable
tie can be installed by Panduit’s automatic
cable tie installation tools. The mount is
pushed into the top of the fixture prior to
assembly and pulled out of the fixture when the
harness is complete.
.28
(7.1)
.34
(8.7)
.34
(8.7)
See Drawing
*Order the Number of Pieces Required in Multiples of Packaging Quantities.
†Part Numbers listed are for Standard Materials in Standard Package Quantity.
Aluminum
(M6)
Screw
Wiring Accessories Bulk Packaging
Bulk Package Part Numbers
The following is an alpha-numeric cross reference of Standard Package Wiring Accessories parts with the corresponding Bulk Package part numbers. Contact distributor
for pricing of bulk package parts.
Standard Part No.
Standard Part No.
Bulk Part No.
A
Bulk Part No.
Standard Part No.
Bulk Part No.
CBP25-C
CBP25-M
HCMP06C12-C20
HCMP06C12-M20
HWS2819-M
CBP31-C
CBP31-M
HWS2819-C
ABMM-A-C
ABMM-A-D
CBP37-C
CBP37-M
HSC-25-L
HSC-25-D
ABMM-AT-C
ABMM-AT-D
CBP50-C
CBP50-M
HSC-25-L100
HSC-25-D100
ABMM-AT-C0
ABMM-AT-D0
CBP62-C
CBP62-M
HCME06A12-C20
HCME06A12-M20
ABMS-A-C
ABMS-A-D
CBP75-C
CBP75-M
HCMP06B12-C20
HCMP06B12-M20
ABM1M-A-C
ABM1M-A-M
CBP87-C
CBP87-M
HCMP06C12-C20
HCMP06C12-M20
ABM1M-AT-C
ABM1M-AT-M
CBP100-C
CBP100-M
HWS2819-C
HWS2819-M
ABM100-A-C
ABM100-A-D
CCS12-S8-C
CCS12-S8-M
HSC-25-L
HSC-25-D
ABM100-A-C14
ABM100-A-D14
CCS19-S8-C
CCS19-S8-M
HSC-25-L100
ABM100-A-C15
ABM100-A-D15
CCS25-S8-C
CCS25-S8-M
ABM100-AT-C0
ABM100-AT-D0
CCS25-S10-C
CCS25-S10-M
KIMS-H366-C2
KIMS-H366-M2
ABM2S-A-C
ABM2S-A-D
CCS31-S8-C
CCS31-S8-M
KIMS-H430-C6
KIMS-H430-M6
ABM2S-A-C14
ABM2S-A-D14
CCS38-S8-C
CCS38-S8-M
KIMS-H500-C4
ABM2S-A-C15
ABM2S-A-D15
CCS44-S8-C
CCS44-S8-M
ABM2S-AT-C .
ABM2S-AT-D
CCS50-S8-C
CCS50-S8-M
ABM2S-AT-C0
ABM2S-AT-D0
LPFCM14-A-C14
LPFCM14-A-D14
CCH12-S10-C
CCH12-S10-M
ABM3H-A-L
ABM3H-A-T
LPFCM22-A-C14
LPFCM22-A-D14
CCH19-S10-C
CCH19-S10-M
ABM3H-AT-L
ABM3H-AT-T
LPFCM34-A-C14
LPFCM34-A-D14
CCH25-S10-C
CCH25-S10-M
ABM4H-A-L
ABM4H-A-T
LPMM-S2-C
LPMM-S2-M
CCH31-S10-C
CCH31-S10-M
ABM4H-AT-L
ABM4H-AT-T
LPMM-S5-C
LPMM-S5-M
CCH38-S10-C
CCH38-S10-M
ACC19-A-C
ACC19-A-M
LPMS-S8-C
LPMS-S8-M
CCH44-S10-C
CCH44-S10-M
ACC19-A-C20
ACC19-A-M20
LWC19-A-C
LWC19-A-M
CCH50-S10-C
CCH50-S10-M
ACC38-A-C
ACC38-A-M
LWC19-A-C14
LWC19-A-M14
CCH56-S10-C
CCH56-S10-M
ACC38-A-C20
ACC38-A-M20
LWC19-H25-C
LWC19-H25-M
CCH62-S10-C
CCH62-S10-M
ACC62-A-C
ACC62-A-M
LWC19-H25-C14
LWC19-H25-M14
CCH69-S10-C
CH69-S10-M
ACC62-A-C20
ACC62-A-D20
LWC25-A-C
LWC25-A-D
CCH75-S10-C
CCH75-S10-M
ADCC31-AT-C10
ADCC31-AT-D10
LWC25-A-C14
LWC25-A-D14
CCH81-S10-C
CCH81-S10-M
AM2-C
AM2-M
LWC25-H25-C
LWC25-H25-D
CCH87-S10-C
CCH87-S10-M
ARC.68-A-Q
ARC.68-A-C
LWC25-H25-C14
LWC25-H25-D14
CCH100-S10-C
CCH100-S10-M
ARC.68-A-Q14
ARC.68-A-C14
LWC38-A-C
LWC38-A-D
ARC.68-S6-Q
ARC.68-S6-C
LWC38-A-C14
LWC38-A-D14
ARC.68-S6-Q14
ARC.68-S6-C14
ASMS-A-X
ASMS-A-T
B
E
HSC-25-D100
K
KIMS-H500-M4
L
LWC38-H25-C
LWC38-H25-D
LWC38-H25-D14
EMA-X
STD. ONLY
LWC38-H25-C14
EMS-A-C
EMS-A-D
LWC50-A-L
LWC50-A-T
EMS-A-C0
EMS-A-D0
LWC50-A-L14
LWC50-A-T14
BCS-L100
BCS-D100
EMSK3-1-X0
EMSK3-1-C0
LWC50-H25-L
LWC50-H25-T
BCS-C115
BCS-D115
EMSK12-4-12-X0
EMSK12-4-12-C0
LWC50-H25-L14
LWC50-H25-T14
BEC38-A-L
BEC38-A-T
BEC38-A-L20
BEC38-A-T20
BEC38-A-L0
BEC38-A-T0
BEC62-A-L
BEC62-A-T
BEC62-A-L20
BEC62-A-T20
BEC62-A-L0
BEC62-A-T0
BEC75-A-L
BEC75-A-T
BEC75-A-L20
BEC75-A-T20
BEC75-A-L0
BEC75-A-T0
BECP38H25-L
BECP38H25-T
BECP38H25-L20
BECP38H25-T20
BECP75H25-L
BECP75H25-T
BECP75H25-L20
BECP75H25-T20
C
F
LWC75-A-L
LWC75-A-C
FCBI1-A-C20
FCBI1-A-M20
LWC75-A-L14
LWC75-A-C14
FCBI1-S10-C20
FCBI1-S10-M20
LWC75-H25-L
LWC75-H25-C
FCBI2-A-C20
FCBI2-A-M20
LWC75-H25-L14
LWC75-H25-C14
FCBI2-S10-C20
FCBI2-S10-M20
LWC100-A-L
LWC100-A-C
FCBI3-A-C20
FCBI3-A-M20
LWC100-A-L14
LWC100-A-C14
FCBI3-S10-C20
FCBI3-S10-M20
LWC100-H25-L
LWC100-H25-C
FCC5-A-C8
FCC5-A-D8
LWC100-H25-L14
FCC-A-C8
FCC-A-D8
LWC100-H25-C14
M
FCM1-A-C14
FCM1-A-T14
MBMS-S10-C
FCM1-S6-C14
FCM1-S6-T14
MMS8
STD. ONLY
FCM2-A-C14
FCM2-A-T14
MP150-C
MP150-M
MBM-S10-M
FCM2-S6-C14
FCM2-S6-T14
THRU
FCM1.2-A-C14
FCM1.2-A-T14
MP350-C
MP350-M
MP150-C0
MP150-M0
THRU
CBLS18-C
CBLS18-M
FCM1.2-S6-C14
FCM1.2-S6-T14
CBLS25-C
CBLS25-M
FCPI1-C20
FCPI1-M20
THRU
THRU
CBLS37-C
CBLS37-M
FCPI2-C20
FCPI2-M20
MP350-C0
MP350-M0
CBLS50-C
CBLS50-M
FCPI3-C20
FCPI3-M20
BULK ONLY
MP150R
CBLS62-C
CBLS62-M
CBLS75-C
CBLS75-M
CBP12-C
CBP12-M
H
HCMP06B12-C20
THRU
HCMP06B12-M20
MP250R
127
Bulk Package Part Numbers
The following is an alpha-numeric cross reference of Standard Package Wiring Accessories parts with the corresponding Bulk Package part numbers. Contact distributor
for pricing of bulk package parts.
Standard Part No.
Bulk Part No.
Standard Part No.
Bulk Part No.
Standard Part No.
Bulk Part No.
MPMS19-C0
MPMS19-M0
THAUF4-X
THAUF4-C
T12N-C
T12N-D
MPMH38-L0
MPMH38-D0
THM1SC-C
THM1SC-M
T12N-C0
T12N-D0
MPMWH32-L0
MPMWH32-D0
THM1SC-C30
THM1SC-M30
T12R-C
T12R-D
THMSC35-C30
THMSC35-M30
T25F-C
T25F-M
T25F-M0
P
PBMS-H25-C
PBMS-H25-M
THMSC35-C39
THMSC35-M39
T25F-C0
PBMS-H25-C14
PBMS-H25-M14
THMSC35F-C30
THMSC35F-M30
T25FR-C
T25FR-M
PLA2S-A-Q
PLA2S-A-C
THMSC35F-C39
THMSC35-M39
T25FR-C20
T25FR-M20
PMCC38H25-C
PMCC38H25-M
THMSC60-C30
THMSC60-M30
T25N-C
T25N-M
PM2H25-C
PM2H25-M
THMSC60-C39 .
THMSC60-M39
T25R-C
T25R-M
PP1S-S10-X
PP1S-S10-C
THMSC60F-C30
THMSC60F-M30
T25R-C20
T25R-M20
PP2S-S10-X
PP2S-S10-C
THMSC60F-C39
THMSC60F-M39
T38F-C
T38F-TL
PP2S-S12-X
PP2S-S12-C
THMSC85-C30
THMSC85-M30
T38F-C0
T38F-TL0
PRA2S-A-Q
PRA2S-A-C
THMSC85-C39
THMSC85-M39
T38FR-C
T38FR-TL
PWMS-H25-C
PWMS-H25-M
THMSP20-C
THMSP20-M
T38N-C
T38N-TL
THMSP20-C30
THMSP20-M30
T38R-C
T38R-TL
THMSP20F-M
T50F-C
T50F-TL
R
RAFCBI1-S6-C20
RAFCBI1-S6-M20
THMSP20F-C
RAFCBI2-S6-C20
RAFCBI2-S6-M20
THMSP20F-C30
THMSP20F-M30
T50F-C0
T50F-TLO
RAFCBI3-S6-C20
RAFCBI3-S6-M20
THMSP25-C
THMSP25-M
T50F-C3
T50F-TL3
THMSP25-C30
THMSP25-M30
T50F-C4
T50F-TL4
SE12P-MR0
THMSP25F-C
THMSP25F-M
T50FR-C
T50FR-TL
SE25P-MR0
THMSP25F-C30
THMSP25F-M30
T50N-C
T50N-TL
SE38P-TR0
SE38P-MR0
THMEH-S8-Q0
TMEH-S8-C0
T50N-C0 .
T50N-TL0
SE50P-CR0
SE50P-DR0
TMEH-S10-Q0
TMEH-S10-C0
T50R-C
T50R-TL
SE74P-CR0
SE75P-DR0
TMEH-S25-Q0
TMEH-S25-C0
T62F-C
T62F-TL
SE125P-TR0
TMSTLHS6-C0
TMSTLHS6-M0
T62FR-C
T62FR-TL
SE150P-LR0
SE150P-TR0
TMSTHS13-C0
TMSTLH13-D0
T62N-C
T62N-TL
SE12PFR-TR0
SE12PFR-MR0
TMSTHS16-C0
TMSTHS16-D0
T62R-C
T62R-TL
SE25PFR-TR0
SE25PFR-MR0
TMSTHS19-C0
TMSTHS16-D0
T75F-C
T75F-T
SE38PFR-TR0
SE38PFR-MR0
TM1A-C
TM1A-M
T75F-C0
T75F-T0
SE50PFR-CR0
SE50PFR-DR0
TM1S4-C
TM1S4-M
T75FR-C
T75FR-T
SE75PFR-CR0
SE75PFR-DR0
TM1S6-C
TM1S6-M
T75N-C
T75N-T
SE125PFR-LR0
SE125PFR-TR0
TM2A-C
TM2A-M
T75R-C
SE150PFR-LR0
SE150PFR-TR0
TM2PWH25-C
TM2PWH25-M
SICH25-C
SICH25-M
TM2R6-C
TM2R6-M
VCC25-A-C
SICH38-C
SICH38-M
TM2S6-C
TM2S6-M
VCC25-A-C0
VCC25-A-M0
SICH50-C
SICH50-M
TM2S8-C
TM2S8-M
VCC50-A-C
VCC50-A-D
SICH75-C
SICH75-M
TM2S8-C100
TM2S8-M100
VCS-25-L
VCS-25-D
SICH100-C
SICH100-M
TM3A-C
TM3A-M
VCS-25-L100
VCS-25-D100
SMS-A-C
SMS-A-D
TM3R6-C
TM3R6-M
VWS4218-C
VWS4218-M
SMS-A-C14
SMS-A-D14
TM3S10-C
TM3S10-M
VWS4238-C
VWS4238-M
SMS-A-C15
SMS-A-D15
TM3S25-C
TM3S25-M
VWS4274-C
VWS4275-M
TM3S8-C
TM3S8-M
VWS42105-C
VWS42105-M
TM3S8-C100
TM3S8-M100
TP2-C
TP2-M
WS25-25-C
WS25-25-M
TP4H-C
TP4H-D
WS25-50-C
WS25-50-M
TPM16-C
TPM16-M
WS25-75-C
WS25-75-M
TPM5-16-C
TPM5-16-M
WS35-25-C
WS35-25-M
TPM10-16-C
TPM10-16-M
WS35-50-C
WS35-50-M
TPM15-16-C
TPM15-16-M
WS35-75-C
WS35-75-M
TPM20-16-C
TPM20-16-M
WS50-25-C
WS50-25-M
TPM25-16-C
TPM25-16-M
WS50-50-C
WS50-50-M
TPM30-16-C
TPM30-16-M
WS50-75-C
WS50-75-M
TWR-C
TWR-M
WS75-25-C
WS75-25-M
TWR-C0
TWR-M0
WS75-50-C
WS75-50-M
T12F-C
T12F-D
WS75-75-C
WS75-75-M
S
SE12P-TR0
SE25P-TR0
SE125P-LR0
T
TA1S8-C
TA1S8-M
TA1S10-C
TA1S10-M
TA2-C
TA2-M
THASS8-C
THASS8-M
THASS8-C30
THASS-M30
THASS10-C
THASS10-M
THASS10F-C30
THASS10F-M30
THASS25-C
THASS25-M
THASS25-C30
THASS25-M30
THASS8F-C
THASS8F-M
THASS8F-C30
THASS8F-M30
THASS10F-C
THASS10F-M
THASS10F-C30
THASS10F-M30
THASS25F-C
THASS25F-M
THASS25F-C30
128
THASS25F-M30
T12F-C0
T12F-D0
T12FR-C
T12FR-D
T75R-T
V
ACC25-A-M
W
Abrasion Protection Products
Abrasion Protection Products
Spiral Wrapping
Grommet Edging
Corrugated Loom Tubing
Braided Sleeving
Abrasion Protection for Wire
and Cable Insulation as well as
Hydraulic or Pneumatic Tubing
129
Spiral Wrapping
Spiral Wrapping
Features and Benefits
U.L. Recognized
• Largest variety of colors, materials and sizes in the industry
• Available in seven different materials and twelve
different colors
• Colors conform to Communications Wiring Standards
• Flexible, neat, fast
• Allows breakouts of single/multiple wires and rerouting of
replacement wires
• Harness multiple cables into a single manageable bundle
• Abrasion protection for wires, cables, hoses and tubing
• Color code wire bundles
• Reusable
• Tool supplied in each package
Spiral Wrapping Suggested Applications
Use PANDUIT ® Spiral Wrapping in office and industrial environments for the following applications:
• Organize wires for communication and computer equipment
where access to the wires is required
• In OEM applications for protecting tubing and
harnesses
• Abrasion protection for control panel wiring
• Personal computer and printer wire organization
• Protect glass tubes from abrasion and breakage
• Kink-proofing for all kinds of tubing . . . ideal for
laboratories
• Eliminates lacing cord and tie offs
• Use orange spiral wrapping for protecting and
identifying fiber optic cables
130
Spiral Wrapping
The Functional Part Number System Makes Ordering Easy
Spiral Wrap Part Number Description
Example T25F-C16
T
25
F
Outside Diameter
12 = 1/8"
25 = 1/4"
38 = 3/8"
50 = 1/2"
62 = 5/8"
75 = 3/4"
100 = 1"
Part Description
PANDUIT Spiral
Cut Tubing
(Spiral Wrapping)
C
—
Material
F = Polyethylene and
Weather Resistant
Polyethylene
R = V2 Flame Retardant
FR = V0 Flame Retardant
N = Nylon
T = TEFLON
16
Color Suffix
Package Size
X = 10'
Q = 25'
L = 50'
C = 100'
T = 200'
TL = 250'
D = 500'
M = 1000'
See color
table below
Color Availability
Material
Color
Color
Suffix*
Natural
(Clear)
Leave
Blank
Weather
Resistant
Black
0
Polyethylene
Weather
Resistant
Polyethylene
X
Flame Retardant
Polyethylene
V2 Rating
Flame Retardant
Polyethylene
V0 Rating
Natural Color
is White
Natural Color
is White
X
Brown
1
X
Red
2
X
Orange
3
X
Yellow
4
X
Green
5
X
Blue
6
X
Purple
7
X
Gray
8
X
White
10
X
Pink
16
X
Black
20
Nylon
Weather
Resistant
Nylon
X
TEFLON‡
X
X
X
X
Blank = Not applicable
*Colors are stocked for 1/4" & 1/2" Polyethylene. Other sizes available, consult the factory.
UL94V-0 Polyethylene Spiral Wrapping and Grommet Edging
Panduit offers 94V-0 Polyethylene Spiral wrapping as a low cost, non-flammable alternative to TEFLON
spiral wrapping. Use 94V-0 TEFLON where higher temperature applications are required.
UL94V-0 Polyethylene Spiral Wrapping and Grommet Edging:
• Pass UL requirements for 94V-0 flame rating of product for all wall thickness and outside diameters of spiral
wrapping and allpanel thicknesses of grommet edging.
• Pass UL requirements for 94V-0 flame rating for 1/32" thick material. This distinction is important due to the thin wall
of smaller diameter spiral wrapping.
Refer to these UL 94V-0 rated polyethylene materials, easily identified on pages 133 (spiral wrapping) and
136 (grommet edging) with suffix “FR” before part number packaging information.
‡TEFLON or equivalent fluorocarbon PTFE material is used. TEFLON is a registered trademark of E.I. DuPont Co.
131
Spiral Wrapping
Ordering Information - Spiral Wrapping
U.L. Recognized
B
A
T
Part
Number
B
In. (mm)
T
In. (mm)
Bundle Size
In. (mm)
Feet
Per
Pkg.
Material
Color
A
In. (mm)
T12F-C
T19F-C
T25F-X
T25F-X0
T25F-C
T25F-C1
T25F-C10
T25F-C16
T25F-C2
T25F-C3
T25F-C4
T25F-C5
T25F-C6
T25F-C7
T25F-C8
T38F-C
T50F-X
T50F-X0
T50F-C
T50F-C10
T50F-C16
T50F-C2
T50F-C3
T50F-C4
T50F-C5
T50F-C6
T50F-C7
T50F-C8
T62F-C
T75F-C
T100F-C
Polyethylene
Natural
Natural
Natural
Black
Natural
Brown
White
Pink
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Gray
Natural
Natural
Black
Natural
White
Pink
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Gray
Natural
Natural
Natural
0.125" (3.2)
0.188" (4.8)
0.25" (6.4)
0.25" (6.4)
0.25" (6.4)
0.25" (6.4)
0.25" (6.4)
0.25" (6.4)
0.25" (6.4)
0.25" (6.4)
0.25" (6.4)
0.25" (6.4)
0.25" (6.4)
0.25" (6.4)
0.25" (6.4)
0.375" (9.5)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.625" (15.9)
0.75" (19.1)
1" (25.4)
0.218" (5.5)
0.250" (6.4)
0.375" (9.5)
0.375" (9.5)
0.375" (9.5)
0.375" (9.5)
0.375" (9.5)
0.375" (9.5)
0.375" (9.5)
0.375" (9.5)
0.375" (9.5)
0.375" (9.5)
0.375" (9.5)
0.375" (9.5)
0.375" (9.5)
0.437" (11.1)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.625" (15.9)
0.875" (22.2)
1.125" (28.6)
0.030" (.76)
0.035" (0.89)
0.04" (1.02)
0.04" (1.02)
0.04" (1.02)
0.04" (1.02)
0.04" (1.02)
0.04" (1.02)
0.04" (1.02)
0.04" (1.02)
0.04" (1.02)
0.04" (1.02)
0.04" (1.02)
0.04" (1.02)
0.04" (1.02)
0.055" (1.4)
0.06" (1.5)
0.06" (1.5)
0.06" (1.5)
0.06" (1.5)
0.06" (1.5)
0.06" (1.5)
0.06" (1.5)
0.06" (1.5)
0.06" (1.5)
0.06" (1.5)
0.06" (1.5)
0.06" (1.5)
0.062" (1.57)
0.065" (1.65)
0.07" (1.78)
1/16" (1.6) - 1/2" (12.7)
1/8" (3.2) - 1" (25.4)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
5/16" (7.9) - 3" (76.2)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
1/2" (12.7) - 4 1/2" (114.3)
5/8" (15.9) - 5" (127)
7/8" (22.2) - 6" (152.4)
100'
100'
10'
10'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100‘
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
10'
10'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
1 Roll
T12F-C0
T19F-C0
T25F-C0
T38F-C0
T50F-C0
T62F-C0
T75F-C0
T100F-C0
Weather
Resistant
Polyethylene
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
0.125" (3.2)
0.188" (4.8)
0.25" (6.4)
0.375" (9.5)
0.5" (12.7)
0.625" (15.9)
0.75" (19.1)
1" (25.4)
0.218" (5.5)
0.250" (6.4)
0.375" (9.5)
0.437" (11.1)
0.5" (12.7)
0.625" (15.9)
0.875" (22.2)
1.125" (28.6)
0.030" (76)
0.035" (0.89)
0.04" (1.02)
0.055" (1.4)
0.06" (1.5)
0.062" (1.57)
0.065" (1.65)
0.07" (1.78)
1/16" (1.6) - 1/2" (12.7)
1/8" (3.2) - 1" (25.4)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
5/16" (7.9) - 3" (76.2)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
1/2" (12.7) - 4 1/2" (114.3)
5/8" (15.9) - 5" (127)
7/8" (22.2) - 6" (152.4)
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
1 Roll
*Order the number of rolls required.
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
132
Std.
Pkg.*
Spiral Wrapping
Ordering Information - Spiral Wrapping
U.L. Recognized (Except Flame Retardant Polyethylene (U.L. V0))
Part
Number
B
In. (mm)
T
In. (mm)
Bundle Size
In. (mm)
Feet
Per
Pkg.
Material
Color
A
In. (mm)
T12R-C
T19R-C
T25R-C
T25R-C20
T38R-C
T50R-C
T62R-C
T75R-C
T100R-C
Flame
Retardant
Polyethylene
White
White
White
Black
White
White
White
White
White
0.125" (3.2)
0.188" (4.8)
0.250" (6.4)
0.250" (6.4)
0.375" (9.5)
0.500" (12.7)
0.625" (15.9)
0.750" (19.1)
1.000" (25.4)
0.218" (5.5)
0.250" (6.4)
0.375" (9.5)
0.375" (9.5)
0.437" (11.1)
0.500" (12.7)
0.625" (15.9)
0.875" (22.2)
1.125" (28.6)
0.030" (0.76)
0.035" (0.89)
0.040" (1.02)
0.040" (1.02)
0.055" (1.40)
0.060" (1.50)
0.062" (1.57)
0.065" (1.65)
0.070" (1.78)
1/16" (1.6) - 1/2"(12.7)
1/8" (3.2) - 1" (25.4)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
5/16" (7.9) - 3" (76.2)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
1/2" (12.7) - 4 1/2" (114.3)
5/8" (15.9) - 5" (127)
7/8" (22.2) - 6" (152.4)
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
1 Roll
T12FR--C
T12FR-C20
T19FR-C
T19FR-C20
T25FR-C
T25FR-C20
T38FR-C
T38FR-C20
T50FR-C
T50FR-C20
T62FR-C
T62FR-C20
T75FR-C
T75FR-C20
T100FR-C
T100FR-C20
Flame
Retardant
Polyethylene
(U.L. V0)
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
0.125" (3.2)
0.125" (3.2)
0.188" (4.8)
0.188" (4.8)
0.250" (6.4)
0.250" (6.4)
0.375" (9.5)
0.375" (9.5)
0.500" (12.7)
0.500" (12.7)
0.625" (15.9)
0.625" (15.9)
0.750" (19.1)
0.750" (19.1)
1.000" (25.4)
1.000" (25.4)
0.218" (5.5)
0.218" (5.5)
0.250" (6.4)
0.250" (6.4)
0.375" (9.5)
0.375" (9.5)
0.437" (11.1)
0.437" (11.1)
0.500" (12.7)
0.500" (12.7)
0.625" (15.9)
0.625" (15.9)
0.875" (22.2)
0.875" (22.2)
1.125" (28.6)
1.125" (28.6)
0.030" (0.76)
0.030" (0.76)
0.032" (0.81)
0.032" (0.81)
0.040" (1.02)
0.040" (1.02)
0.055" (1.40)
0.055" (1.40)
0.060" (1.50)
0.060" (1.50
0.062" (1.57)
0.062" (1.57)
0.065" (1.65)
0.065" (1.65)
0.070" (1.78)
0.070" (1.78)
1/16" (1.6) - 1/2"(12.7)
1/16" (1.6) - 1/2" (12.7)
1/8" (3.2) - 1" (25.4)
1/8" (3.2) - 1" (25.4)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
5/16" (7.9) - 3" (76.2)
5/16" (7.9) - 3" (76.2)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
1/2" (12.7) - 4 1/2" (114.3)
1/2" (12.7) -4 1/2" (114.3)
5/8" (15.9) - 5" (127)
5/8" (15.9) - 5" (127)
7/8" (22.2) - 6" (152.4)
7/8" (22.2) - 6" (152.4)
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
1 Roll
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
0.125" (3.2)
0.125 (3.2)
0.188" (4.8)
0.188" (4.8)
0.25" (6.4)
0.25" (6.4)
0.375" (9.5)
0.375" (9.5)
0.5" (12.7)
0.5" (12.7)
0.625" (15.9)
0.625" (15.9)
0.75" (19.1)
0.75" (19.1)
1.000" (25.4)
1.000" (25.4)
0.218" (5.5)
0.218" (5.5)
0.250" (6.4)
0.250" (6.4)
0.375" (9.5)
0.375" (9.5)
0.437" (11.1)
0.437" (11.1)
0.500" (12.7)
0.500" (12.7)
0.625" (15.9)
0.625" (15.9)
0.875" (22.2)
0.875" (22.2)
1.125" (28.6)
1.125" (28.6)
0.015" (0.40)
0.015" (0.40)
0.020" (0.51)
0.020" (0.51)
0.040" (1.02)
0.040" (1.02)
0.055" (1.40)
0.055" (1.40)
0.060" (1.50)
0.060" (1.50)
0.062" (1.57)
0.062" (1.57)
0.065" (1.65)
0.065" (1.65)
0.070" (1.78)
0.070" (1.78)
1/16" (1.6) - 1/2"(12.7)
1/16" (1.6) - 1/2" (12.7)
1/8" (3.2) - 1" (25.4)
1/8" (3.2) - 1" (25.4)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
5/16" (7.9) - 3" (76.2)
5/16" (7.9) - 3" (76.2)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
1/2" (12.7) - 4 1/2" (114.3)
1/2" (12.7) -4 1/2" (114.3)
5/8" (15.9) - 5" (127)
5/8" (15.9) - 5" (127)
7/8" (22.2) - 6" (152.4)
7/8" (22.2) - 6" (152.4)
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
1 Roll
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
0.125" (3.2)
0.188" (4.8)
0.250" (6.4)
0.375" (9.5)
0.500" (12.7)
0.625" (1‘5.9)
0.750" (19.1)
1.000" (25.4)
0.218" (5.5)
0.250" (6.4)
0.375" (9.5)
0.437" (11.1)
0.500" (12.7)
0.625" (15.9)
0.875" (22.2)
1.125" (28.6)
0.020" (0.50)
0.030" (0.76)
0.030" (0.76)
0.030" (0.76)
0.030" (0.76)
0.030" (0.76)
0.030" (0.76)
0.040" (1.01)
1/16" (1.6) - 1/2" (12.7)
1/8" (3.2) - 1" (25.4)
3/16" (4.8) - 2" (50.8)
5/16" (7.9) - 3" (76.2)
3/8" (9.5) - 4" (101.6)
1/2" (12.7) - 4 1/2" (114.3)
5/8" (15.9) - 5" (127)
7/8" (22.2) - 6" (152.4)
100'
100'
50'
50'
25'
25'
10'
10'
1 Roll
T12N--C
T12N-C0
T19N-C
T19N-C0
T25N-C
T25N-C0
T38N-C
T38N-C0
T50N-C
T50N-C0
T62N-C
T62N-C0
T75N-C
T75N-C0
T100N-C
T100N-C0
T12T-C
T19T-C
T25T-L
T38T-L
T50T-Q
T62T-Q
T75T-X
T100T-X
Nylon
(Black Nylon is
Weather
Resistant)
TEFLON‡
Std.
Pkg.*
*Order the number of rolls required.
‡TEFLON or equivalent fluorocarbon PTFE material is used. TEFLON is a registered trademark of E. I. DuPont Co.
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
133
Grommet Edging
Grommet Edging
Features and Benefits
• Use low cost polyethylene UL94V-0 flame retardant
grommet edging for those areas where flammability is a
concern.
• Nylon grommet edging strips conform to the Military
Standard MS21266
Grommet Edging Suggested Applications
• Use the slotted wall in irregularly shaped and round panel
holes.
• Use the solid wall product on straight edges
The Functional Part Number System Makes Ordering Easy
Grommet Edging Part Number Description
Example: GEE36F-A-C0
Part Description
G.Edging/Strips = GE
G.Edging/Slotted = GEE
G. Edging/Solid = GES
134
Max. Panel Thickness
Ex. 36 = .036" thickness
62 = .062" thickness
Material
F = Polyethylene
FR = V0 Flame Retardant
N = Nylon
Adhesive
A = Rubber
Based
Package
Size
Q = 25'
L = 50'
C = 100'
Color Suffix
0 = Weather Resistant Black
Leave Blank = Natural
Grommet Edging
PANDUIT Grommet Edging
• Protects and insulates wires and cables from chafing against sharp edges
Choose from four materials:
1) Nylon
• Self extinguishing
• For indoor use up to 149°F (65°C)
2) Polyethylene
• General purpose material for indoor use up to 122 °F (50°C).
• Style GEE and GES provided in .030" (0.8) thick material, making them highly
flexible
• Available with slotted or solid wall construction
3) Weather Resistant Polyethylene
• For outdoor use up to 122 °F (50°C)
• Excellent resistance to acid rain and ultraviolet light
4) Flame Retardant Polyethylene
• UL94V-0 rated material
• Will not support a flame
• Available with slotted or solid wall construction
5) Adhesive Lined Polyethylene
• Base is lined with a pressure sensitive adhesive
• Available in natural and weather resistant
• Adhesive ensures that the product will stay where it is installed
Adhesive Lined
135
Grommet Edging
Ordering Information—Grommet Edging
Polyethylene
Dimensions—In. (mm)
PANDUIT ®
Part Number
GEE36F-C
GEE36F-C0
GEE62F-C
GEE62F-C0
GEE99F-C
GEE99F-C0
GEE144F-C
GEE144F-C0
GES36F-C
GES36F-C0
GES62F-C
GES62F-C0
GES99F-C
GES99F-C0
GES144F-C
GES144F-C0
GES189F-C
GES189F-C0
GEE62F-A-C
GEE62F-A-C0
GEE99F-A-C
GEE99F-A-C0
GEE144F-A-C
GEE144F-A-C0
GES62F-A-C
GES62F-A-C0
GES99F-A-C
GES99F-A-C0
GES144F-A-C
GES144F-A-C0
GEE36FR-C
GEE62FR-C
GEE99FR-C
GEE144FR-C
GES36FR-C
GES62FR-C
GES99FR-C
GES144FR-C
GE52-C
GE52-C69†
GE85-C
GE85-C69†
GE128-C
GE128-C69†
GE192-L
GE192-L69†
GE255-L
GE318-L
GE380-Q
GE510-Q
GEE47N-C
GEE55N-C
GEE71N-C
GEE98N-C
GEE134N-C
Material
Continuous
Polyethylene
(Slotted
Wall)
Continuous
Polyethylene
(Solid Wall)
Continuous
Polyethylene
With ADHESIVE
(Slotted
Wall)
Continuous
Polyethylene
With ADHESIVE
(Solid Wall)
UL V0 Flame
Retardant
Polyethylene
Slotted Wall
UL V0 Flame
Retardant
Polyethylene
Solid Wall
Military
Standard
MS21266
12.75"
Nylon Strips
**
(-69
designates
Flame
Retardant)†
Continuous
Nylon
Slotted Wall
Color
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Panel Thickness
In. (mm)
.026" (.7) - .036" (.9)
.026" (.7) - .036" (.9)
.036" (.9) - .062" (1.6)
.036" (.9) -.062" (1.6)
.062" (1.6) - .099" (2.5)
.062" (1.6) - .099" (2.5)
.099" (2.5) - .144" (3.7)
.099" (2.5) - .144" (3.7)
.026" (.7) - .036" (.9)
.026" (.7) - .036" (.9)
.036" (.9) - .062" (1.6)
.036" (.9) - .062" (1.6)
.062" (1.6) - .099" (2.5)
.062" (1.6) - .099" (2.5)
.099" (2.5) - .144" (3.7)
.099" (2.5) - .144" (3.7)
.144" (3.7) - .189" (4.8)
.144" (3.7) - .189" (4.8)
.026" (.7) - .062" (1.6)
.026" (.7) - .062" (1.6)
.062" (1.6) - .099" (2.5)
.062" (1.6) - .099" (2.5)
.099" (2.5) - .144" (3.7)
.099" (2.5) - .144" (3.7)
.026" (.7) - .062" (1.6)
.026" (.7) - .062" (1.6)
.062" (1.6) - .099" (2.5)
.062" (1.6) - .099" (2.5)
.099" (2.5) - .144" (3.7)
.099" (2.5) - .144" (3.7)
.026" (.7) - .036" (.9)
.036" (.9) - .062" (1.6)
.062" (1.6) - .099" (2.5)
.099" (2.5) - .144" (3.7)
.026" (.7) - .036" (.9)
.036" (.9) - .062" (1.6)
.062" (1.6) - .099" (2.5)
.099" (2.5) - .144" (3.7)
.015" (.4) - .052" (1.3)
.015" (.4) - .052" (1.3)
.052" (1.3) - .085" (2.2)
.052" (1.3) - .085" (2.2)
.085" (2.2) - .128" (3.3)
.085" (2.2) - .128" (3.3)
.128" (3.3) - .192" (4.9)
.128" (3.3) - .192" (4.9)
.192" (4.9) - .255" (6.5)
.255" (6.5) - .318" (8.1)
.318" (8.1) - .380" (9.7)
.380" (9.7) - .510" (13.0)
.020" (.5) - .047" (1.2)
.047" (1.2) - .055" (1.4)
.055" (1.4) - .071" (1.8)
.071" (1.8) - .098" (2.5)
.098" (2.5) - .134" (3.4)
A
.106" (2.7)
.106" (2.7)
.131" (3.3)
.131" (3.3)
.169" (4.3)
.169" (4.3)
.213" (5.4)
.213" (5.4)
.106" (2.7)
.106" (2.7)
.131" (3.3)
.131" (3.3)
.169" (4.3)
.169" (4.3)
.213" (5.4)
.213" (5.4)
.297" (7.6)
.297" (7.6)
.131" (3.3)
.131" (3.3)
.169" (4.3)
.169" (4.3)
.213" (5.4)
.213" (5.4)
.131" (3.3)
.131" (3.3)
.169" (4.3)
.169" (4.3)
.213" (5.4)
.213" (5.4)
.106" (2.7)
.131" (3.3)
.169" (4.3)
.213" (5.4)
.106" (2.7)
.131" (3.3)
.169" (4.3)
.213" (5.4)
.150" (3.8)
.150" (3.8)
.175" (4.5)
.175" (4.5)
.220" (5.6)
.220" (5.6)
.325" (8.3)
.325" (8.3)
.385" (9.8)
.455" (11.3)
.515" (13.1)
.640" (16.3)
.130" (3.3)
.133" (3.4)
.150" (3.8)
.180" (4.6)
.210" (5.3)
B
.117" (3.0)
.117" (3.0)
.160" (4.1)
.160" (4.1)
.186" (4.7)
.186" (4.7)
.222" (5.6)
.222" (5.6)
.117" (3.0)
.177" (3.0)
.160" (4.1)
.160" (4.1)
.186" (4.7)
.186" (4.7)
.222" (5.6)
.222" (5.6)
.301" (7.7)
.301" (7.7)
.160" (4.1)
.160" (4.1)
.186" (4.7)
.186" (4.7)
.222" (5.6)
.222" (5.6)
.160" (4.1)
.160" (4.1)
.186" (4.7)
.186" (4.7)
.222" (5.6)
.222" (5.6)
.117" (3.0)
.160" (4.1)
.186" (4.7)
.222" (5.6)
.117" (3.0)
.160" (4.1)
.186" (4.7)
.222" (5.6)
.155" (3.9)
.155" (3.9)
.155" (3.9)
.155" (3.9)
.155" (3.9)
.155" (3.9)
.230" (5.8)
.230" (5.8)
.240" (6.1)
.255" (6.5)
.255" (6.5)
.255" (6.5)
.140" (3.5)
.140" (3.5)
.140" (3.5)
.140" (3.5)
.140" (3.5)
Feet
Per
Pkg.*
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
25
25
100'
100'
100'
100'
100’
Std.
Pkg.
Style GEE
Slotted Wall
1 Roll
Continuous (100 Ft.) Rolls
Polyethylene
Style GES
Solid Wall
1 Roll
Continuous (100 Ft.) Rolls
Adhesive Lined
Polyethylene
1 Roll
Style GEE-A
Slotted Wall
1 Roll
Continuous (100 Ft.) Rolls
Adhesive Lined
Polyethylene
1 Roll
1 Roll
Style GES-A
Solid Wall
Continuous (100 Ft.) Rolls
Nylon
Strips
Style GE
Slotted Wall
12 3/4" strips
1 Roll
Nylon
*Order the number of rolls required or the number of strips required for style GE Grommet Edging.
**Military Standard Nylon Strips (GE Series), order the number of pieces required in multiples of Std. Pkg. Qty.
†This material is not listed under Military Standard MS21266.
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
Use this table as a guide to determine PANDUIT Grommet Edging Sizes. The
common sheet metal dimensions listed below are based on the “Manufacturers Standard Gauge for Steel.
Grommet Edging
Military Cross-Reference
GE52-C
GE85-C
GE128-C
GE192-L
GE255-L
GE318-L
GE380-Q
GE510-Q
136
MS21266-1N
MS21266-2N
MS21266-3N
MS21266-4N
MS21266-5N
MS21266-6N
MS21266-7N
MS21266-8N
Manufacturer
Standard Gauge
Gauge
for Steel (In.)
Manufacturer
Standard Gauge
Gauge
for Steel (In.)
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
0.2092
0.1943
0.1793
0.1644
0.1495
0.1345
0.1196
0.1046
0.0897
0.0747
0.0673
0.0598
0.0538
0.0478
0.0418
0.0359
0.0329
0.0299
Style GEE
Slotted Wall
Continuous (100 Ft.) Rolls
Manufacturer
Standard Gauge
Gauge
for Steel (In.)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
0.0269
0.0239
0.0209
0.0179
0.0164
0.0149
0.0135
0.0120
Corrugated Loom Tubing
Corrugated Loom Tubing
• PANDUIT Corrugated Loom Tubing is offered for
applications where spiral wrap or braided expandable
sleeving may be difficult to install or where they do not offer
the amount of protection required.
• Available in Nylon or Polyethylene, this product features a
lengthwise slit which makes it easy to install onto a bundle of
wires or a pre-assembled harness assembly.
Features and Benefits
•
•
•
•
•
Protects and reduces the risk of damage to wiring
Crush, impact and abrasion resistant
Slit wall design for ease of installation
Available in easy to handle 100' lengths
Available in black and orange polyethylene and black heat
stabilized nylon
• Hold in place with push type cable ties, adhesive or push
type mounts
Corrugated Loom Tubing Suggested Applications
• Bundle wires in control panels
• Contain and organize loose and bundled wiring harnesses
• Route wires in automotive, truck, trailer, bus, conversion van,
emergency service and recreational vehicle applications
• Protect wires in off road/mobile equipment
• Use in mining equipment
• Marine applications for protecting wires on boats and ships
Cutting Tool
• The ease of cutting PANDUIT Corrugated Loom Tubing
further reduces your total installed cost.
• Slices through for clean, burr-free edges
• Rugged, ratchet action cuts, leaving a smooth edge
Part #
SRT
Description
Std. Pkg. Qty.
Used with corrugated loom tubing and
PANDUIT Type P, L, C, TM and U
Surface Raceway
1
Order the number of tools required.
137
Corrugated Loom Tubing
Corrugated Loom Tubing
PANDUIT Corrugated Loom Tubing is for applications where spiral
wrap or braided expandable sleeving may be difficult to install or where
they do not offer the amount of protection required.
Corrugated Loom Tubing is available in Polyethylene or Heat Stabilized
Nylon.
The Functional Part Number System Makes Ordering Easy
Corrugated Loom Tubing Part Number Description
Example: CLT100N-C630
Part Description
CLT = Corrugated Loom
Tubing - Slit Wall
CLTS = Corrugated Loom
Tubing - Solid Wall
Bundle Diameter
25 = 1/4"
35 = 5/16"
38 = 3/8"
50 = 1/2"
62 = 5/8"
75 = 3/4"
100 = 1"
125 = 1 1/4"
150 = 1 1/2"
Material
N = Heat Stabilized Nylon
(Available in black only)
F = Polyethylene
Package Size
L = 50'
C = 100'
D = 500'
Ordering Information—Corrugated Loom Tubing
PANDUIT ® Part Number
Slit
Solid
CLT25F-C20
CLT35F-C20
CLT38F-C20
CLT50F-C20
CLT62F-C20
CLT75F-C20
CLT100F-C20
CLT125F-L20
CLT150F-D20
CLTS25F-C
CLTS35F-C
CLTS38F-C
CLTS50F-C
CLTS62F-C
CLTS75F-C
CLTS100F-C
CLTS125F-L
CLTS150F-D
CLT25F-C3
CLT35F-C3
CLT38F-C3
CLT50F-C3
CLT62F-C3
CLT75F-C3
CLT100F-C3
CLT125F-L3
CLT150F-D3
CLTS25F-C3
CLTS35F-C3
CLTS38F-C3
CLTS50F-C3
CLTS62F-C3
CLTS75F-C3
CLTS100F-C3
CLTS125F-L3
CLTS150F-D3
CLT25N-C630
CLT35N-C630
CLT38N-C630
CLT50N-C630
CLT62N-C630
CLT75N-C630
CLT100N-C630
CLT125N-L630
CLT150N-D630
CLTS25N-C
CLTS35N-C
CLTS38N-C
CLTS50N-C
CLTS62N-C
CLTS75N-C
CLTS100N-C
CLTS125N-L
CLTS150N-D
Material
Color
Inside
Diameter
Outside
Diameter
Feet Per
Pkg.*
Pkg.
Qty.
Polyethylene
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
.265" (6.7)
.350" (8.9)
.414" (10.5)
.505" (12.8)
.665" (16.9)
.760" (19.3)
.915" (23.2)
1.290" (32.8)
1.550" (39.1)
.390" (9.9)
.500" (12.7)
.556" (14.1)
.670" (17.0)
.830" (21.1)
.935" (23.7)
1.090" (27.7)
1.500" (38.1)
1.860" (47.2)
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
50'
500'
1 Roll
Polyethylene
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
.265" (6.7)
.350" (8.9)
.414" (10.5)
.505" (12.8)
.665" (16.9)
.760" (19.3)
.915" (23.2)
1.290" (32.8)
1.550" (39.1)
390" (9.9)
.500" (12.7)
.556" (14.1)
.670" (17.0)
.830" (21.1)
.935" (23.7)
1.090" (27.7)
1.500" (38.1)
1.860" (47.2)
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
50'
500'
1 Roll
Heat Stabilized
Black Nylon
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
.265" (6.7)
.350" (8.9)
.414" (10.5)
.505" (12.8)
.665" (16.9)
.760" (19.3)
.915" (23.2)
1.290" (32.8)
1.550" (39.1)
.390" (9.9)
.500" (12.7)
.556" (14.1)
.670" (17.0)
.830" (21.1)
.935" (23.7)
1.090" (27.7)
1.500" (38.1)
1.860" (47.2)
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
50'
500'
1 Roll
*Order the number of rolls required.
Contact factory for additional sizes, materials, colors, and bulk packaging.
138
Color Suffix
3 = Orange
20 = Black
630 = Heat Stabilized
Black Nylon
Braided Expandable Sleeving
Braided Expandable Sleeving—Polyethylene Terephthalate—PET
• Provides continuous abrasion resistance for wires, cables and
tubing
• Lightweight, durable protection
• Highly flexible open weave will not trap heat or humidity
• Rated for use up to 257°F (125°C)
• Allows for use with irregular shapes
• Stock colors: Black, gray, white and clear
• Sleeving cutting methods available. Contact factory for details
U. L. Recognized
FILE: E116868
CERTIFIED
The Functional Part Number System Makes Ordering Easy
Braided Expandable Sleeving Part Number Description
Example: SE25PFR-MR0
Part Description
Sleeving
Expandable
Nom. I.D. Size
12 = 1/8" (3.2)
25 = 1/4" (6.4)
38 = 3/8" (9.5)
50 = 1/2" (12.7)
75 = 3/4" (19.1)
125 = 1 1/4" (31.8)
150 = 1 1/2" (38.1)
175 = 1 3/4" (44.5)
Material
P = Polyethylene
Terephthalate (PET)
PFR = Polyethylene
Terephthalate
(Flame Retardant PET)
Package Size
L = 50'
C = 100'
T = 200'
D = 500'
M = 1000'
R = Reel
Color Suffix
0 = Black
8 = Gray
10 = White
Ordering Information Braided Expandable Sleeving
Part Number
Black
Part Number
Gray
Part Number
White
Nominal
I.D.
Inches (mm)
Nominal
Diameter Range
Inches (mm)
Standard
Package
Quantity*
Standard
Carton
Quantity
SE12P-TR0
SE12P-MR0
SE12P-TR8
SE12P-MR8
—
SE12P-MR10
.125" (3.2)
.094" to .250"
(2.4) to (6.4)
1 Reel 200' (61.0M)
1 Reel 1000' (304.8M)
4 Reels
2 Reels
SE25P-TR0
SE25P-MR0
SE25P-TR8
SE25P-MR8
—
SE25P-MR10
.250" (6.4)
.125" to .375"
(3.2) to (9.5)
1 Reel 200' (61.0M)
1 Reel 1000' (304.8M)
4 Reels
2 Reels
SE38P-TR0
SE38P-MR0
SE38P-TR8
SE38P-MR8
—
SE38P-MR10
.375" (9.5)
.188" to .562"
(4.7) to (14.3)
1 Reel 200' (61.0M)
1 Reel 1000' (304.8M)
4 Reels
2 Reels
SE50P-CR0
SE50P-DR0
SE50P-CR8
SE50P-DR8
—
SE50P-DR10
.500" (12.7)
.250" to .750"
(6.4) to (19.1)
1 Reel 100' (30.5M)
1 Reel 500' (152.4M)
4 Reels
2 Reels
SE75P-CR0
SE75P-DR0
SE75P-CR8
SE75P-DR8
—
SE75P-DR10
.750" (19.1)
.500" to 1.25"
(12.7) to (31.8)
1 Reel 100' (30.5M)
1 Reel 500' (152.4M)
4 Reels
2 Reels
SE125P-LR0
SE125P-TR0
SE125P-LR8
SE125P-TR8
—
SE125P-TR10
1.25" (31.8)
.750" to 1.50"
(19.1) to (38.1)
1 Reel 50' (15.2M)
1 Reel 200' (61.0M)
4 Reels
2 Reels
SE150P-LR0
SE150P-TR0
SE150P-LR8
SE150P-TR8
—
SE150P-TR10
1.50" (38.1)
1.00" to 2.25"
(25.4) to (57.2)
1 Reel 50' (15.2M)
1 Reel 200' (61.0M)
4 Reels
2 Reels
—
SE175P-TR0
—
—
—
—
1.75" (44.5)
1.25" to 2.75"
(31.8) to (69.8)
—
1 Reel 200' (61.0M)
—
2 Reels
*Order number of reels required in multiples of Std. Ctn. increments.
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.
139
Flame Retardant Braided Expandable Sleeving
Braided Expandable Sleeving—Flame Retardant Polyethylene
Terephthalate—PET
• Provides continuous abrasion resistance for wires, cables and
tubing
• Lightweight, durable protection
• Highly flexible open weave will not trap heat or humidity
• Rated for use up to 257°F (125°C)
• Allows for use with irregular shapes
• Self extinguishing, meets UL VW-1
• Provided in black or gray with white tracer, or in white with
black tracer to identify flame retardant material
U.L. Recognized
FILE: E116868
CERTIFIED
Ordering Information Flame Retardant Braided Expandable
Part Number
Black
SE12PFR-TR0
SE12PFR-MR0
SE25PFR-TR0
SE25PFR-MR0
SE38PFR-TR0
SE38PFR-MR0
SE50PFR-CR0
SE50PFR-DR0
SE75PFR-CR0
SE75PFR-DR0
SE125PFR-LR0
SE125PFR-TR0
SE150PFR-LR0
SE150PFR-TR0
—
SE175PFR-TR0
Part Number
Gray
SE12PFR-TR8
SE12PFR-MR8
SE25PFR-TR8
SE25PFR-MR8
SE38PFR-TR8
SE38PFR-MR8
SE50PFR-CR8
SE50PFR-DR8
SE75PFR-CR8
SE75PFR-DR8
SE125PFR-LR8
SE125PFR-TR8
SE150PFR-LR8
SE150PFR-TR8
—
—
Part Number
White
—
SE12PFR-MR10
Nominal
I.D.
Inches (mm)
.125" (3.2)
—
SE25PFR-MR10
.250" (6.4)
—
E38PFR-MR10
.375" (9.5)
—
SE50PFR-DR10
.500" (12.7)
—
SE75PFR-DR10
.750" (19.1)
—
SE125PFR-TR10
1.25" (31.8)
—
SE150PFR-TR10
1.50" (38.1)
—
—
1.75" (44.5)
Nominal
Diameter Range
Inches (mm)
.094" to .250"
(2.4) to (6.4)
.125" to .375"
(3.2) to (9.5)
.188" to .562"
(4.7) to (14.3)
.250" to .750"
(6.4) to (19.1)
.500" to 1.25"
(12.7) to (31.8)
.750" to 1.50"
(19.1) to (38.1)
1.00" to 2.25"
(25.4) to (57.2)
1.25" to 2.75"
(31.8) to (69.8)
Standard
Package
Quantity*
1 Reel 200' (61.0M)
1 Reel 1000' (304.8M)
1 Reel 200' (61.0M)
1 Reel 1000' (304.8M)
1 Reel 200' (61.0M)
1 Reel 1000' (304.8M)
1 Reel 100' (30.5M)
1 Reel 500' (152.4M)
1 Reel 100' (30.5M)
1 Reel 500' (152.4M)
1 Reel 50' (15.2M)
1 Reel 200' (61.0M)
1 Reel 50' (15.2M)
1 Reel 200' (61.0M)
—
1 Reel 200' (61.0M)
*Order number of reels required.
Heavy Duty Braided Expandable Sleeving and Acrylic Coated Fiberglass Insulation Sleeving are available.
Most commonly used parts appear in BOLD.See PAN-SHRINK ™ Heat Shrink and Abrasion Protection Products Catalog, SA101N48D.
Sleeving Cutter/ End
Sealer Blades
Bench Mount Cutter/
End Sealer
Available Directly from Manufacturer
Pearson Industries P.O.
Box 36
Prattville, AL 36067
(334) 365-5416
Part
Number
HKBS
Description
For Dual Straight Shank Soldering
Guns with .500" Spacing
Typical Guns: WELLER Straight
Shank Model 8200; WEN Model 199
or 100* (*Replace Tip Holding
Screws with (2) Screws included)
Order the number of packages required.
140
Pkg.
Qty.
1
Standard
Carton
Quantity
4 Reels
2 Reels
4 Reels
2 Reels
4 Reels
2 Reels
4 Reels
2 Reels
4 Reels
2 Reels
4 Reels
2 Reels
4 Reels
2 Reels
—
2 Reels
Flammability Tests and Classifications
Abrasion Protection Products Flammability Tests and Classifications
• A number of test procedures has been developed which
can be used for the evaluation and
comparison of various materials to support
combustion.
• Review the following classifications to find which
category is designed to suit your abrasion and
protection applications.
UL94 Vertical Burning Test
Samples of a material, with dimensions 5" by 1/2" and the thickness of the intended end use product, are
tested in an unaged “as manufactured” state and in an aged state (7 days at 158°F, 70°C). The test requires
the placement of a precisely controlled flame under a vertically supported specimen for a 10 second period.
The flame is removed and the duration of flaming is recorded. If the flame extinguishes, the specimen is
immediately subjected to a second 10 second ignition period. Duration of flaming is again recorded. A piece
of surgical cotton is placed under the specimen. If drips ignite the cotton, this fact is also recorded.
Materials Classified 94V-0
Materials classified 94V-0 shall:
• Not have any specimens which burn with flaming combustion for more than 10 seconds after either application of
the test flame.
• Not have a total flaming combustion time exceeding 50 seconds for the 10 flame applications for each set of five
specimens.
• Not have any specimens which burn with flaming or glowing combustion up to the holding clamp.
• Not have any specimens which drip flaming particles that ignite the dry absorbent surgical cotton located 12"
(305mm) below the test specimen.
• Not have any specimens with glowing combustion which persists for more than 30 seconds after the second
removal of the test flame.
Materials Classified 94V-1
Materials classified 94V-1 shall:
• Not have any specimens which burn with flaming combustion for more than 30 seconds after either application of
the test flame.
• Not have a total flaming combustion time exceeding 250 seconds for the 10 flame applications for each set of five
specimens.
• Not have any specimens which burn with flaming or glowing combustion up to the holding clamp.
• Not have any specimens which drip flaming particles that ignite the dry absorbent surgical cotton located
12" (305mm) below the test specimen.
• Not have any specimens with glowing combustion which persists for more than 60 seconds after the second
removal of the test flame.
(Continued on following page)
141
Flammability Tests and Classifications
Abrasion Protection Products Flammability Tests and Classifications (cont.)
Materials Classified 94V-2
Materials classified 94V-2 shall:
• Not have any specimens which burn with flaming combustion for more than 30 seconds after either application of
the test flame.
• Not have a total flaming combustion time exceeding 250 seconds for the 10 flame applications for each set of five
specimens.
• Not have any specimens which burn with flaming or glowing combustion up to the holding clamp.
• Be permitted to have specimens which drip flaming particles which burn only briefly some of which ignite the dry
absorbent surgical cotton located 12" (305mm) below the test specimen.
• Not have any specimens with glowing combustion which persists for more than 60 seconds after the second
removal of the test flame.
Materials Classified UL-94 HB
• Specimens shall have a maximum burn rate of 1.5 in/min over 3 inches of a thickness of 0.120" to 0.5".
• Specimens shall have a maximum burn rate of 2.5 in/min over 3 inches for a thickness less than 0.120".
Material Descriptions
Natural Polyethylene
Our lowest cost material for indoor use up to 122°F. Natural is available in all sizes. Colors are available in 1/4" and 1/
2".
Weather Resistant Polyethylene
This material has the sameproperties as natural polyethylene, and also has additives which allow it to resist the effects
of ultraviolet light and acid rain in an outdoor environment. This product is available in black only.
Flame Retardant Polyethylene UL94-V2 Rating
This material is self extinguishing and passes the UL94 flame retardant test with a V2 rating (see above).
Flame Retardant Polyethylene UL94-V0 Rating
This material is self extinguishing and passes the UL94 flame retardant test with a V0 rating (see previous page).
Nylon
Our Nylon is strong, durable, self-extinguishing material for indoor use up to 149°F. It offers a combination of
lightweight, wide temperature range, and high abrasion resistance. This material is suitable for applications where
heavy vibration or stress exists on the wiring or tubing.
Weather Resistant Nylon
This material has the same properties as natural Nylon and also has additives which allow it to resist the effects of
ultraviolet light in an outdoor environment. This product is available in black only.
TEFLON‡
This material is a non-flammable, fluorocarbon resin material. Suitable for use in any application (including nuclear
containment). It is rated up to 356°F. Color: Natural with a bluish cast.
Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET)
This material is a thermoplastic polyester material designed for indoor applications. It is rated for use up to 257°F.
Colors: Black, White and Gray.
Flame Retardant Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET)
This material is a self-extinguishing thermoplastic polyester that can be used indoors. It is also rated for use up to
257°F and is provided in black with white tracer (to identify the flame retardant material).
Natural Polyethylene
Our lowest cost material is for continuous use at temperatures -40°F (-40°C) to 176°F (80C).
Nylon
Nylon is a strong, durable, high abrasion resistant material for continuous use at temperatures
‡Teflon or equivalent fluorocarbon PTFE is used. Teflon is the registered trademark of E. I. DuPont.
142
Abrasion Protection Products Technical Data
Abrasion Protection Products Technical Data
Ratings and Approvals
Temperatures
See Previous
Page for
FlamMaterial
mability
Descriptions UL Index (UL94)
Melting
-40°F
HB
239°F
Natural
(-40°C)
(115°C)
Polyethylene
to
122°F
(50°C)
S
P
I Weather
R Resistant
Polyethylene
A
L
W
R
A
P
P
I
N
G
Chemical Resistance
-40°F
(-40°C)
to
122°F
(50°C)
HB
239°F
(115°C)
20 mg
.93
1.09
2000
(D638)
.03%
Resistant below Resistant
Resistant
No
140°F (60°C)
except to
Discoloration
except to
oxidizing acids
chlorinated
solvents
-40°F
Flame
(-40°C)
Retardant
to
Polyethylene 122°F
UL94-V2
(50°C)
Rating
V-2
239°F
(115°C)
27 mg
1.00
1.30
1400
(D638)
.02%
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Some
below 140°F
except to
Discoloration
(60°C) except to
oxidizing acids
chlorinated
solvents
-40°F
Flame
(-40°C)
Retardant
to
Polyethylene 140°F
UL94-V0
(60°C)
Rating
V-0
270°F
(132°C)
22 mg
1.38
1200
.02%
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Some
below 140°F
except to
Discoloration
(60°C) except to
oxidizing acids
chlorinated
solvents
-40°F
(-40°C)
to
149°F
(65°C)
V-2
491°F
(255°C)
7 mg
1.03
1.15
12,400
(D638)
1.5%
Resistant except Resistant
to phenols and
formic acid
-40°F
(-40°C)
to
149°F
(65°C)
V-2
491°F
(255°C)
7 mg
1.03
1.15
12,400
(D638)
1.5%
Resistant except Resistant
Resistant
No
to phenols and
to most weak Discoloration
formic acid
acids
V-0
520°F
(271°C)
7 mg
2.10
2.20
2500
(D638)
.01%
Resistant
HB
500°F
(260°C)
Contact
Factory
1.31
100,000
(D638)
.08%
445°F
(230°C)
Contact
Factory
1.39
37,500
(D638)
.08%
&
G
O
M Nylon
E
T
E
D Weather
G Resistant
I Nylon
N
G
-40°F
(-40°C)
to
365°F
(180°C)
-94°F
Polyethylene
Terephthalate (-70°C) to
257°F
(PET)
(125°C)
TEFLON‡
S
L
E
E
V
I
N
G
Physical Properties
Abrasion
Minimum
Water
Resistance Specific Tensile Absorption
(Lower number Gravity @ 23°C
(Max.
Organic
Petrois better)
(D792)
(psi)
24 hrs.)
Solvents
Alkalies
Acids
Chemicals
22 mg
.91
1400
.01%
Resistant below Resistant
Resistant
Some
(D638)
140°F (60°C)
except to
Discoloration
.93
except to
oxidizing acids
chlorinated
solvents
Flame Ret.
Polyethylene
Terephthalate
(PET)
Natural
Polyethylene
C
L
T Nylon
-94°F U.L. 224:
(-70°C)
VW-1
to
257°F
(125°C)
Resistant to
most weak
acids
No
Discoloration
No
Discoloration
Not Recommended
Resistant
except to
fluorine and
some
halogens
Resistant
Not Recommended
Resistant
No
Discoloration
No
Discoloration
N/A
HB
Contact
Factory
Contact
Factory
.926.940
1529
(D638)
Contact
Factory
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
Good
N/A
HB
437°F
(225°C)
Contact
Factory
1.061.16
10,000
(D638)
Contact
Factory
Excellent
Good
Fair
Good
† NOTE: Typical operating temperature ranges are extended based on end use application and specific environmental tests.
‡Teflon or equivalent fluorocarbon PTFE is used. Teflon is the registered trademark of E. I. DuPont.
143
Cable Ties/Wiring Accessories Table of Contents
PART NUMBER
PAGE
A
A1C12-A-C8 ....................... 105
A1C25-A-C8 ....................... 105
A1C38-A-C8 ....................... 105
A1C50-A-C8 ....................... 105
A2C12-A-C8 ....................... 105
A2C25-A-C8 ....................... 105
A2C38-A-C8 ....................... 105
A2C50-A-C8 ....................... 105
ABM100-A-C ......................... 82
ABM100-A-C14 ..................... 82
ABM100-A-C15 ..................... 82
ABM100-AT-C0 .................... 82
ABM100-S6-C ....................... 82
ABM100-S6-C69 ................... 82
ABM1M-A-C .......................... 81
ABM1M-AT-C ....................... 81
ABM2S-A-C .......................... 82
ABM2S-A-C14 ...................... 82
ABM2S-A-C15 ...................... 82
ABM2S-AT-C ........................ 82
ABM2S-AT-C0 ...................... 82
ABM2S-S6-D ........................ 82
ABM3H-A-L ........................... 82
ABM3H-AT-L ........................ 82
ABM3H-S6-T ........................ 82
ABM4H-A-L ........................... 82
ABM4H-AT-L ........................ 82
ABM4H-S6-T ........................ 82
ABMM-A-C ............................ 81
ABMM-AT-C ......................... 81
ABMM-AT-C0 ....................... 81
ABMM-D ............................... 82
ABMS-A-C ............................ 83
ABMS-AT-C .......................... 83
ABMS-S6-D .......................... 83
ACC19-A-C ......................... 104
ACC19-A-C20 ..................... 104
ACC19-AT-C ....................... 104
ACC19-AT-C0 ..................... 104
ACC38-A-C ......................... 104
ACC38-A-C20 ..................... 104
ACC38-AT-C ....................... 104
ACC38-AT-C0 ..................... 104
ACC62-A-C ......................... 104
ACC62-A-C20 ..................... 104
ACC62-AT-C ....................... 104
ACC62-AT-C0 ..................... 104
ADCC31-AT-C10 ................ 107
AJC12-A-C .......................... 104
AJC19-A-C .......................... 104
144
PART NUMBER
PAGE
AJC25-A-C ..........................104
AJC31-A-C ..........................104
AJC38-A-C ..........................104
AM2-C ...................................87
AMC25-AT-C10 ...................107
ARC.68-A-Q ........................102
ARC.68-A-Q14 ....................102
ARC.68-S6-Q ......................102
ARC.68-S6-Q14 ..................102
ASMS-A-X .............................84
AST10-5-C100 ......................34
AST15-5-C100 ......................34
AST20-5-C100 ......................34
AST25-5-C100 ......................34
B
BC2LH-S25-L ........................26
BC2LH-S25-L0 ......................26
BC2S-S10-C .........................26
BC2S-S10-C0 .......................26
BC3LH-S25-L ........................26
BC3LH-S25-L0 ......................26
BC3S-S10-C .........................26
BC3S-S10-C0 .......................26
BC4LH-S25-L ........................26
BC4LH-S25-L0 ......................26
BC4S-S10-C .........................26
BC4S-S10-C0 .......................26
BEC38-A-L ..........................106
BEC38-A-L20 ......................106
BEC38-AT-L0 ......................106
BEC62-A-L ..........................106
BEC62-A-L20 ......................106
BEC62-AT-L0 ......................106
BEC75-A-L ..........................106
BEC75-A-L20 ......................106
BEC75-AT-L0 ......................106
BECP38H25-L .....................106
BECP38H25-L20 .................106
BECP75H25-L .....................106
BECP75H25-L20 .................106
BR.5-E6-C ...........................124
BR.75-E6-C .........................124
BR2-1.5-X ...........................124
BR2-4-X ..............................124
BR2-6-X ..............................124
BT1.5I-C ................................23
BT1.5I-C0 ..............................24
BT1.5I-C39 ............................25
BT1.5I-Q ................................12
BT1.5I-Q0 ..............................12
BT1.5M-C ..............................23
PART NUMBER
PAGE
BT1.5M-C0 ........................... 24
BT1M-C ................................ 23
BT1M-C0 .............................. 24
BT1M-C39 ............................ 25
BT2I-C .................................. 23
BT2I-C0 ................................ 24
BT2LH-L ............................... 23
BT2LH-L0 ............................. 24
BT2M-C ................................ 23
BT2M-C0 .............................. 24
BT2MS75 .............................. 76
BT2N75 ................................. 76
BT2S-C ................................. 23
BT2S-C0 ............................... 24
BT2S-C39 ............................. 25
BT2S-Q ................................. 12
BT2S-Q0 ............................... 12
BT3I-C .................................. 23
BT3I-C0 ................................ 24
BT3LH-L ............................... 23
BT3LH-L0 ............................. 24
BT3M-C ................................ 23
BT3M-C0 .............................. 24
BT3S-C ................................. 23
BT3S-C0 ............................... 24
BT3S-C39 ............................. 25
BT3S-X ................................. 12
BT3S-X0 ............................... 12
BT4I-C .................................. 23
BT4I-C0 ................................ 24
BT4LH-L ............................... 23
BT4LH-L0 ............................. 24
BT4LH-L39 ........................... 25
BT4LH-X ............................... 12
BT4LH-X0 ............................. 12
BT4M-C ................................ 23
BT4M-C0 .............................. 24
BT4S-C ................................. 23
BT4S-C0 ............................... 24
BT4S-C39 ............................. 25
BT4S-X ................................. 12
BT4S-X0 ............................... 12
BT5LH-L ............................... 23
BT5LH-L0 ............................. 24
BT6LH-L ............................... 23
BT6LH-L0 ............................. 24
BT7LH-L ............................... 23
BT7LH-L0 ............................. 24
BT8LH-L ............................... 23
BT8LH-L0 ............................. 24
BT9LH-L ............................... 23
Cable Ties/Wiring Accessories Table of Contents
PART NUMBER
PAGE
BT9LH-L0 ............................. 24
C
CBLS18-C ........................... 115
CBLS25-C ........................... 115
CBLS37-C ........................... 115
CBLS50-C ........................... 115
CBLS62-C ........................... 115
CBLS75-C ........................... 115
CBP100-C ........................... 115
CBP12-C ............................. 115
CBP25-C ............................. 115
CBP31-C ............................. 115
CBP37-C ............................. 115
CBP50-C ............................. 115
CBP62-C ............................. 115
CBP75-C ............................. 115
CBP87-C ............................. 115
CCH100-S10-C ................... 109
CCH112-S10-C ................... 109
CCH119-S10-C ................... 109
CCH125-S10-C ................... 109
CCH12-S10-C ..................... 109
CCH138-S10-C ................... 109
CCH150-S10-C ................... 109
CCH19-S10-C ..................... 109
CCH25-S10-C ..................... 109
CCH31-S10-C ..................... 109
CCH38-S10-C ..................... 109
CCH44-S10-C ..................... 109
CCH50-S10-C ..................... 109
CCH56-S10-C ..................... 109
CCH62-S10-C ..................... 109
CCH69-S10-C ..................... 109
CCH75-S10-C ..................... 109
CCH81-S10-C ..................... 109
CCH87-S10-C ..................... 109
CCS12-S8-C ....................... 109
CCS19-S8-C ....................... 109
CCS25-S10-C ..................... 109
CCS25-S8-C ....................... 109
CCS31-S8-C ....................... 109
CCS38-S8-C ....................... 109
CCS44-S8-C ....................... 109
CCS50-S8-C ....................... 109
CHW-C20 ........................... 101
CLT100F-C20 ..................... 141
CLT100F-C3 ....................... 141
CLT100N-C630 ................... 141
CLT125F-L20 ...................... 141
CLT125F-L3 ........................ 141
CLT125N-L630 ................... 141
PART NUMBER
PAGE
CLT150F-D20 ......................141
CLT150F-D3 ........................141
CLT150N-D630 ...................141
CLT25F-C20 ........................141
CLT25F-C3 ..........................141
CLT25N-C630 .....................141
CLT35F-C20 ........................141
CLT35F-C3 ..........................141
CLT35N-C630 .....................141
CLT38F-C20 ........................141
CLT38F-C3 ..........................141
CLT38N-C630 .....................141
CLT50F-C20 ........................141
CLT50F-C3 ..........................141
CLT50N-C630 .....................141
CLT62F-C20 ........................141
CLT62F-C3 ..........................141
CLT62N-C630 .....................141
CLT75F-C20 ........................141
CLT75F-C3 ..........................141
CLT75N-C630 .....................141
CLTS100F-C .......................141
CLTS100F-C3 .....................141
CLTS100N-C .......................141
CLTS125F-L ........................141
CLTS125F-L3 ......................141
CLTS125N-L .......................141
CLTS150F-D .......................141
CLTS150F-D3 .....................141
CLTS150N-D .......................141
CLTS25F-C .........................141
CLTS25F-C3 .......................141
CLTS25N-C .........................141
CLTS35F-C .........................141
CLTS35F-C3 .......................141
CLTS35N-C .........................141
CLTS38F-C .........................141
CLTS38F-C3 .......................141
CLTS38N-C .........................141
CLTS50F-C .........................141
CLTS50F-C3 .......................141
CLTS50N-C .........................141
CLTS62F-C .........................141
CLTS62F-C3 .......................141
CLTS62N-C .........................141
CLTS75F-C .........................141
CLTS75F-C3 .......................141
CLTS75N-C .........................141
CM4S-L2 ...............................34
CM4S-L8 ...............................34
CPH.75-S8-X .......................124
PART NUMBER
PAGE
CPL.75-S8-X ....................... 124
CPM122S-C .......................... 97
CPM87S-C ............................ 97
CR2-M .................................. 98
CR4H-M ................................ 98
CROS-M ............................... 98
CSCS-M ................................ 98
CSH-D0 ................................ 98
CSH-D20 .............................. 98
D
DHC1.12x1.75-L0 ................. 31
E
E38PFR-MR10 ................... 143
EMA-X .................................. 84
EMS-A-C ............................... 84
EMS-A-C0 ............................. 84
EMSK12-4-12-X0 .................. 84
EMSK3-1-3-0 ........................ 84
EMSK3-1-X0 ......................... 84
ER.5-E4-X ........................... 123
ER1.25-E4-X ....................... 123
F
FCBI1-A-C20 ........................ 99
FCBI1-S10-C20 .................... 99
FCBI2-A-C20 ........................ 99
FCBI2-S10-C20 .................... 99
FCBI3-A-C20 ........................ 99
FCBI3-S10-C20 .................... 99
FCC5-A-C8 ......................... 108
FCC-A-C8 ........................... 108
FCH2-A-C14 ....................... 108
FCH2-S6-C14 ..................... 108
FCM1.2-A-C14 .................... 108
FCM1.2-S6-C14 .................. 108
FCM1-A-C14 ....................... 108
FCM1-S6-C14 ..................... 108
FCM2-A-C14 ....................... 108
FCM2-S6-C14 ..................... 108
FCM3.25-A-L14 .................. 108
FCM3.25-S6-L14 ................ 108
FCPI1-C20 ............................ 99
FCPI2-C20 ............................ 99
FCPI3-C20 ............................ 99
FS156-C ............................. 126
FSH40-X ............................. 126
FSHH-X .............................. 126
G
GE128-C ............................. 139
GE128-C69† ....................... 139
GE192-L ............................. 139
145
Cable Ties/Wiring Accessories Table of Contents
PART NUMBER
PAGE
GE192-L69† ....................... 139
GE255-L ............................. 139
GE318-L ............................. 139
GE380-Q ............................. 139
GE510-Q ............................. 139
GE52-C ............................... 139
GE52-C69† ......................... 139
GE85-C ............................... 139
GE85-C69† ......................... 139
GEE134N-C ........................ 139
GEE144F-A-C ..................... 139
GEE144F-A-C0 ................... 139
GEE144F-C ........................ 139
GEE144F-C0 ...................... 139
GEE144FR-C ...................... 139
GEE36F-C .......................... 139
GEE36F-C0 ........................ 139
GEE36FR-C ........................ 139
GEE47N-C .......................... 139
GEE55N-C .......................... 139
GEE62F-A-C ....................... 139
GEE62F-A-C0 ..................... 139
GEE62F-C .......................... 139
GEE62F-C0 ........................ 139
GEE62FR-C ........................ 139
GEE71N-C .......................... 139
GEE98N-C .......................... 139
GEE99F-A-C ....................... 139
GEE99F-A-C0 ..................... 139
GEE99F-C .......................... 139
GEE99F-C0 ........................ 139
GEE99FR-C ........................ 139
GES144F-A-C ..................... 139
GES144F-A-C0 ................... 139
GES144F-C ........................ 139
GES144F-C0 ...................... 139
GES144FR-C ...................... 139
GES189F-C ........................ 139
GES189F-C0 ...................... 139
GES36F-C .......................... 139
GES36F-C0 ........................ 139
GES36FR-C ........................ 139
GES62F-A-C ....................... 139
GES62F-A-C0 ..................... 139
GES62F-C .......................... 139
GES62F-C0 ........................ 139
GES62FR-C ........................ 139
GES99F-A-C ....................... 139
GES99F-A-C0 ..................... 139
GES99F-C .......................... 139
GES99F-C0 ........................ 139
146
PART NUMBER
PAGE
GES99FR-C ........................139
GHH ......................................54
GS2B .....................................53
GS2B/GS2BL ........................44
GS2BL ...................................53
GS4EH ..................................44
GS4EH ..................................53
GS4H ....................................44
GS4H ....................................53
GS4H/B .................................44
GS4H/B .................................53
GS4H121W ...........................44
GS4H121W ...........................53
GS4MT ..................................74
H
HB1P4-X .............................127
HB1P6-X .............................127
HB2P4-X .............................127
HB2P6-X .............................127
HB2SP19-X .........................128
HB2SP25-X .........................128
HB4SP19-X .........................128
HB4SP25-X .........................128
HB6SP19-X .........................128
HB6SP25-X .........................128
HBN.75-T ............................125
HBN1.5-T ............................125
HBN1-T ...............................125
HBN2-T ...............................125
HBN3-T ...............................125
HBN4-T ...............................125
HBNH4-L .............................125
HBNH5-L .............................125
HBNH6-L .............................125
HBNH7-L .............................125
HBNH8-Q ............................125
HBP2AB-X ..........................124
HBUA-X ...............................128
HCME06A12-C130 .............113
HCMP06B12-C20 ...............113
HCMP06C12-C20 ...............113
HKBS ..................................143
HLC3S-X0 .............................29
HLC5S-X0 .............................29
HLM-15RO ............................29
HLS1.5S-X0 ..........................29
HLS-15RO .............................29
HLS3S-X0 .............................29
HLS5S-X0 .............................29
HLS-75RO .............................29
HLT2I-X0 ...............................29
PART NUMBER
PAGE
HLT3I-X0 .............................. 29
HNB2.5-T ............................ 125
HSC-.25-L ........................... 114
HSC-.25-L100 ..................... 114
HTMT .................................... 74
HWS2819-C ........................ 112
I
IMP094 ................................. 75
IMP125 ................................. 75
IMP187 ................................. 75
IMP-FIX ................................. 75
IT9100-C0 ............................. 27
IT9100-C0 ............................. 28
IT9100-CUV11 ...................... 28
IT9100-CUV16B ................... 28
IT9100-CUV2 ........................ 28
IT9100-CUV4 ........................ 28
IT9100-CUV4A ..................... 28
IT9100-CUV5A ..................... 28
IT9100-CUV5B ..................... 28
IT9100-CUV6 ........................ 28
IT9100-CUV6A ..................... 28
IT9100-CUV6B ..................... 28
IT9100-CUV7A ..................... 28
IT9100-CUV8 ........................ 28
IT9100-X0 ............................. 12
IT9115-C0 ............................. 27
IT9115-C0 ............................. 28
IT9115-CUV11 ...................... 28
IT9115-CUV16B ................... 28
IT9115-CUV2 ........................ 28
IT9115-CUV4 ........................ 28
IT9115-CUV4A ..................... 28
IT9115-CUV5A ..................... 28
IT9115-CUV5B ..................... 28
IT9115-CUV6 ........................ 28
IT9115-CUV6A ..................... 28
IT9115-CUV6B ..................... 28
IT9115-CUV7A ..................... 28
IT9115-CUV8 ........................ 28
IT9150-C0 ............................. 27
IT9250-C0 ............................. 27
IT940-C0 ............................... 27
IT965-C0 ............................... 27
IT965-X0 ............................... 12
K
K-205 .................................... 42
K2-BLD2 ............................... 54
K4H-BLD ............................... 54
K4M-BLD .............................. 74
Cable Ties/Wiring Accessories Table of Contents
PART NUMBER
PAGE
K4MTG ................................. 74
K-504 .................................... 42
KB-550 .................................. 42
KB-551 .................................. 42
KIMS-H366-C2 ..................... 88
KIMS-H430-C6 ..................... 88
KIMS-H500-C4 ..................... 88
KP...
KP-506A ............................... 42
KP-506A-0 ............................ 42
KP-509 .................................. 42
KPPTEHB ............................. 54
KPPTEHG ............................. 54
KPTSG .................................. 54
KST2EHG ............................. 55
KT2MG ................................. 74
KT2MG ................................. 76
L
LC10-A-L8 .......................... 107
LC3-A-C8 ............................ 107
LC5-A-C8 ............................ 107
LHMS-S10-D ........................ 90
LHMS-S5-D .......................... 90
LHMS-S6-D .......................... 90
LPFCM14-A-C14 ................ 108
LPFCM22-A-C14 ................ 108
LPFCM34-A-C14 ................ 108
LPMM-S2-C .......................... 88
LPMM-S5-C .......................... 88
LPMS-S8-C ........................... 88
M
MACC25-A-C ...................... 105
MACC62-A-C ...................... 105
MBH-MR ............................... 73
MBH-TLR .............................. 73
MBM-H25-Q .......................... 74
MBMS-S10-C ........................ 91
MBS-MR ............................... 73
MBS-TLR .............................. 73
MCEH-S25-C0 ...................... 15
MCMS12-P-C ....................... 91
MCMS25-P-C ....................... 91
MLT10DH-Q ......................... 73
MLT10H-LP .......................... 73
MLT10S-CP .......................... 73
MLT12H-Q ............................ 73
MLT12S-Q ............................ 73
MLT14H-Q ............................ 73
MLT14S-Q ............................ 73
MLT1S-CP ............................ 73
PART NUMBER
PAGE
MLT2.7H-LP ..........................73
MLT2.7S-CP ..........................73
MLT2DH-L .............................73
MLT2H-LP .............................73
MLT2S-CP .............................73
MLT3DH-L .............................73
MLT4DH-L .............................73
MLT4H-LP .............................73
MLT4S-CP .............................73
MLT5DH-L .............................73
MLT6DH-Q ............................73
MLT6H-LP .............................73
MLT6S-CP .............................73
MLT7DH-Q ............................73
MLT8DH-Q ............................73
MLT8H-LP .............................73
MLT8S-CP .............................73
MLT9DH-Q ............................73
MLTC10H-LP316 ..................73
MLTC2H-LP316 ....................73
MLTC4H-LP316 ....................73
MLTC6H-LP316 ....................73
MLTC8H-LP316 ....................73
MMP350-C ............................74
MMP350H-C ..........................74
MMP350W38-C .....................74
MP...
MP150-C .............................100
MP150-C0 ...........................100
MP150KIT-Q .......................100
MP150-R .............................100
MP175-C .............................100
MP175-C0 ...........................100
MP175-R .............................100
MP200-C .............................100
MP200-C0 ...........................100
MP200-R .............................100
MP250-C .............................100
MP250-C0 ...........................100
MP250KIT-Q .......................100
MP250-R .............................100
MP250W175-C ....................100
MP350-C .............................100
MP350-C0 ...........................100
MP350KIT-Q .......................100
MPMH38-L0 ..........................93
MPMS19-C0 ..........................93
MPMS25-C0 ..........................93
MPMWH32-L0 .......................93
MPWM-H56-Q .......................74
MS10X375X15-LS .................76
PART NUMBER
PAGE
MS10X500X15-LS ................ 76
MS10X500X20-LS ................ 76
MS10X625X15-LS ................ 76
MS2X375X15-LS .................. 76
MS375X15-TSR .................... 76
MS4X375X15-LS .................. 76
MS4X500X15-LS .................. 76
MS4X500X20-LS .................. 76
MS4X625X15-LS .................. 76
MS500X15-TSR .................... 76
MS500X20-TSR .................... 76
MS625X15-TSR .................... 76
MS6X375X15-LS .................. 76
MS6X500X15-LS .................. 76
MS6X500X20-LS .................. 76
MS6X625X15-LS .................. 76
MS8X375X15-LS .................. 76
MS8X500X15-LS .................. 76
MS8X500X20-LS .................. 76
MS8X625X15-LS .................. 76
MSB375-CS .......................... 76
MSB500-CS .......................... 76
MSB625-CS .......................... 76
MTHH-C ................................ 73
MTHS-C ................................ 73
MTM1H10-C ......................... 74
MTM1H25-C ......................... 74
MTM1H-C ............................. 74
MTM2H-Q ............................. 74
MTMBH-Q ............................. 74
MTP1H-E10-C ...................... 89
MTP1H-E6-C ........................ 89
MTP1S-E10-C ...................... 89
MTP1S-E6-C ........................ 89
MTP2H-E10-C ...................... 89
MTP2H-E6-C ........................ 89
MTP2S-E10-C ...................... 89
MTP2S-E6-C ........................ 89
MTP3H-E10-C ...................... 89
MTP3H-E6-C ........................ 89
MTP3S-E10-C ...................... 89
MTP3S-E6-C ........................ 89
MTP4H-E10-C ...................... 89
MTP4H-E6-C ........................ 89
MTP4S-E10-C ...................... 89
MTP4S-E6-C ........................ 89
MTP5H-E10-C ...................... 89
MTP5H-E6-C ........................ 89
MTP5S-E10-C ...................... 89
MTP5S-E6-C ........................ 89
MTP6H-E10-C ...................... 89
147
Cable Ties/Wiring Accessories Table of Contents
PART NUMBER
PAGE
MTP6H-E6-C ........................ 89
MWK094 ............................... 75
MWK125 ............................... 75
MWK187 ............................... 75
P
PAT1.5M ............................... 46
PAT1M .................................. 46
PAT1M/PAT1.5M .................. 44
PAT2S .................................. 44
PAT2S .................................. 47
PAT2SBM ............................. 47
PAT2SBM ............................. 48
PATMBM .............................. 48
PBMS-H25-C ........................ 92
PBMS-H25-C14 .................... 92
PBMS-H25-M0 ...................... 92
PBMS-H25-M30 .................... 92
PBSC12-X .......................... 127
PBSC1-X ............................ 127
PBSC3-X ............................ 127
PBSC6-X ............................ 127
PCSH-B-CR .......................... 74
PCSH-B-QR .......................... 74
PCSS-B-CR .......................... 74
PCSS-B-QR .......................... 74
PDH10-37 ............................. 46
PDH10-37 ............................. 47
PDM ...................................... 46
PDS ...................................... 47
PDSF .................................... 47
PET...
PET1.5M ............................... 50
PET1M .................................. 50
PET1M/PET1.5M .................. 44
PET-AC ................................. 51
PET-AC100 ........................... 51
PET-AC230 ........................... 51
PET-ACC3 ............................ 51
PET-ACC6 ............................ 51
PET-BB ................................. 50
PET-BS ................................. 50
PET-CHR .............................. 51
PET-CHR100 ........................ 51
PET-CHR230 ........................ 51
PFX-0 .................................. 101
PFX-2 .................................. 101
PHM1 .................................... 46
PHM2 .................................... 46
PHM3 .................................... 46
PHS3 .................................... 47
148
PART NUMBER
PAGE
PL283N1 ...............................46
PL283N1 ...............................47
PL289N1 ...............................52
PL2M2S-L ...............................9
PL3M2S-L ...............................9
PLA2S-A-Q ...........................81
PLB2S-C ...............................31
PLB3S-C ...............................31
PLB4S-C ...............................31
PLC...
PLC1.5I-C ...............................8
PLC1.5I-S8-C0 ......................17
PLC1M-S4-C ...........................8
PLC1M-S4-C0 .......................17
PLC1M-S4-Q .........................12
PLC2H-S25-L ..........................8
PLC2H-S25-L0 ......................17
PLC2S-S10-C .........................8
PLC2S-S10-C0 .....................17
PLC2S-S10-Q .......................12
PLC2S-S6-C ...........................8
PLC2S-S6-C0 .......................17
PLC3H-S25-L ..........................8
PLC3H-S25-L0 ......................17
PLC3S-S10-C .........................8
PLC3S-S10-C0 .....................17
PLC4H-S25-L ..........................8
PLC4H-S25-L0 ......................17
PLC4S-S10-C .........................8
PLC4S-S10-C0 .....................17
PLCR4H-S25-L .......................8
PLCR4H-S25-L0 ...................17
PLF1MA-C ..............................9
PLF1MA-IB-C6 ......................20
PLF1MB-4KR ..........................9
PLF1MB-C ..............................9
PLF1M-C .................................9
PLF1M-M69 ..........................19
PLM1M-4KR ............................9
PLM1M-C ................................9
PLM1M-M69 ..........................19
PLM1M-Q ..............................12
PLM2M-C ................................9
PLM2S-C .................................9
PLM2S-IB-C6 ........................20
PLM4S-C .................................9
PLP1.5I-C ..............................11
PLP1.5S-C ............................11
PLP1S-C ...............................11
PLP2S-C ...............................11
PLST30SC-D30 ....................30
PART NUMBER
PAGE
PLST40SC-D30 .................... 30
PLST50SC-D30 .................... 30
PLT...
PLT.6SM-C ............................. 5
PLT.6SM-C0 ......................... 13
PLT.7M-C ............................... 5
PLT.7M-Q ............................. 12
PLT1.5I-C ............................... 5
PLT1.5I-C0 ........................... 13
PLT1.5I-M100 ....................... 18
PLT1.5I-M109 ....................... 18
PLT1.5I-M120 ....................... 19
PLT1.5I-M69 ......................... 19
PLT1.5I-Q ............................. 12
PLT1.5I-Q0 ........................... 12
PLT1.5M-5K .......................... 51
PLT1.5M-5K30 ...................... 51
PLT1.5M-C ............................. 5
PLT1.5M-C0 ......................... 13
PLT1.5M-Q ........................... 12
PLT1.5M-XMR ...................... 49
PLT1.5M-XMR ...................... 51
PLT1.5M-XMR00 .................. 49
PLT1.5M-XMR00 .................. 51
PLT1.5M-XMR1 .................... 49
PLT1.5M-XMR10 .................. 49
PLT1.5M-XMR2 .................... 49
PLT1.5M-XMR3 .................... 49
PLT1.5M-XMR30 .................. 49
PLT1.5M-XMR30 .................. 51
PLT1.5M-XMR4 .................... 49
PLT1.5M-XMR5 .................... 49
PLT1.5M-XMR6 .................... 49
PLT1.5M-XMR7 .................... 49
PLT1.5M-XMR8 .................... 49
PLT1.5S-C .............................. 5
PLT1.5S-C0 .......................... 13
PLT10...
PLT10EH-C ............................ 6
PLT10EH-Q0 ........................ 14
PLT10LH-L ............................. 6
PLT10LH-L0 ......................... 14
PLT12EH-C ............................ 6
PLT12EH-Q0 ........................ 14
PLT13H-Q ............................... 6
PLT13H-Q0 ........................... 14
PLT1M-5K ............................. 51
PLT1M-5K30 ......................... 51
PLT1M-C ................................ 5
PLT1M-C0 ............................ 13
Cable Ties/Wiring Accessories Table of Contents
PART NUMBER
PAGE
PLT1M-C53 .......................... 21
PLT1M-C54 .......................... 21
PLT1M-C55 .......................... 21
PLT1M-C59 .......................... 21
PLT1M-C702 ........................ 20
PLT1M-C76 .......................... 20
PLT1M-L0 ............................. 33
PLT1M-L1 ............................. 33
PLT1M-L1-0 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L1-10 ........................ 33
PLT1M-L1-2 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L1-4 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L1-7 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L2 ............................. 33
PLT1M-L3 ............................. 33
PLT1M-L3-0 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L3-10 ........................ 33
PLT1M-L3-2 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L3-4 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L3-7 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L4 ............................. 33
PLT1M-L5 ............................. 33
PLT1M-L5-0 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L5-10 ........................ 33
PLT1M-L5-2 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L5-4 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L5-7 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L6 ............................. 33
PLT1M-L6-0 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L6-10 ........................ 33
PLT1M-L6-2 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L6-4 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L6-7 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L8 ............................. 33
PLT1M-L8-0 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L8-10 ........................ 33
PLT1M-L8-2 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L8-4 .......................... 33
PLT1M-L8-7 .......................... 33
PLT1M-M100 ........................ 18
PLT1M-M109 ........................ 18
PLT1M-M60 .......................... 19
PLT1M-M69 .......................... 19
PLT1M-Q .............................. 12
PLT1M-Q0 ............................ 12
PLT1M-Q76 .......................... 12
PLT1M-XMR ......................... 49
PLT1M-XMR ......................... 51
PLT1M-XMR00 ..................... 49
PLT1M-XMR00 ..................... 51
PLT1M-XMR1 ....................... 49
PART NUMBER
PAGE
PLT1M-XMR10 ......................49
PLT1M-XMR2 ........................49
PLT1M-XMR3 ........................49
PLT1M-XMR30 ......................49
PLT1M-XMR30 ......................51
PLT1M-XMR4 ........................49
PLT1M-XMR5 ........................49
PLT1M-XMR6 ........................49
PLT1M-XMR7 ........................49
PLT1M-XMR8 ........................49
PLT1S-C ..................................5
PLT1S-C0 ..............................13
PART NUMBER
PAGE
PLT2S-M69 ........................... 19
PLT2S-Q ............................... 12
PLT2S-Q0 ............................. 12
PLT2S-Q53 ........................... 12
PLT2S-Q54 ........................... 12
PLT2S-Q55 ........................... 12
PLT2S-Q59 ........................... 12
PLT2S-VMR .......................... 49
PLT2S-VMR30 ...................... 49
PLT2S-X702 ......................... 12
PLT2S-X76 ........................... 12
PLT2...
PLT3.5S-C .............................. 5
PLT3.5S-C0 .......................... 13
PLT3H-L ................................. 6
PLT3H-L0 ............................. 14
PLT3H-L76 ........................... 20
PLT3H-TL100 ....................... 18
PLT3H-TL109 ....................... 18
PLT3I-C .................................. 5
PLT3I-C0 .............................. 13
PLT3I-X ................................. 12
PLT3S-C ................................. 5
PLT3S-C0 ............................. 13
PLT3S-C53 ........................... 21
PLT3S-C54 ........................... 21
PLT3S-C55 ........................... 21
PLT3S-C59 ........................... 21
PLT3S-C702 ......................... 20
PLT3S-C76 ........................... 20
PLT3S-M100 ......................... 18
PLT3S-M109 ......................... 18
PLT3S-X ............................... 12
PLT2.5H-L ...............................6
PLT2.5H-L0 ...........................14
PLT2.5I-C ................................5
PLT2.5I-C0 ............................13
PLT2.5S-C ...............................5
PLT2.5S-C0 ...........................13
PLT2EH-C ...............................6
PLT2EH-Q0 ...........................14
PLT2H-L ..................................6
PLT2H-L0 ..............................14
PLT2H-TL100 ........................18
PLT2H-TL109 ........................18
PLT2I-C ...................................5
PLT2I-C0 ...............................13
PLT2I-C53 .............................21
PLT2I-C54 .............................21
PLT2I-C54 .............................21
PLT2I-C59 .............................21
PLT2I-C76 .............................20
PLT2I-M69 .............................19
PLT2I-Q .................................12
PLT2M-C .................................5
PLT2M-C0 .............................13
PLT2M-M60 ...........................19
PLT2M-M69 ...........................19
PLT2M-Q ...............................12
PLT2S-C ..................................5
PLT2S-C0 ..............................13
PLT2S-C53 ............................21
PLT2S-C54 ............................21
PLT2S-C55 ............................21
PLT2S-C59 ............................21
PLT2S-C702 ..........................20
PLT2S-C76 ............................20
PLT2S-M100 .........................18
PLT2S-M109 .........................18
PLT2S-M120 .........................19
PLT2S-M60 ...........................19
PLT3...
PLT4...
PLT4.5S-C .............................. 5
PLT4.5S-C0 .......................... 13
PLT4H-L ................................. 6
PLT4H-L0 ............................. 14
PLT4H-L76 ........................... 20
PLT4H-TL100 ....................... 18
PLT4H-TL109 ....................... 18
PLT4H-TL120 ....................... 19
PLT4H-TL69 ......................... 19
PLT4H-X ............................... 12
PLT4H-X0 ............................. 12
PLT4I-C .................................. 5
PLT4I-C0 .............................. 13
PLT4I-X ................................. 12
PLT4S-C ................................. 5
PLT4S-C0 ............................. 13
PLT4S-C76 ........................... 20
149
Cable Ties/Wiring Accessories Table of Contents
PART NUMBER
PAGE
PLT4S-M100 ......................... 18
PLT4S-M109 ......................... 18
PLT4S-M120 ......................... 19
PLT4S-M60 ........................... 19
PLT4S-M69 ........................... 19
PLT4S-X ............................... 12
PLT4S-X0 ............................. 12
PLT5...
PLT5EH-Q .............................. 6
PLT5EH-Q0 .......................... 14
PLT5H-L ................................. 6
PLT5H-L0 ............................. 14
PLT5S-C ................................. 5
PLT5S-C0 ............................. 13
PLT6EH-Q .............................. 6
PLT6EH-Q0 .......................... 14
PLT6H-L ................................. 6
PLT6H-L0 ............................. 14
PLT6LH-L ............................... 6
PLT6LH-L0 ........................... 14
PLT7LH-L ............................... 6
PLT7LH-L0 ........................... 14
PLT8EH-C .............................. 6
PLT8EH-Q0 .......................... 14
PLT8H-L ................................. 6
PLT8H-L0 ............................. 14
PLT8LH-C120 ....................... 19
PLT8LH-L ............................... 6
PLT8LH-L0 ........................... 14
PLT9LH-L ............................... 6
PLT9LH-L0 ........................... 14
PLUP30S-D30 ...................... 32
PLUP40S-D30 ...................... 32
PLUP50S-D30 ...................... 32
PART NUMBER
PAGE
PLWP40SC-D30 ...................11
PLWP40SD-D30 ...................11
PLWP40SE-D30 ...................11
PLWP50SC-D30 ...................11
PLWP50SD-D30 ...................11
PLWP50SE-D30 ...................11
PM2H25-C ............................92
PM2H25-M0 ..........................92
PM2H25-M30 ........................92
PMCC38H25-C ...................113
PMCC38H25-M0 .................113
PP1S-S10-X ..........................97
PP1S-S12-X ..........................97
PP2S-S10-X ..........................97
PP2S-S12-X ..........................97
PP5x50F ...............................33
PP5x50-X ..............................33
PPC25x50 .............................33
PPC25x50F ...........................33
PPH10 ...................................52
PPTEH ..................................44
PPTEH ..................................52
PPTMT ..................................74
PPTS .....................................44
PPTS .....................................52
PRA2S-A-Q ...........................81
PRLWP30S-C30 ...................12
PRLWP30SH7-D30 ...............12
PRLWP50S-C30 ...................12
PRST30S-S14-M30 ..............30
PRST30S-S9-M30 ................30
PRST50S-S14-M30 ..............30
PRST50S-S9-M30 ................30
PRT1.5S-C ..............................7
PLW...
PRT...
PLWP1.5I-C .......................... 10
PLWP1.5SB-C ...................... 10
PLWP1.5S-C ........................ 10
PLWP1M-C ........................... 10
PLWP1SA-C ......................... 10
PLWP1SB-D ......................... 10
PLWP1S-C ........................... 10
PLWP2H-TL .......................... 10
PLWP2SA-C ......................... 10
PLWP2SB-D ......................... 10
PLWP2S-C ........................... 10
PLWP30SC-D30 ................... 11
PLWP30SD-D30 ................... 11
PLWP30SE-D30 ................... 11
PLWP3H-TL .......................... 10
PRT1.5S-C0 ..........................16
PRT10EH-C ............................7
PRT10EH-Q0 ........................15
PRT12EH-C ............................7
PRT12EH-Q0 ........................15
PRT1S-C .................................7
PRT1S-C0 .............................16
PRT1S-Q ...............................12
PRT2EH-C ..............................7
PRT2EH-C100 ......................18
PRT2EH-C109 ......................18
PRT2EH-Q0 ..........................15
PRT2H-L .................................7
PRT2H-L0 .............................16
PRT2S-C .................................7
PRT2S-C0 .............................16
150
PART NUMBER
PAGE
PRT2S-Q .............................. 12
PRT3H-L ................................. 7
PRT3H-L0 ............................. 16
PRT3S-C ................................ 7
PRT3S-C0 ............................ 16
PRT3S-X ............................... 12
PRT4H-L ................................. 7
PRT4H-L0 ............................. 16
PRT4H-X .............................. 12
PRT4S-C ................................ 7
PRT4S-C0 ............................ 16
PRT4S-X ............................... 12
PRT5EH-C100 ...................... 18
PRT5EH-C109 ...................... 18
PRT5EH-Q .............................. 7
PRT5EH-Q0 .......................... 15
PRT6EH-C100 ...................... 18
PRT6EH-C109 ...................... 18
PRT6EH-Q .............................. 7
PRT6EH-Q0 .......................... 15
PRT8EH-C .............................. 7
PRT8EH-C100 ...................... 18
PRT8EH-C109 ...................... 18
PRT8EH-Q0 .......................... 15
PRW...
PRWP1.5I-C ......................... 10
PRWP1.5SA-D ..................... 10
PRWP1.5SB-D ..................... 10
PRWP1.5S-C ........................ 10
PRWP1SA-C ........................ 10
PRWP1SB-D ........................ 10
PRWP1S-C ........................... 10
PRWP2H-TL ......................... 10
PRWP2SA-D ........................ 10
PRWP2SB-D ........................ 10
PRWP2S-C ........................... 10
PRWP3H-TL ......................... 10
PWMS-H25-C ....................... 92
PWMS-H25-M0 ..................... 92
PX-0 .................................... 101
PX-10 .................................. 101
PX-2 .................................... 101
R
RAFCBI1-S6-C20 ................. 99
RAFCBI2-S6-C20 ................. 99
RAFCBI3-S6-C20 ................. 99
RAMH-S10-D ........................ 90
RAMH-S6-D .......................... 90
RAMS-S3-M .......................... 90
RER.5-S6-X ........................ 123
Cable Ties/Wiring Accessories Table of Contents
PART NUMBER
PAGE
RER.75-S6-X ...................... 123
RER1.25-S6-X .................... 123
S
SACS50-T100 ..................... 101
SE125PFR-LR0 .................. 143
SE125PFR-LR8 .................. 143
SE125PFR-TR0 .................. 143
SE125PFR-TR10 ................ 143
SE125PFR-TR8 .................. 143
SE125P-LR0 ....................... 142
SE125P-LR8 ....................... 142
SE125P-TR0 ....................... 142
SE125P-TR10 ..................... 142
SE125P-TR8 ....................... 142
SE12PFR-MR0 ................... 143
SE12PFR-MR10 ................. 143
SE12PFR-MR8 ................... 143
SE12PFR-TR0 .................... 143
SE12PFR-TR8 .................... 143
SE12P-MR0 ........................ 142
SE12P-MR10 ...................... 142
SE12P-MR8 ........................ 142
SE12P-TR0 ......................... 142
SE12P-TR8 ......................... 142
SE150PFR-LR0 .................. 143
SE150PFR-LR8 .................. 143
SE150PFR-TR0 .................. 143
SE150PFR-TR10 ................ 143
SE150PFR-TR8 .................. 143
SE150P-LR0 ....................... 142
SE150P-LR8 ....................... 142
SE150P-TR0 ....................... 142
SE150P-TR10 ..................... 142
SE150P-TR8 ....................... 142
SE175PFR-TR0 .................. 143
SE175P-TR0 ....................... 142
SE25PFR-MR0 ................... 143
SE25PFR-MR10 ................. 143
SE25PFR-MR8 ................... 143
SE25PFR-TR0 .................... 143
SE25PFR-TR8 .................... 143
SE25P-MR0 ........................ 142
SE25P-MR10 ...................... 142
SE25P-MR8 ........................ 142
SE25P-TR0 ......................... 142
SE25P-TR8 ......................... 142
SE38PFR-MR0 ................... 143
SE38PFR-MR8 ................... 143
SE38PFR-TR0 .................... 143
SE38PFR-TR8 .................... 143
SE38P-MR0 ........................ 142
PART NUMBER
PAGE
SE38P-MR10 ......................142
SE38P-MR8 ........................142
SE38P-TR0 .........................142
SE38P-TR8 .........................142
SE50P-CR0 .........................142
SE50P-CR8 .........................142
SE50P-DR0 .........................142
SE50P-DR10 .......................142
SE50P-DR8 .........................142
SE50PFR-CR0 ....................143
SE50PFR-CR8 ....................143
SE50PFR-DR0 ....................143
SE50PFR-DR10 ..................143
SE50PFR-DR8 ....................143
SE75P-CR0 .........................142
SE75P-CR8 .........................142
SE75P-DR0 .........................142
SE75P-DR10 .......................142
SE75P-DR8 .........................142
SE75PFR-CR0 ....................143
SE75PFR-CR8 ....................143
SE75PFR-DR0 ....................143
SE75PFR-DR10 ..................143
SE75PFR-DR8 ....................143
SHH...
SHH1-S8-X ..........................127
SHH3-S8-X ..........................127
SICH100-C ..........................113
SICH150-C ..........................113
SICH25-C ............................113
SICH38-C ............................113
SICH50-C ............................113
SICH75-C ............................113
SLT10LH-L ............................27
SLT12H-L ..............................27
SLT14H-L ..............................27
SLT16H-L ..............................27
SLT18H-L ..............................27
SLT8LH-L ..............................27
SMS-A-C ...............................83
SMS-A-C14 ...........................83
SMS-A-C15 ...........................83
SMS-S6-D .............................83
SMS-S6-D15 .........................83
SR2 .......................................42
SR4 .......................................42
SR6 .......................................42
SRB .......................................42
SRT .....................................140
SSPM2.5H-L300 ...................32
SSPM2.5HP-L300 .................32
PART NUMBER
PAGE
SSPM25HLP-TL300 ............. 32
SSPM4H-L300 ...................... 32
SSPM4HLP-TL300 ............... 32
SSPM4HP-L300 ................... 32
ST2EH .................................. 44
ST2EH .................................. 55
ST2MT .................................. 74
STH2 ..................................... 44
STH2 ..................................... 55
STHV .................................... 44
STHV .................................... 55
STS2 ..................................... 44
STS2 ..................................... 55
T
T100F-C .............................. 135
T100F-C0 ............................ 135
T100FR-C ........................... 136
T100FR-C20 ....................... 136
T100N-C ............................. 136
T100N-C0 ........................... 136
T100R-C ............................. 136
T100T-X .............................. 136
T12F-C ................................ 135
T12F-C0 .............................. 135
T12FR--C ............................ 136
T12FR-C20 ......................... 136
T12N--C .............................. 136
T12N-C0 ............................. 136
T12R-C ............................... 136
T12T-C ................................ 136
T19F-C ................................ 135
T19F-C0 .............................. 135
T19FR-C ............................. 136
T19FR-C20 ......................... 136
T19N-C ............................... 136
T19N-C0 ............................. 136
T19R-C ............................... 136
T19T-C ................................ 136
T25F-C ................................ 135
T25F-C0 .............................. 135
T25F-C1 .............................. 135
T25F-C10 ............................ 135
T25F-C16 ............................ 135
T25F-C2 .............................. 135
T25F-C3 .............................. 135
T25F-C4 .............................. 135
T25F-C5 .............................. 135
T25F-C6 .............................. 135
T25F-C7 .............................. 135
T25F-C8 .............................. 135
T25FR-C ............................. 136
151
Cable Ties/Wiring Accessories Table of Contents
PART NUMBER
PAGE
T25FR-C20 ......................... 136
T25F-X ................................ 135
T25F-X0 .............................. 135
T25N-C ............................... 136
T25N-C0 ............................. 136
T25R-C ............................... 136
T25R-C20 ........................... 136
T25T-L ................................ 136
T3...
T38F-C ................................ 135
T38F-C0 .............................. 135
T38FR-C ............................. 136
T38FR-C20 ......................... 136
T38N-C ............................... 136
T38N-C0 ............................. 136
T38R-C ............................... 136
T38T-L ................................ 136
T50F-C ................................ 135
T50F-C0 .............................. 135
T50F-C10 ............................ 135
T50F-C16 ............................ 135
T50F-C2 .............................. 135
T50F-C3 .............................. 135
T50F-C4 .............................. 135
T50F-C5 .............................. 135
T50F-C6 .............................. 135
T50F-C7 .............................. 135
T50F-C8 .............................. 135
T50FR-C ............................. 136
T50FR-C20 ......................... 136
T50F-X ................................ 135
T50F-X0 .............................. 135
T50N-C ............................... 136
T50N-C0 ............................. 136
T50R-C ............................... 136
T50T-Q ............................... 136
T62F-C ................................ 135
T62F-C0 .............................. 135
T62FR-C ............................. 136
T62FR-C20 ......................... 136
T62N-C ............................... 136
T62N-C0 ............................. 136
T62R-C ............................... 136
T62T-Q ............................... 136
T75F-C ................................ 135
T75F-C0 .............................. 135
T75FR-C ............................. 136
T75FR-C20 ......................... 136
T75N-C ............................... 136
T75N-C0 ............................. 136
T75R-C ............................... 136
152
PART NUMBER
PAGE
T75T-X ................................136
TA...
TA1S10-C .............................88
TA1S8-C ...............................88
TA1S8-M30 ...........................88
TA1S8-M69 ...........................88
TA2-C ....................................88
TC10-14-C100 ....................110
TC14-20-C100 ....................110
TC3-5-C100 ........................110
TC5-7-C100 ........................110
TC5x8-C100 ........................110
TC6x10-C100 ......................110
TC7-10-C100 ......................110
TC7x14-C100 ......................110
TC9x18-C100 ......................110
THASS10-C ..........................95
THASS10-C30 ......................95
THASS10F-C ........................95
THASS10F-C30 ....................95
THASS25-C ..........................95
THASS25-C30 ......................95
THASS25F-C ........................95
THASS25F-C30 ....................95
THASS8-C ............................95
THASS8-C30 ........................95
THASS8F-C ..........................95
THASS8F-C30 ......................95
THAUF4-X ...........................128
THM1SC-C ............................96
THM1SC-C30 ........................96
THMF2-X .............................128
THMF4-X .............................128
THMF6-X .............................128
THMSC35-C630 ....................94
THMSC35-C639 ....................94
THMSC35F-C630 .................94
THMSC35F-C639 .................94
THMSC60-C630 ....................94
THMSC60-C639 ....................94
THMSC60F-C630 .................94
THMSC60F-C639 .................94
THMSC85-C630 ....................94
THMSC85-C639 ....................94
THMSC85F-C630 .................94
THMSC85F-C639 .................94
THMSP20-C ..........................94
THMSP20-C30 ......................94
THMSP20F-C ........................94
THMSP20F-C30 ....................94
THMSP25-C ..........................94
PART NUMBER
PAGE
THMSP25-C30 ..................... 94
THMSP25F-C ....................... 94
THMSP25F-C30 ................... 94
TJF-X .................................. 125
TM...
TM1A-C ................................ 87
TM1S4-C .............................. 85
TM1S4-M30 .......................... 85
TM1S4-M69 .......................... 85
TM1S6-C .............................. 85
TM2A-C ................................ 87
TM2PWH25-C ...................... 92
TM2R6-M0 ............................ 85
TM2R-C ................................ 85
TM2S6-C .............................. 85
TM2S8-C .............................. 85
TM2S8-C100 ........................ 85
TM2S8-M120 ........................ 85
TM3A-C ................................ 87
TM3R6-C .............................. 85
TM3S10-C ............................ 85
TM3S10-C76 ........................ 85
TM3S25-C ............................ 85
TM3S8-C .............................. 85
TM3S8-C100 ........................ 85
TM3S8-C69 .......................... 85
TM3S8-C702 ........................ 85
TM3S8-C76 .......................... 85
TMEH-S10-C100 .................. 86
TMEH-S10-C109 .................. 86
TMEH-S10-Q0 ...................... 86
TMEH-S25-Q0 ...................... 86
TMEH-S8-Q0 ........................ 86
TMSTHS13-C0 ..................... 86
TMSTHS16-C0 ..................... 86
TMSTHS19-C0 ..................... 86
TMSTLHS6-C0 ..................... 86
TMSTLHS8-C0 ..................... 86
TP2-C ................................... 89
TP4H-C ................................. 89
TPM10-16-C ....................... 114
TPM15-16-C ....................... 114
TPM-16-C ........................... 114
TPM20-16-C ....................... 114
TPM25-16-C ....................... 114
TPM30-16-C ....................... 114
TPM5-16-C ......................... 114
TTLK3-X ............................... 54
TWR-C ................................ 110
TWR-C0 .............................. 110
Cable Ties/Wiring Accessories Table of Contents
PART NUMBER
PAGE
PART NUMBER
PAGE
PART NUMBER
PAGE
V
VCC25-A-C ......................... 107
VCC25-A-C0 ....................... 107
VCC50-A-C ......................... 107
VSC-.25-L ........................... 114
VSC-.25-L100 ..................... 114
VWS106-C .......................... 112
VWS106-C20 ...................... 112
VWS42105-C ...................... 112
VWS4218-C ........................ 112
VWS4238-C ........................ 112
VWS4274-C ........................ 112
W
WEH-E8-C .......................... 125
WPMH-C ............................... 93
WS25-25-C ......................... 111
WS25-50-C ......................... 111
WS25-75-C ......................... 111
WS35-25-C ......................... 111
WS35-50-C ......................... 111
WS35-75-C ......................... 111
WS50-25-C ......................... 111
WS50-50-C ......................... 111
WS50-75-C ......................... 111
WS75-25-C ......................... 111
WS75-50-C ......................... 111
WS75-75-C ......................... 111
153
Download PDF
Similar pages